From 7bdf74daa68d29b45e722f47c53dca47b5d4400b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joostinonline Date: Sat, 7 Feb 2015 07:33:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] -Added extra libraries to repository. If it works correctly, you shouldn't need to install anything besides libogc. -Changed delay between messages to milliseconds. Still need to tweak the time. -Added HDE to the SysCheck title -Removed reloading the runtime IOS since it's unnecessary -Fixed Select IOS not showing up after a failed update -A little minor cleanup TODO: Still need to figure out why the runtime IOS/vIOS is labeled incorrectly. --- Makefile | 1 + include/SysMenuInfo.h | 4 +- include/sys.h | 6 +- include/tools.h | 9 +- libs/include/CheckRegion.h | 254 ++ libs/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h | 614 +++ libs/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h | 819 ++++ libs/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h | 20 + libs/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h | 827 ++++ libs/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h | 174 + libs/include/freetype/freetype.h | 3993 +++++++++++++++++ libs/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h | 179 + libs/include/freetype/ftautoh.h | 349 ++ libs/include/freetype/ftbbox.h | 102 + libs/include/freetype/ftbdf.h | 209 + libs/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h | 227 + libs/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h | 102 + libs/include/freetype/ftcache.h | 1140 +++++ libs/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h | 150 + libs/include/freetype/ftchapters.h | 132 + libs/include/freetype/ftcid.h | 166 + libs/include/freetype/fterrdef.h | 249 + libs/include/freetype/fterrors.h | 198 + libs/include/freetype/ftgasp.h | 128 + libs/include/freetype/ftglyph.h | 620 +++ libs/include/freetype/ftgxval.h | 358 ++ libs/include/freetype/ftgzip.h | 102 + libs/include/freetype/ftimage.h | 1313 ++++++ libs/include/freetype/ftincrem.h | 353 ++ libs/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h | 251 ++ libs/include/freetype/ftlist.h | 277 ++ libs/include/freetype/ftlzw.h | 99 + libs/include/freetype/ftmac.h | 274 ++ libs/include/freetype/ftmm.h | 378 ++ libs/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h | 634 +++ libs/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h | 194 + libs/include/freetype/ftotval.h | 203 + libs/include/freetype/ftoutln.h | 560 +++ libs/include/freetype/ftpfr.h | 172 + libs/include/freetype/ftrender.h | 238 + libs/include/freetype/ftsizes.h | 159 + libs/include/freetype/ftsnames.h | 200 + libs/include/freetype/ftstroke.h | 751 ++++ libs/include/freetype/ftsynth.h | 81 + libs/include/freetype/ftsystem.h | 347 ++ libs/include/freetype/fttrigon.h | 350 ++ libs/include/freetype/fttypes.h | 598 +++ libs/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h | 274 ++ libs/include/freetype/ftxf86.h | 83 + libs/include/freetype/t1tables.h | 662 +++ libs/include/freetype/ttnameid.h | 1237 +++++ libs/include/freetype/tttables.h | 777 ++++ libs/include/freetype/tttags.h | 107 + libs/include/freetype/ttunpat.h | 59 + libs/include/ft2build.h | 61 + libs/include/grrlib.h | 257 ++ libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB__inline.h | 134 + libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB__lib.h | 183 + libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_cExtn.h | 43 + libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_clipping.h | 49 + libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_collision.h | 89 + libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbComplex.h | 59 + libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbGX.h | 46 + libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbSimple.h | 114 + libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_handle.h | 68 + libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_pixel.h | 103 + libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_private.h | 50 + libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_settings.h | 91 + libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_texSetup.h | 88 + libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_ttf.h | 24 + libs/include/jconfig.h | 46 + libs/include/jmorecfg.h | 369 ++ libs/include/jpeglib.h | 1160 +++++ libs/include/png.h | 2671 +++++++++++ libs/include/pngconf.h | 596 +++ libs/include/pngu.h | 175 + .../include/runtimeiospatch/runtimeiospatch.h | 147 + libs/include/zconf.h | 511 +++ libs/include/zlib.h | 1768 ++++++++ source/languages.c | 10 +- source/sys.c | 5 +- source/sysCheck.c | 56 +- 82 files changed, 30693 insertions(+), 43 deletions(-) create mode 100644 libs/include/CheckRegion.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/freetype.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftautoh.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftbbox.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftbdf.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftcache.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftchapters.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftcid.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/fterrdef.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/fterrors.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftgasp.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftglyph.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftgxval.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftgzip.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftimage.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftincrem.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftlist.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftlzw.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftmac.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftmm.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftotval.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftoutln.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftpfr.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftrender.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftsizes.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftsnames.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftstroke.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftsynth.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftsystem.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/fttrigon.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/fttypes.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ftxf86.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/t1tables.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ttnameid.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/tttables.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/tttags.h create mode 100644 libs/include/freetype/ttunpat.h create mode 100644 libs/include/ft2build.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB__inline.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB__lib.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_cExtn.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_clipping.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_collision.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbComplex.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbGX.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbSimple.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_handle.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_pixel.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_private.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_settings.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_texSetup.h create mode 100644 libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_ttf.h create mode 100644 libs/include/jconfig.h create mode 100644 libs/include/jmorecfg.h create mode 100644 libs/include/jpeglib.h create mode 100644 libs/include/png.h create mode 100644 libs/include/pngconf.h create mode 100644 libs/include/pngu.h create mode 100644 libs/include/runtimeiospatch/runtimeiospatch.h create mode 100644 libs/include/zconf.h create mode 100644 libs/include/zlib.h diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile index 8da5758..8bf7236 100644 --- a/Makefile +++ b/Makefile @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ LIBS += -lruntimeiospatch # include and lib #--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LIBDIRS := $(PORTLIBS) +LIBDIRS += LIBDIRS := $(CURDIR)/libs #--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- # no real need to edit anything past this point unless you need to add additional diff --git a/include/SysMenuInfo.h b/include/SysMenuInfo.h index 384ceec..a2fb243 100644 --- a/include/SysMenuInfo.h +++ b/include/SysMenuInfo.h @@ -54,6 +54,8 @@ typedef struct { u8 shopcode; u8 priiloader; bool nandAccess; + u32 runningIOS; + u32 runningIOSRevision; } SYSSETTINGS; typedef struct { @@ -69,6 +71,4 @@ typedef struct { u32 hbcIOS; } homebrew_t; -char getSystemMenuRegionFromContent(); - #endif diff --git a/include/sys.h b/include/sys.h index b5977b9..faf51a8 100644 --- a/include/sys.h +++ b/include/sys.h @@ -7,13 +7,11 @@ #define AHB_ACCESS (*(vu32*)0xcd800064 == 0xFFFFFFFF) #define MEM_REG_BASE 0xd8b4000 #define MEM_PROT (MEM_REG_BASE + 0x20a) -#define HOLLYWOOD_VERSION (vu32*)0x80003138 +#define HOLLYWOOD_VERSION (*(vu32*)0x80003138) #define LOADER_STUB (vu32*)0x80001800 #define IOS_TOP (*((vu32*)0x80003134)) #define IS_WII_U ((*(vu32*)(0xCd8005A0) >> 16 ) == 0xCAFE) #define MAX_ELEMENTS(x) ((sizeof((x))) / (sizeof((x)[0]))) -#define CheckTime(X,Y) while(!(ticks_to_millisecs(diff_ticks((X), gettick())) > (Y))) -#define UpdateTime() current_time = gettick(); // Turn upper and lower into a full title ID #define TITLE_ID(x,y) (((u64)(x) << 32) | (y)) @@ -141,7 +139,7 @@ u32 GetSysMenuVersion(void); float GetSysMenuNintendoVersion(u32 sysVersion); u32 GetBoot2Version(void); u32 GetDeviceID(void); -bool CheckIOSType(u32 start_address); +bool CheckIOSType(void); bool CheckFakeSignature(void); bool CheckESIdentify(void); bool CheckFlashAccess(void); diff --git a/include/tools.h b/include/tools.h index 75b8af5..14f9154 100644 --- a/include/tools.h +++ b/include/tools.h @@ -10,13 +10,16 @@ extern "C" #define DI_BUTTONS_HELD 0 #define DI_BUTTONS_DOWN 1 -#define CHECK_ARG(X) (!strncmp((X), argv[i], sizeof((X))-1)) -#define CHECK_ARG_VAL(X) (argv[i] + sizeof((X))-1) +#define CHECK_ARG(X) (!strncmp((X), argv[i], sizeof((X))-1)) +#define CHECK_ARG_VAL(X) (argv[i] + sizeof((X))-1) + +#define CheckTime() while(!(ticks_to_millisecs(diff_ticks(current_time, gettime())) > 750000)) +#define UpdateTime() current_time = gettime(); typedef struct { bool forceNoAHBPROT; bool debug; - int skipIOSlist[513]; + int skipIOSlist[512]; int skipIOScnt; } arguments_t; diff --git a/libs/include/CheckRegion.h b/libs/include/CheckRegion.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..de1d64d --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/CheckRegion.h @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +CheckRegion.h - Reports region info on your Wii +Copyright (C) 2013 JoostinOnline + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), +to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation +the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the +Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES +OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, +DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, +TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE +OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef __CHECKREGION_H__ +#define __CHECKREGION_H__ + +/** + * Version information for CheckRegion. + */ +#define CHECKREGION_VERSION "1.7" + +//============================================================================== +// Includes +//============================================================================== +#include +//============================================================================== + +//============================================================================== +// HW_RVL header +//============================================================================== +#if defined(HW_RVL) /* defined(HW_RVL) */ + +//============================================================================== +// Error code definitions +//============================================================================== +#define CONF_EBADFILE -0x6001 +#define CONF_ENOENT -0x6002 +#define CONF_ETOOBIG -0x6003 +#define CONF_ENOTINIT -0x6004 +#define CONF_ENOTIMPL -0x6005 +#define CONF_EBADVALUE -0x6006 +#define CONF_ENOMEM -0x6007 +#define CONF_ERR_OK 0 + +//============================================================================== +// Variable size definitions +//============================================================================== +#define SERIALCODE_SIZE 4 +#define SERIALNUMBER_SIZE 10 +#define MODEL_SIZE 13 +#define COUNTRY_SIZE 44 + +//============================================================================== +// C++ header +//============================================================================== +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +/* __cplusplus */ + +//============================================================================== +// Extra standard declarations +//============================================================================== +typedef signed int s32; +//============================================================================== + + +/** + * Multi-dimensional array of country names. Their location corresponds with the shop + * code given by CONF_GetShopCode(u8 *shopcode) + */ +extern const char *CONF_CountryCodes[]; + + +/** + * CheckRegion CONF codes + */ +enum { + /*------------------------Wii Codes------------------------*/ + CONF_CODE_JPN = 0, /**< CODE "LJF" (Original model) */ + CONF_CODE_USA, /**< CODE "LU" (Original model) */ + CONF_CODE_EURH, /**< CODE "LEH" (Original model) */ + CONF_CODE_EURM, /**< CODE "LEM" (Original model) */ + CONF_CODE_EURF, /**< CODE "LEF" (Original model) */ + CONF_CODE_KOR, /**< CODE "LKM" (Original model) */ + CONF_CODE_AUS, /**< CODE "LAH" (Original model) */ + CONF_CODE_USAK, /**< CODE "KU" (New model) */ + CONF_CODE_EURHK, /**< CODE "KEH" (New model) */ + CONF_CODE_EURMK, /**< CODE "KEM" (New model) */ + CONF_CODE_EURFK, /**< CODE "KEF" (New model) */ + CONF_CODE_AUSK, /**< CODE "KAM" (New model) */ + CONF_CODE_DLPH, /**< CODE "LE" (Dolphin emulator) */ + /*-----------------------Wii U Codes-----------------------*/ + CONF_CODE_VJPNI, /**< CODE "IJF" (8GB model) */ + CONF_CODE_VJPNO, /**< CODE "OJF" (32GB model) */ //Unconfirmed + CONF_CODE_VUSAI, /**< CODE "IW" (8GB model) */ + CONF_CODE_VUSAO, /**< CODE "OW" (32GB model) */ + CONF_CODE_VEURHI, /**< CODE "IEH" (8GB model) */ + CONF_CODE_VEURHO, /**< CODE "OEH" (32GB model) */ + CONF_CODE_VEURMI, /**< CODE "IEM" (8GB model) */ //Unconfirmed + CONF_CODE_VEURMO, /**< CODE "OEM" (32GB model) */ + CONF_CODE_VEURFI, /**< CODE "IEF" (8GB model) */ + CONF_CODE_VEURFO, /**< CODE "OEF" (32GB model) */ + CONF_CODE_VKORI, /**< CODE "I??" (8GB model) */ //Not released + CONF_CODE_VKORO, /**< CODE "O??" (32GB model) */ //Not released + CONF_CODE_VAUSI, /**< CODE "IAH" (8GB model) */ //Unconfirmed + CONF_CODE_VAUSO /**< CODE "OAH" (32GB model) */ +}; + + +/** + * Initializes everything necessary for CONF functions. Must be run + * before any other CONF function, including those in ogc\conf.h + * @return 0 for success, anything else means init failed + * CONF_ERR_OK : Success - Initialization was successful, or was already complete + * CONF_EBADFILE : Error - setting.txt or SYSCONF is corrupt + * Anything else : Error - Not enough free memory + */ +s32 CONF_Init(void); + + +/** + * Gets value of CODE in setting.txt + * @param serialcode Pointer to a 4 character array. Can be NULL. + * @example char serialcode[SERIALCODE_SIZE] = {0}; CONF_GetSerialCode(serialcode); + * @return Integer representing code + * CONF_CODE_* : Success - serialcode was retrieved and is a known code + * CONF_ENOENT : Error - Could not find serialcode in setting.txt + * CONF_ENOTINIT : Error - CONF_Init() was not run before function + * CONF_EBADVALUE : Error - Unknown serial code + * CONF_ENOMEM : Error - Not enough free memory + */ +s32 CONF_GetSerialCode(char *serialcode); + + +/** + * Gets value of SERNO in setting.txt + * @param serialnumber Pointer to a 12 character array. Can be NULL. + * @example char serialnumber[SERIALNUMBER_SIZE] = {0}; CONF_GetSerialNumber(serialnumber); + * @return Integer representing code + * CONF_ERR_OK : Success - Retrieved serialnumber + * CONF_ENOENT : Error - Could not find serialnumber in setting.txt + * CONF_ENOTINIT : Error - CONF_Init() was not run before function + * CONF_ENOMEM : Error - Not enough free memory + */ +s32 CONF_GetSerialNumber(char *serialnumber); + + +/** + * Gets value of MODEL in setting.txt + * @param model Pointer to a 13 character array. Can be NULL. + * @example char model[MODEL_SIZE] = {0}; CONF_GetModel(model); + * @return Integer representing code + * CONF_ERR_OK : Success - Retrieved model + * CONF_ENOENT : Error - Could not find model in setting.txt + * CONF_ENOTINIT : Error - CONF_Init() was not run before function + * CONF_ENOMEM : Error - Not enough free memory + */ +s32 CONF_GetModel(char *model); + + +/** + * Gets the Shop Channel country code in SYSCONF + * @see http://wiibrew.org/wiki/Country_Codes + * @param shopcode Pointer to an unsigned 8bit integer. Can be NULL. + * @example u8 shopcode = 0; + * CONF_GetShopCode(&shopcode); + * printf("Shop Channel Country is %s", CONF_CountryCodes[shopcode]); + * @return Integer representing code + * CONF_ERR_OK : Success - Retrieved shopcode + * CONF_ENOENT : Error - Could not find shopcode in SYSCONF + * CONF_ENOTINIT : Error - CONF_Init() was not run before function + * CONF_ENOMEM : Error - Not enough free memory + */ +s32 CONF_GetShopCode(u8 *shopcode); + + +//============================================================================== +// C++ footer +//============================================================================== +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +//============================================================================== +// HW_RVL footer +//============================================================================== +#endif /* defined(HW_RVL) */ + +#endif // __CHECKREGION_H__ + +/** + * @section Introduction + * CheckRegion provides region information about your Wii. + * + * While AnyRegionChanger (and its mods) can modify all the region + * settings that are needed for the Wii to work, it does not change + * the value of "CODE", which are the letters that precede the serial + * number. From that, you can determine the original region. + * + * + * ***IMPORTANT*** + * If your Wii was purchased before May 2011 or does not have GC ports, + * the report should be 100% accurate. + * + * If that's not the case, there is a chance someone used GiantPune's + * Ohneschwanzenegger and a GC controller to create a new NAND, which + * allows a custom serial number, thus fooling CheckRegion. You can + * only then assume it's right if it reports a different region than + * your Wii's current one. + * + * @section Links + * Forum : http://HacksDen.com + * Code : http://tinyurl.com/CheckRegion + * + * @section Credits + * God for always being there. + * LiNkZoR, JohnyNyga, VampireLordAlucard, sureiya, Drexyl, and fudgenuts64 for information on the new Wii models. + * marcan for conf.c/conf.h, which this is heavily based on. + * megazig for several tips and suggestions. + * + * @section Licence + * Copyright (C) 2013 JoostinOnline + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included + * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES + * OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. + * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, + * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, + * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE + * OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h b/libs/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9df365 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,614 @@ +/* ftconfig.h. Generated from ftconfig.in by configure. */ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftconfig.in */ +/* */ +/* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006-2009, 2011, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */ + /* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */ + /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */ + /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */ + /* compiler. */ + /* */ + /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */ + /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */ + /* */ + /* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/', and */ + /* contains system-specific files that are always included first when */ + /* building the library. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__ +#define __FTCONFIG_H__ + +#include +#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H +#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */ + /* */ + /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */ + /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */ + /* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */ + /* `freetype/builds/' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 +#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1 +#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1 + + + /* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */ + /* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */ + /* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */ + /* is probably unexpected. */ + /* */ + /* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */ + /* `char' type. */ + +#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT +#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT +#endif + + +/* #undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */ +#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES + +#define SIZEOF_INT 4 +#define SIZEOF_LONG 4 +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG + +#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */ + + /* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */ + /* is copied from default include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h. */ + /* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */ + /* applied to the original header file for the builders that */ + /* does not use configure script. */ + + /* The size of an `int' type. */ +#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#else +#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!" +#endif + + /* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */ + /* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */ +#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#else +#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!" +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */ + + + /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */ + /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */ +#ifndef FT_UNUSED +#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) ) +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */ + /* */ + /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */ + /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */ + /* porter should need to mess with them. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Mac support */ + /* */ + /* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */ + /* providing a new configuration file. */ + /* */ +#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) ) + /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */ + /* AvailabilityMacros.h is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */ + /* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion */ +#include +#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */ +#include "AvailabilityMacros.h" +#endif +#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \ + ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 ) +#undef FT_MACINTOSH +#endif + +#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ ) + /* Classic MacOS compilers */ +#include "ConditionalMacros.h" +#if TARGET_OS_MAC +#define FT_MACINTOSH 1 +#endif + +#endif + + + /* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */ +#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ ) +#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 ) +#pragma set woff 3505 +#endif +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /*
*/ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_Int16 */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_Int16; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_UInt16 */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16; + + /* */ + + + /* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */ +#if 0 + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_Int32 */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on */ + /* the configuration. */ + /* */ + typedef signed XXX FT_Int32; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_UInt32 */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */ + /* the configuration. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_Int64 */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on */ + /* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */ + /* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */ + /* */ + typedef signed XXX FT_Int64; + + /* */ + +#endif + +#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4 + + typedef signed int FT_Int32; + typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32; + +#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4 + + typedef signed long FT_Int32; + typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32; + +#else +#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files" +#endif + + + /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */ +#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4 + + typedef int FT_Fast; + typedef unsigned int FT_UFast; + +#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4 + + typedef long FT_Fast; + typedef unsigned long FT_UFast; + +#endif + + + /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */ + /* Autoconf */ +#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 + + /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long + +#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */ + + /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 __int64 + +#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */ + + /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */ + /* to test the compiler version. */ + + /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 __int64 + +#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */ + + /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */ + +#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */ + +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long long int + +#elif defined( __GNUC__ ) + + /* GCC provides the `long long' type */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long long int + +#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile */ + /* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable its use if __STDC__ */ + /* is defined. You can however ignore this rule by defining the */ + /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */ + /* */ +#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 ) + +#ifdef __STDC__ + + /* Undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode. */ + /* Since `#undef' doesn't survive in configuration header files */ + /* we use the postprocessing facility of AC_CONFIG_HEADERS to */ + /* replace the leading `/' with `#'. */ +#undef FT_LONG64 +#undef FT_INT64 + +#endif /* __STDC__ */ + +#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */ + +#ifdef FT_LONG64 + typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64; +#endif + + +#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do { +#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 ) +#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT + + +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER + /* Provide assembler fragments for performance-critical functions. */ + /* These must be defined `static __inline__' with GCC. */ + +#if defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ ) /* RVCT */ +#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_arm + + /* documentation is in freetype.h */ + + static __inline FT_Int32 + FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32 a, + FT_Int32 b ) + { + register FT_Int32 t, t2; + + + __asm + { + smull t2, t, b, a /* (lo=t2,hi=t) = a*b */ + mov a, t, asr #31 /* a = (hi >> 31) */ + add a, a, #0x8000 /* a += 0x8000 */ + adds t2, t2, a /* t2 += a */ + adc t, t, #0 /* t += carry */ + mov a, t2, lsr #16 /* a = t2 >> 16 */ + orr a, a, t, lsl #16 /* a |= t << 16 */ + } + return a; + } + +#endif /* __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ */ + + +#ifdef __GNUC__ + +#if defined( __arm__ ) && !defined( __thumb__ ) && \ + !( defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ ) ) +#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_arm + + /* documentation is in freetype.h */ + + static __inline__ FT_Int32 + FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32 a, + FT_Int32 b ) + { + register FT_Int32 t, t2; + + + __asm__ __volatile__ ( + "smull %1, %2, %4, %3\n\t" /* (lo=%1,hi=%2) = a*b */ + "mov %0, %2, asr #31\n\t" /* %0 = (hi >> 31) */ + "add %0, %0, #0x8000\n\t" /* %0 += 0x8000 */ + "adds %1, %1, %0\n\t" /* %1 += %0 */ + "adc %2, %2, #0\n\t" /* %2 += carry */ + "mov %0, %1, lsr #16\n\t" /* %0 = %1 >> 16 */ + "orr %0, %0, %2, lsl #16\n\t" /* %0 |= %2 << 16 */ + : "=r"(a), "=&r"(t2), "=&r"(t) + : "r"(a), "r"(b) + : "cc" ); + return a; + } + +#endif /* __arm__ && !__thumb__ && !( __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ ) */ + +#if defined( __i386__ ) +#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_i386 + + /* documentation is in freetype.h */ + + static __inline__ FT_Int32 + FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32 a, + FT_Int32 b ) + { + register FT_Int32 result; + + + __asm__ __volatile__ ( + "imul %%edx\n" + "movl %%edx, %%ecx\n" + "sarl $31, %%ecx\n" + "addl $0x8000, %%ecx\n" + "addl %%ecx, %%eax\n" + "adcl $0, %%edx\n" + "shrl $16, %%eax\n" + "shll $16, %%edx\n" + "addl %%edx, %%eax\n" + : "=a"(result), "=d"(b) + : "a"(a), "d"(b) + : "%ecx", "cc" ); + return result; + } + +#endif /* i386 */ + +#endif /* __GNUC__ */ + + +#ifdef _MSC_VER /* Visual C++ */ + +#ifdef _M_IX86 + +#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_i386 + + /* documentation is in freetype.h */ + + static __inline FT_Int32 + FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32 a, + FT_Int32 b ) + { + register FT_Int32 result; + + __asm + { + mov eax, a + mov edx, b + imul edx + mov ecx, edx + sar ecx, 31 + add ecx, 8000h + add eax, ecx + adc edx, 0 + shr eax, 16 + shl edx, 16 + add eax, edx + mov result, eax + } + return result; + } + +#endif /* _M_IX86 */ + +#endif /* _MSC_VER */ + +#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */ + + +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX +#ifdef FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER +#define FT_MULFIX_INLINED FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER +#endif +#endif + + +#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT + +#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x +#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x + +#else + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x +#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x +#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x +#endif + +#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */ + + +#ifndef FT_BASE + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_BASE */ + + +#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x +#else +#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */ + + +#ifndef FT_EXPORT + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */ + + +#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */ + + +#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */ + + /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */ + /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */ + /* */ + + /* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */ + /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */ + /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */ + /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */ + /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function. */ + /* */ + /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */ + /* contains pointers to callback functions. */ + /* */ + /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */ + /* that contains pointers to callback functions. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */ + /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x +#endif +#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */ + +#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C" +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C" +#else +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */ +#endif +#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h b/libs/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..93969ef --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h @@ -0,0 +1,819 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftheader.h */ +/* */ +/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2008, 2010, 2012, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __FT_HEADER_H__ +#define __FT_HEADER_H__ + + + /*@***********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */ + /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */ + /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */ + /* C++ compiler. */ + /* */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" { +#else +#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */ +#endif + + + /*@***********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_END_HEADER */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */ + /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */ + /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */ + /* C++ compiler. */ + /* */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_END_HEADER } +#else +#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */ +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /*
*/ + /* header_file_macros */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Header File Macros */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */ + /* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */ + /* statements as in: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */ + /* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */ + /* #include FT_GLYPH_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */ + /* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */ + /* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */ + /* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */ + /* */ + /* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */ + /* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* configuration files */ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * FreeType~2 configuration data. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H +#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h> +#endif + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H +#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h> +#endif + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h> +#endif + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library + * instances in @FT_Init_FreeType. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H +#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h> +#endif + + /* */ + + /* public headers */ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_FREETYPE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * base FreeType~2 API. + * + */ +#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ERRORS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages). + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages). + * + */ +#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SYSTEM_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management + * and stream i/o). + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IMAGE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type + * definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines, + * scan-converter parameters). + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TYPES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * basic data types defined by FreeType~2. + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_LIST_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * list management API of FreeType~2. + * + * (Most applications will never need to include this file.) + * + */ +#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_OUTLINE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * scalable outline management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SIZES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face. + * + */ +#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_MODULE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * module management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_RENDER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * renderer module management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_AUTOHINTER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module. + * + */ +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H <freetype/ftautoh.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CFF_DRIVER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * structures and macros related to the CFF driver module. + * + */ +#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftcffdrv.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * types and API specific to the Type~1 format. + * + */ +#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings, + * etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro + * definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications. + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format. + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in + * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType). + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_BDF_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a + * face. + * + */ +#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CID_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which access CID font information from a + * face. + * + */ +#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_GZIP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files. + * + */ +#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_LZW_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files. + * + */ +#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_BZIP2_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files. + * + */ +#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_WINFONTS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files. + * + */ +#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_GLYPH_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional glyph management component. + * + */ +#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_BITMAP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional bitmap conversion component. + * + */ +#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_BBOX_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines. + * + */ +#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CACHE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system. + * + */ +#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system. + * + * It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements. You can also + * use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to + * store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory. + * + * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all + * glyph image-related cache declarations. + * + */ +#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system. + * + * It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively + * memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in + * @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images, + * including scalable outlines. + * + * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all + * small bitmaps-related cache declarations. + * + */ +#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system. + * + * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all + * charmap-based cache declarations. + * + */ +#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_MAC_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access + * fonts embedded in resource forks. + * + * This header file must be explicitly included by client applications + * compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though). + * + */ +#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SFNT_NAMES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in + * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType). + * + */ +#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, + * GPOS, GSUB, JSTF). + * + */ +#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_GX_VALIDATE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat, + * mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop). + * + */ +#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_PFR_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data. + * + */ +#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_STROKER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths. + */ +#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SYNTHESIS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening. + */ +#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_XFREE86_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and + * X.Org X11 servers. + */ +#define FT_XFREE86_H <freetype/ftxf86.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g., + * cosines and arc tangents). + */ +#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_LCD_FILTER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering. + */ +#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering. + */ +#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ttunpat.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_INCREMENTAL_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering. + */ +#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_GASP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table. + */ +#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ADVANCES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances. + */ +#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h> + + + /* */ + +#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h> + + + /* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */ + /* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */ + /* no rogue client that uses them. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H <freetype/ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H <freetype/ftcache.h> + + +#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h> + +#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ttunpat.h> + + + /* + * Include internal headers definitions from <freetype/internal/...> + * only when building the library. + */ +#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY +#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h> +#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H +#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */ + + +#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h b/libs/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b729977 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +/* This is a generated file. */ +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class ) +/* EOF */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h b/libs/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a6a84f --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h @@ -0,0 +1,827 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftoption.h */ +/* */ +/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTOPTION_H__ +#define __FTOPTION_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */ + /* */ + /* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */ + /* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */ + /* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */ + /* */ + /* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */ + /* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */ + /* library from a single source directory. */ + /* */ + /* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */ + /* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' */ + /* is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType */ + /* include path during compilation. */ + /* */ + /* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */ + /* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */ + /* that for your own projects. */ + /* */ + /* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */ + /* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */ + /* locate this file during the build. For example, */ + /* */ + /* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */ + /* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> */ + /* */ + /* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */ + /* definitions. */ + /* */ + /* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */ + /* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */ + /* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */ + /* default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>. */ + /* */ + /* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering */ + /* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library. */ + /* */ + /* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */ + /* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */ + /* */ + /* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its */ + /* _implementation_. For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */ + /* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times wider than */ + /* the original size in case this macro isn't defined; however, each */ + /* triplet of subpixels has R=G=B. */ + /* */ + /* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing */ + /* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */ + /* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */ + /* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */ + /* */ + /* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */ + /* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */ + /* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */ + /* */ + /* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */ + /* building the library. */ + /* */ + /* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */ + /* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */ + /* `configure' script on supported platforms. */ + /* */ +#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */ + /* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */ + /* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */ + /* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */ + /* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */ + /* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */ + /* */ + /* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */ + /* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* LZW-compressed file support. */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */ + /* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */ + /* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */ + /* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */ + /* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Gzip-compressed file support. */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */ + /* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */ + /* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */ + /* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */ + /* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* ZLib library selection */ + /* */ + /* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */ + /* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */ + /* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */ + /* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */ + /* */ + /* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */ + /* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */ + /* included directly within the component and *not* export external */ + /* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */ + /* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */ + /* it for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Bzip2-compressed file support. */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */ + /* `bzip2' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */ + /* files that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2' to */ + /* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c). */ + /* Contrary to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use */ + /* the system available bzip2 implementation. */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, FILE, */ + /* fopen() etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded */ + /* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without */ + /* file stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not */ + /* necessary such as memory loading of font files. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* DLL export compilation */ + /* */ + /* When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a */ + /* special keyword in front OR after the return type of function */ + /* declarations. */ + /* */ + /* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */ + /* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */ + /* */ + /* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */ + /* */ + /* is used in a function declaration, as in */ + /* */ + /* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */ + /* */ + /* is used in a function definition, as in */ + /* */ + /* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */ + /* { */ + /* ... some code ... */ + /* return FT_Err_Ok; */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */ + /* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. If you leave them undefined, they */ + /* will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to */ + /* allow normal compilation. */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */ + /* them for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_EXPORT(x) extern x */ +/* #define FT_EXPORT_DEF(x) x */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Glyph Postscript Names handling */ + /* */ + /* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */ + /* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */ + /* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */ + /* use with the TrueType `post' table. */ + /* */ + /* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */ + /* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */ + /* */ + /* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */ + /* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */ + /* `post' table. */ + /* */ + /* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */ + /* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */ + /* */ + /* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */ + /* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */ + /* */ + /* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */ + /* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */ + /* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */ + /* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */ + /* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */ + /* */ + /* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */ + /* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */ + /* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */ + /* fonts. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Support for Mac fonts */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */ + /* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */ + /* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */ + /* */ + /* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */ + /* GNU/Linux). */ + /* */ + /* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */ + /* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */ + /* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */ + /* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */ + /* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */ + /* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */ + /* names must be used. */ + /* */ + /* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */ + /* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */ + /* */ +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */ + /* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */ + /* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */ + /* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */ + /* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */ + /* to do all of its work. */ + /* */ + /* This must be greater than 4KByte if you use FreeType to rasterize */ + /* glyphs; otherwise, you may set it to zero to avoid unnecessary */ + /* allocation of the render pool. */ + /* */ +#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* FT_MAX_MODULES */ + /* */ + /* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */ + /* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */ + /* */ +#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Debug level */ + /* */ + /* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */ + /* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */ + /* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */ + /* execution. */ + /* */ + /* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */ + /* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */ + /* */ + /* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */ + /* them for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Autofitter debugging */ + /* */ + /* If FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT is defined, FreeType provides some means to */ + /* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global */ + /* boolean variables (consequently, you should *never* enable this */ + /* while compiling in `release' mode): */ + /* */ + /* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints */ + /* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints */ + /* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints */ + /* */ + /* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various */ + /* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf'): */ + /* */ + /* af_glyph_hints_dump_points */ + /* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments */ + /* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges */ + /* */ + /* As an argument, they use another global variable: */ + /* */ + /* _af_debug_hints */ + /* */ + /* Please have a look at the `ftgrid' demo program to see how those */ + /* variables and macros should be used. */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */ + /* them for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Memory Debugging */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */ + /* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */ + /* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */ + /* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */ + /* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */ + /* it for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Module errors */ + /* */ + /* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */ + /* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */ + /* while the lower byte is the real error code. */ + /* */ + /* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */ + /* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */ + /* FreeType 2. */ + /* */ + /* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */ + /* */ +#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Position Independent Code */ + /* */ + /* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */ + /* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */ + /* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */ + /* code will be used. */ + /* */ + /* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */ + /* fixups, such as BREW. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */ + /* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */ + /* TrueType & OpenType). */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */ + /* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */ + /* OpenType file. */ + /* */ + /* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */ + /* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */ + /* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */ + /* */ + /* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */ + /* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */ + /* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */ + /* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */ + /* does not contain any glyph name though. */ + /* */ + /* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */ + /* `freetype/ftsnames.h'. */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* TrueType CMap support */ + /* */ + /* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */ + /* supported. */ +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */ + /* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */ + /* */ + /* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */ + /* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */ + /* define it for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING if you want to compile */ + /* EXPERIMENTAL subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This */ + /* replaces the native TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO is requested. */ + /* */ + /* Enabling this causes the TrueType driver to ignore instructions under */ + /* certain conditions. This is done in accordance with the guide here, */ + /* with some minor differences: */ + /* */ + /* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx */ + /* */ + /* By undefining this, you only compile the code necessary to hint */ + /* TrueType glyphs with native TT hinting. */ + /* */ + /* This option requires TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER to be */ + /* defined. */ + /* */ +/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* If you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING, a special version */ + /* of the TrueType bytecode interpreter is used that doesn't implement */ + /* any of the patented opcodes and algorithms. The patents related to */ + /* TrueType hinting have expired worldwide since May 2010; this option */ + /* is now deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING macro is *ignored* */ + /* if you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER; in other words, */ + /* either define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER or */ + /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING but not both at the same time. */ + /* */ + /* This macro is only useful for a small number of font files (mostly */ + /* for Asian scripts) that require bytecode interpretation to properly */ + /* load glyphs. For all other fonts, this produces unpleasant results, */ + /* thus the unpatented interpreter is never used to load glyphs from */ + /* TrueType fonts unless one of the following two options is used. */ + /* */ + /* - The unpatented interpreter is explicitly activated by the user */ + /* through the FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING parameter tag */ + /* when opening the FT_Face. */ + /* */ + /* - FreeType detects that the FT_Face corresponds to one of the */ + /* `trick' fonts (e.g., `Mingliu') it knows about. The font engine */ + /* contains a hard-coded list of font names and other matching */ + /* parameters (see function `tt_face_init' in file */ + /* `src/truetype/ttobjs.c'). */ + /* */ + /* Here a sample code snippet for using FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Parameter parameter; */ + /* FT_Open_Args open_args; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING; */ + /* */ + /* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS; */ + /* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname; */ + /* open_args.num_params = 1; */ + /* open_args.params = ¶meter; */ + /* */ + /* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face ); */ + /* ... */ + /* } */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH to compile the TrueType */ + /* bytecode interpreter with a huge switch statement, rather than a call */ + /* table. This results in smaller and faster code for a number of */ + /* architectures. */ + /* */ + /* Note however that on some compiler/processor combinations, undefining */ + /* this macro will generate faster, though larger, code. */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */ + /* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */ + /* component offsets in composite glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */ + /* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */ + /* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */ + /* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */ + /* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */ + /* fonts will not have them. */ + /* */ + /* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm */ + /* http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */ + /* */ +#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */ + /* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */ + /* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */ + /* Masters support. */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */ + /* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and */ + /* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */ + /* required. */ + /* */ +#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */ + /* calls during glyph loading. */ + /* */ +#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */ + /* minimum of 16 is required. */ + /* */ + /* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */ + /* */ +#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */ + /* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */ + /* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */ + /* unable to produce kerning distances. */ + /* */ +#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */ + /* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */ + /* driver. */ + /* */ +#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */ + /* support. */ + /* */ +#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Compile autofit module with Indic script support. */ + /* */ +#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Compile autofit module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping */ + /* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension */ + /* so that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the */ + /* grid. To find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various */ + /* parameter combinations are tried and scored. */ + /* */ + /* This experimental option is only active if the render mode is */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT. */ + /* */ +/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER */ + + /* */ + + + /* + * Define this variable if you want to keep the layout of internal + * structures that was used prior to FreeType 2.2. This also compiles in + * a few obsolete functions to avoid linking problems on typical Unix + * distributions. + * + * For embedded systems or building a new distribution from scratch, it + * is recommended to disable the macro since it reduces the library's code + * size and activates a few memory-saving optimizations as well. + */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */ + + + /* + * To detect legacy cache-lookup call from a rogue client (<= 2.1.7), + * we restrict the number of charmaps in a font. The current API of + * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup() takes cmap_index & charcode, but old API + * takes charcode only. To determine the passed value is for cmap_index + * or charcode, the possible cmap_index is restricted not to exceed + * the minimum possible charcode by a rogue client. It is also very + * unlikely that a rogue client is interested in Unicode values 0 to 15. + * + * NOTE: The original threshold was 4 deduced from popular number of + * cmap subtables in UCS-4 TrueType fonts, but now it is not + * irregular for OpenType fonts to have more than 4 subtables, + * because variation selector subtables are available for Apple + * and Microsoft platforms. + */ + +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS +#define FT_MAX_CHARMAP_CACHEABLE 15 +#endif + + + /* + * This macro is defined if either unpatented or native TrueType + * hinting is requested by the definitions above. + */ +#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER +#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER +#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING +#elif defined TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING +#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER +#endif + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* __FTOPTION_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h b/libs/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b940efc --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftstdlib.h */ +/* */ +/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */ +/* only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2007, 2009, 2011-2012 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */ + /* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */ + /* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */ + /* */ + /* Load a file which defines __FTSTDLIB_H__ before this one to override */ + /* it. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTSTDLIB_H__ +#define __FTSTDLIB_H__ + + +#include <stddef.h> + +#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* integer limits */ + /* */ + /* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */ + /* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */ + /* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */ + /* */ + /* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */ + /* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */ + /* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */ + /* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */ + /* */ + /* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */ + /* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <limits.h> + +#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT +#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX +#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX +#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN +#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX +#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* character and string processing */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <string.h> + +#define ft_memchr memchr +#define ft_memcmp memcmp +#define ft_memcpy memcpy +#define ft_memmove memmove +#define ft_memset memset +#define ft_strcat strcat +#define ft_strcmp strcmp +#define ft_strcpy strcpy +#define ft_strlen strlen +#define ft_strncmp strncmp +#define ft_strncpy strncpy +#define ft_strrchr strrchr +#define ft_strstr strstr + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* file handling */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <stdio.h> + +#define FT_FILE FILE +#define ft_fclose fclose +#define ft_fopen fopen +#define ft_fread fread +#define ft_fseek fseek +#define ft_ftell ftell +#define ft_sprintf sprintf + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* sorting */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#define ft_qsort qsort + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* memory allocation */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#define ft_scalloc calloc +#define ft_sfree free +#define ft_smalloc malloc +#define ft_srealloc realloc + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* miscellaneous */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#define ft_atol atol +#define ft_labs labs + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* execution control */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <setjmp.h> + +#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */ + /* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */ + /* on certain platforms */ + +#define ft_longjmp longjmp +#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */ + + + /* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */ + /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */ + +#include <stdarg.h> + + +#endif /* __FTSTDLIB_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/freetype.h b/libs/include/freetype/freetype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57a03a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/freetype.h @@ -0,0 +1,3993 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* freetype.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType high-level API and common types (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FREETYPE_H__ +#define __FREETYPE_H__ + + +#ifndef FT_FREETYPE_H +#error "`ft2build.h' hasn't been included yet!" +#error "Please always use macros to include FreeType header files." +#error "Example:" +#error " #include <ft2build.h>" +#error " #include FT_FREETYPE_H" +#endif + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H +#include FT_TYPES_H +#include FT_ERRORS_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* user_allocation */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* User allocation */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How client applications should allocate FreeType data structures. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType assumes that structures allocated by the user and passed */ + /* as arguments are zeroed out except for the actual data. In other */ + /* words, it is recommended to use `calloc' (or variants of it) */ + /* instead of `malloc' for allocation. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* B A S I C T Y P E S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* base_interface */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Base Interface */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* The FreeType~2 base font interface. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section describes the public high-level API of FreeType~2. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Library */ + /* FT_Face */ + /* FT_Size */ + /* FT_GlyphSlot */ + /* FT_CharMap */ + /* FT_Encoding */ + /* */ + /* FT_FaceRec */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER */ + /* */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC */ + /* */ + /* FT_SizeRec */ + /* FT_Size_Metrics */ + /* */ + /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */ + /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */ + /* FT_SubGlyph */ + /* */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Size */ + /* */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType */ + /* FT_Done_FreeType */ + /* */ + /* FT_New_Face */ + /* FT_Done_Face */ + /* FT_New_Memory_Face */ + /* FT_Open_Face */ + /* FT_Open_Args */ + /* FT_Parameter */ + /* FT_Attach_File */ + /* FT_Attach_Stream */ + /* */ + /* FT_Set_Char_Size */ + /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */ + /* FT_Request_Size */ + /* FT_Select_Size */ + /* FT_Size_Request_Type */ + /* FT_Size_Request */ + /* FT_Set_Transform */ + /* FT_Load_Glyph */ + /* FT_Get_Char_Index */ + /* FT_Get_Name_Index */ + /* FT_Load_Char */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY */ + /* FT_OPEN_STREAM */ + /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME */ + /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER */ + /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_DEFAULT */ + /* FT_LOAD_RENDER */ + /* FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME */ + /* FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP */ + /* FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT */ + /* FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM */ + /* FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH */ + /* FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE */ + /* FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V */ + /* */ + /* FT_Render_Glyph */ + /* FT_Render_Mode */ + /* FT_Get_Kerning */ + /* FT_Kerning_Mode */ + /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */ + /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */ + /* */ + /* FT_CharMapRec */ + /* FT_Select_Charmap */ + /* FT_Set_Charmap */ + /* FT_Get_Charmap_Index */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY */ + /* */ + /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model the metrics of a single glyph. The */ + /* values are expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE has been used while loading the glyph, values */ + /* are expressed in font units instead. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* width :: */ + /* The glyph's width. */ + /* */ + /* height :: */ + /* The glyph's height. */ + /* */ + /* horiBearingX :: */ + /* Left side bearing for horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* horiBearingY :: */ + /* Top side bearing for horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* horiAdvance :: */ + /* Advance width for horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* vertBearingX :: */ + /* Left side bearing for vertical layout. */ + /* */ + /* vertBearingY :: */ + /* Top side bearing for vertical layout. Larger positive values */ + /* mean further below the vertical glyph origin. */ + /* */ + /* vertAdvance :: */ + /* Advance height for vertical layout. Positive values mean the */ + /* glyph has a positive advance downward. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If not disabled with @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING, the values represent */ + /* dimensions of the hinted glyph (in case hinting is applicable). */ + /* */ + /* Stroking a glyph with an outside border does not increase */ + /* `horiAdvance' or `vertAdvance'; you have to manually adjust these */ + /* values to account for the added width and height. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Glyph_Metrics_ + { + FT_Pos width; + FT_Pos height; + + FT_Pos horiBearingX; + FT_Pos horiBearingY; + FT_Pos horiAdvance; + + FT_Pos vertBearingX; + FT_Pos vertBearingY; + FT_Pos vertAdvance; + + } FT_Glyph_Metrics; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This structure models the metrics of a bitmap strike (i.e., a set */ + /* of glyphs for a given point size and resolution) in a bitmap font. */ + /* It is used for the `available_sizes' field of @FT_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* height :: The vertical distance, in pixels, between two */ + /* consecutive baselines. It is always positive. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The average width, in pixels, of all glyphs in the */ + /* strike. */ + /* */ + /* size :: The nominal size of the strike in 26.6 fractional */ + /* points. This field is not very useful. */ + /* */ + /* x_ppem :: The horizontal ppem (nominal width) in 26.6 fractional */ + /* pixels. */ + /* */ + /* y_ppem :: The vertical ppem (nominal height) in 26.6 fractional */ + /* pixels. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Windows FNT: */ + /* The nominal size given in a FNT font is not reliable. Thus when */ + /* the driver finds it incorrect, it sets `size' to some calculated */ + /* values and sets `x_ppem' and `y_ppem' to the pixel width and */ + /* height given in the font, respectively. */ + /* */ + /* TrueType embedded bitmaps: */ + /* `size', `width', and `height' values are not contained in the */ + /* bitmap strike itself. They are computed from the global font */ + /* parameters. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Bitmap_Size_ + { + FT_Short height; + FT_Short width; + + FT_Pos size; + + FT_Pos x_ppem; + FT_Pos y_ppem; + + } FT_Bitmap_Size; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* O B J E C T C L A S S E S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a FreeType library instance. Each `library' is */ + /* completely independent from the others; it is the `root' of a set */ + /* of objects like fonts, faces, sizes, etc. */ + /* */ + /* It also embeds a memory manager (see @FT_Memory), as well as a */ + /* scan-line converter object (see @FT_Raster). */ + /* */ + /* For multi-threading applications each thread should have its own */ + /* FT_Library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Library objects are normally created by @FT_Init_FreeType, and */ + /* destroyed with @FT_Done_FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_LibraryRec_ *FT_Library; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given FreeType module object. Each module can be a */ + /* font driver, a renderer, or anything else that provides services */ + /* to the formers. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ModuleRec_* FT_Module; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Driver */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given FreeType font driver object. Each font driver */ + /* is a special module capable of creating faces from font files. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_DriverRec_* FT_Driver; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given FreeType renderer. A renderer is a special */ + /* module in charge of converting a glyph image to a bitmap, when */ + /* necessary. Each renderer supports a given glyph image format, and */ + /* one or more target surface depths. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_RendererRec_* FT_Renderer; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given typographic face object. A face object models */ + /* a given typeface, in a given style. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Each face object also owns a single @FT_GlyphSlot object, as well */ + /* as one or more @FT_Size objects. */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from */ + /* a given filepathname or a custom input stream. */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes). */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_FaceRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given face */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_FaceRec_* FT_Face; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an object used to model a face scaled to a given */ + /* character size. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Each @FT_Face has an _active_ @FT_Size object that is used by */ + /* functions like @FT_Load_Glyph to determine the scaling */ + /* transformation which is used to load and hint glyphs and metrics. */ + /* */ + /* You can use @FT_Set_Char_Size, @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, */ + /* @FT_Request_Size or even @FT_Select_Size to change the content */ + /* (i.e., the scaling values) of the active @FT_Size. */ + /* */ + /* You can use @FT_New_Size to create additional size objects for a */ + /* given @FT_Face, but they won't be used by other functions until */ + /* you activate it through @FT_Activate_Size. Only one size can be */ + /* activated at any given time per face. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_SizeRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given size */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SizeRec_* FT_Size; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_GlyphSlot */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given `glyph slot'. A slot is a container where it */ + /* is possible to load any of the glyphs contained in its parent */ + /* face. */ + /* */ + /* In other words, each time you call @FT_Load_Glyph or */ + /* @FT_Load_Char, the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, */ + /* i.e., the glyph's metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and */ + /* other control information. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_GlyphSlotRec for the publicly accessible glyph fields. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_* FT_GlyphSlot; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_CharMap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given character map. A charmap is used to translate */ + /* character codes in a given encoding into glyph indexes for its */ + /* parent's face. Some font formats may provide several charmaps per */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them */ + /* can be `active' and used by @FT_Get_Char_Index or @FT_Load_Char. */ + /* */ + /* The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the */ + /* `face->num_charmaps' and `face->charmaps' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* The currently active charmap is available as `face->charmap'. */ + /* You should call @FT_Set_Charmap to change it. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* When a new face is created (either through @FT_New_Face or */ + /* @FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within */ + /* the list and automatically activates it. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_CharMapRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given */ + /* character map. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_* FT_CharMap; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Macro> */ + /* FT_ENC_TAG */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long. It is */ + /* used to define `encoding' identifiers (see @FT_Encoding). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */ + /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */ + /* this: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) value */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */ + /* */ + +#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG +#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) \ + value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) | \ + ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) | \ + ( (FT_UInt32)(c) << 8 ) | \ + (FT_UInt32)(d) ) + +#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Encoding */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used to specify character sets supported by */ + /* charmaps. Used in the @FT_Select_Charmap API function. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Despite the name, this enumeration lists specific character */ + /* repertories (i.e., charsets), and not text encoding methods (e.g., */ + /* UTF-8, UTF-16, etc.). */ + /* */ + /* Other encodings might be defined in the future. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE :: */ + /* The encoding value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Unicode character set. This value covers */ + /* all versions of the Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and */ + /* Latin-1. Most fonts include a Unicode charmap, but not all */ + /* of them. */ + /* */ + /* For example, if you want to access Unicode value U+1F028 (and */ + /* the font contains it), use value 0x1F028 as the input value for */ + /* @FT_Get_Char_Index. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode */ + /* mathematical symbols in the 32..255 character code range. For */ + /* more information, see `http://www.ceviz.net/symbol.htm'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_SJIS :: */ + /* Corresponds to Japanese SJIS encoding. More info at */ + /* at `http://langsupport.japanreference.com/encoding.shtml'. */ + /* See note on multi-byte encodings below. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_GB2312 :: */ + /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Simplified Chinese as used */ + /* used in mainland China. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_BIG5 :: */ + /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as */ + /* used in Taiwan and Hong Kong. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Wansung. */ + /* For more information see */ + /* `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/unicode/949.txt'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_JOHAB :: */ + /* The Korean standard character set (KS~C 5601-1992), which */ + /* corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361. This character set */ + /* includes all possible Hangeul character combinations. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 :: */ + /* Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type~1 */ + /* PostScript font. It is limited to 256 character codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type~1, */ + /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */ + /* codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type~1, */ + /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */ + /* codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM :: */ + /* Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and */ + /* OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN :: */ + /* Corresponds to the 8-bit Apple roman encoding. Many TrueType */ + /* and OpenType fonts contain a charmap for this encoding, since */ + /* older versions of Mac OS are able to use it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 :: */ + /* This value is deprecated and was never used nor reported by */ + /* FreeType. Don't use or test for it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_GB2312. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* By default, FreeType automatically synthesizes a Unicode charmap */ + /* for PostScript fonts, using their glyph names dictionaries. */ + /* However, it also reports the encodings defined explicitly in the */ + /* font file, for the cases when they are needed, with the Adobe */ + /* values as well. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap */ + /* is neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to */ + /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE). Use @FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID to find out */ + /* which encoding is really present. If, for example, the */ + /* `cs_registry' field is `KOI8' and the `cs_encoding' field is `R', */ + /* the font is encoded in KOI8-R. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is always set (with a single exception) by the */ + /* winfonts driver. Use @FT_Get_WinFNT_Header and examine the */ + /* `charset' field of the @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure to find out */ + /* which encoding is really present. For example, */ + /* @FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 (204) means Windows code page 1251 (for */ + /* Russian). */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set if `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH */ + /* and `encoding_id' is not @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN (otherwise it is set to */ + /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN). */ + /* */ + /* If `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH, use the function */ + /* @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID to query the Mac language ID which may */ + /* be needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants. See */ + /* */ + /* http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/README.TXT */ + /* */ + /* to get an idea how to do that. Basically, if the language ID */ + /* is~0, don't use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID. */ + /* Then examine `encoding_id'. If, for example, `encoding_id' is */ + /* @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN and the language ID (minus~1) is */ + /* `TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK', it is the Greek encoding, not Roman. */ + /* @TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC with `TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI' means the Farsi */ + /* variant the Arabic encoding. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Encoding_ + { + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL, 's', 'y', 'm', 'b' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_UNICODE, 'u', 'n', 'i', 'c' ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_SJIS, 's', 'j', 'i', 's' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_GB2312, 'g', 'b', ' ', ' ' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_BIG5, 'b', 'i', 'g', '5' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, 'w', 'a', 'n', 's' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_JOHAB, 'j', 'o', 'h', 'a' ), + + /* for backwards compatibility */ + FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS = FT_ENCODING_SJIS, + FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 = FT_ENCODING_GB2312, + FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 = FT_ENCODING_BIG5, + FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG = FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, + FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB = FT_ENCODING_JOHAB, + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD, 'A', 'D', 'O', 'B' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'E' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'C' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1, 'l', 'a', 't', '1' ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2, 'l', 'a', 't', '2' ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN, 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' ) + + } FT_Encoding; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* ft_encoding_xxx */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* These constants are deprecated; use the corresponding @FT_Encoding */ + /* values instead. */ + /* */ +#define ft_encoding_none FT_ENCODING_NONE +#define ft_encoding_unicode FT_ENCODING_UNICODE +#define ft_encoding_symbol FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL +#define ft_encoding_latin_1 FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 +#define ft_encoding_latin_2 FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 +#define ft_encoding_sjis FT_ENCODING_SJIS +#define ft_encoding_gb2312 FT_ENCODING_GB2312 +#define ft_encoding_big5 FT_ENCODING_BIG5 +#define ft_encoding_wansung FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG +#define ft_encoding_johab FT_ENCODING_JOHAB + +#define ft_encoding_adobe_standard FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD +#define ft_encoding_adobe_expert FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT +#define ft_encoding_adobe_custom FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM +#define ft_encoding_apple_roman FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_CharMapRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The base charmap structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* encoding :: An @FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap. Use */ + /* this with @FT_Select_Charmap. */ + /* */ + /* platform_id :: An ID number describing the platform for the */ + /* following encoding ID. This comes directly from */ + /* the TrueType specification and should be emulated */ + /* for other formats. */ + /* */ + /* encoding_id :: A platform specific encoding number. This also */ + /* comes from the TrueType specification and should be */ + /* emulated similarly. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_ + { + FT_Face face; + FT_Encoding encoding; + FT_UShort platform_id; + FT_UShort encoding_id; + + } FT_CharMapRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* B A S E O B J E C T C L A S S E S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Face_Internal */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Face_InternalRec' structure, used to */ + /* model private data of a given @FT_Face object. */ + /* */ + /* This structure might change between releases of FreeType~2 and is */ + /* not generally available to client applications. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Face_InternalRec_* FT_Face_Internal; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_FaceRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType root face class structure. A face object models a */ + /* typeface in a font file. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* num_faces :: The number of faces in the font file. Some */ + /* font formats can have multiple faces in */ + /* a font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face in the font file. It */ + /* is set to~0 if there is only one face in */ + /* the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_flags :: A set of bit flags that give important */ + /* information about the face; see */ + /* @FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX for the details. */ + /* */ + /* style_flags :: A set of bit flags indicating the style of */ + /* the face; see @FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX for the */ + /* details. */ + /* */ + /* num_glyphs :: The number of glyphs in the face. If the */ + /* face is scalable and has sbits (see */ + /* `num_fixed_sizes'), it is set to the number */ + /* of outline glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* For CID-keyed fonts, this value gives the */ + /* highest CID used in the font. */ + /* */ + /* family_name :: The face's family name. This is an ASCII */ + /* string, usually in English, which describes */ + /* the typeface's family (like `Times New */ + /* Roman', `Bodoni', `Garamond', etc). This */ + /* is a least common denominator used to list */ + /* fonts. Some formats (TrueType & OpenType) */ + /* provide localized and Unicode versions of */ + /* this string. Applications should use the */ + /* format specific interface to access them. */ + /* Can be NULL (e.g., in fonts embedded in a */ + /* PDF file). */ + /* */ + /* style_name :: The face's style name. This is an ASCII */ + /* string, usually in English, which describes */ + /* the typeface's style (like `Italic', */ + /* `Bold', `Condensed', etc). Not all font */ + /* formats provide a style name, so this field */ + /* is optional, and can be set to NULL. As */ + /* for `family_name', some formats provide */ + /* localized and Unicode versions of this */ + /* string. Applications should use the format */ + /* specific interface to access them. */ + /* */ + /* num_fixed_sizes :: The number of bitmap strikes in the face. */ + /* Even if the face is scalable, there might */ + /* still be bitmap strikes, which are called */ + /* `sbits' in that case. */ + /* */ + /* available_sizes :: An array of @FT_Bitmap_Size for all bitmap */ + /* strikes in the face. It is set to NULL if */ + /* there is no bitmap strike. */ + /* */ + /* num_charmaps :: The number of charmaps in the face. */ + /* */ + /* charmaps :: An array of the charmaps of the face. */ + /* */ + /* generic :: A field reserved for client uses. See the */ + /* @FT_Generic type description. */ + /* */ + /* bbox :: The font bounding box. Coordinates are */ + /* expressed in font units (see */ + /* `units_per_EM'). The box is large enough */ + /* to contain any glyph from the font. Thus, */ + /* `bbox.yMax' can be seen as the `maximum */ + /* ascender', and `bbox.yMin' as the `minimum */ + /* descender'. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the bounding box might be off by */ + /* (at least) one pixel for hinted fonts. See */ + /* @FT_Size_Metrics for further discussion. */ + /* */ + /* units_per_EM :: The number of font units per EM square for */ + /* this face. This is typically 2048 for */ + /* TrueType fonts, and 1000 for Type~1 fonts. */ + /* Only relevant for scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* ascender :: The typographic ascender of the face, */ + /* expressed in font units. For font formats */ + /* not having this information, it is set to */ + /* `bbox.yMax'. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* descender :: The typographic descender of the face, */ + /* expressed in font units. For font formats */ + /* not having this information, it is set to */ + /* `bbox.yMin'. Note that this field is */ + /* usually negative. Only relevant for */ + /* scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* height :: This value is the vertical distance */ + /* between two consecutive baselines, */ + /* expressed in font units. It is always */ + /* positive. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* If you want the global glyph height, use */ + /* `ascender - descender'. */ + /* */ + /* max_advance_width :: The maximum advance width, in font units, */ + /* for all glyphs in this face. This can be */ + /* used to make word wrapping computations */ + /* faster. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* max_advance_height :: The maximum advance height, in font units, */ + /* for all glyphs in this face. This is only */ + /* relevant for vertical layouts, and is set */ + /* to `height' for fonts that do not provide */ + /* vertical metrics. Only relevant for */ + /* scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* underline_position :: The position, in font units, of the */ + /* underline line for this face. It is the */ + /* center of the underlining stem. Only */ + /* relevant for scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* underline_thickness :: The thickness, in font units, of the */ + /* underline for this face. Only relevant for */ + /* scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* glyph :: The face's associated glyph slot(s). */ + /* */ + /* size :: The current active size for this face. */ + /* */ + /* charmap :: The current active charmap for this face. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Fields may be changed after a call to @FT_Attach_File or */ + /* @FT_Attach_Stream. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_FaceRec_ + { + FT_Long num_faces; + FT_Long face_index; + + FT_Long face_flags; + FT_Long style_flags; + + FT_Long num_glyphs; + + FT_String* family_name; + FT_String* style_name; + + FT_Int num_fixed_sizes; + FT_Bitmap_Size* available_sizes; + + FT_Int num_charmaps; + FT_CharMap* charmaps; + + FT_Generic generic; + + /*# The following member variables (down to `underline_thickness') */ + /*# are only relevant to scalable outlines; cf. @FT_Bitmap_Size */ + /*# for bitmap fonts. */ + FT_BBox bbox; + + FT_UShort units_per_EM; + FT_Short ascender; + FT_Short descender; + FT_Short height; + + FT_Short max_advance_width; + FT_Short max_advance_height; + + FT_Short underline_position; + FT_Short underline_thickness; + + FT_GlyphSlot glyph; + FT_Size size; + FT_CharMap charmap; + + /*@private begin */ + + FT_Driver driver; + FT_Memory memory; + FT_Stream stream; + + FT_ListRec sizes_list; + + FT_Generic autohint; /* face-specific auto-hinter data */ + void* extensions; /* unused */ + + FT_Face_Internal internal; + + /*@private end */ + + } FT_FaceRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flags used in the `face_flags' field of the */ + /* @FT_FaceRec structure. They inform client applications of */ + /* properties of the corresponding face. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains outline glyphs. This doesn't */ + /* prevent bitmap strikes, i.e., a face can have both this and */ + /* and @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains bitmap strikes. See also the */ + /* `num_fixed_sizes' and `available_sizes' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains fixed-width characters (like */ + /* Courier, Lucido, MonoType, etc.). */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT :: */ + /* Indicates that the face uses the `sfnt' storage scheme. For */ + /* now, this means TrueType and OpenType. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains horizontal glyph metrics. This */ + /* should be set for all common formats. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains vertical glyph metrics. This */ + /* is only available in some formats, not all of them. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains kerning information. If set, */ + /* the kerning distance can be retrieved through the function */ + /* @FT_Get_Kerning. Otherwise the function always return the */ + /* vector (0,0). Note that FreeType doesn't handle kerning data */ + /* from the `GPOS' table (as present in some OpenType fonts). */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS :: */ + /* THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE OR TEST IT. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS :: */ + /* Indicates that the font contains multiple masters and is capable */ + /* of interpolating between them. See the multiple-masters */ + /* specific API for details. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES :: */ + /* Indicates that the font contains glyph names that can be */ + /* retrieved through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name. Note that some TrueType */ + /* fonts contain broken glyph name tables. Use the function */ + /* @FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when needed. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM :: */ + /* Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was */ + /* provided by the client application and should not be destroyed */ + /* when @FT_Done_Face is called. Don't read or test this flag. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER :: */ + /* Set if the font driver has a hinting machine of its own. For */ + /* example, with TrueType fonts, it makes sense to use data from */ + /* the SFNT `gasp' table only if the native TrueType hinting engine */ + /* (with the bytecode interpreter) is available and active. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED :: */ + /* Set if the font is CID-keyed. In that case, the font is not */ + /* accessed by glyph indices but by CID values. For subsetted */ + /* CID-keyed fonts this has the consequence that not all index */ + /* values are a valid argument to FT_Load_Glyph. Only the CID */ + /* values for which corresponding glyphs in the subsetted font */ + /* exist make FT_Load_Glyph return successfully; in all other cases */ + /* you get an `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error. */ + /* */ + /* Note that CID-keyed fonts which are in an SFNT wrapper don't */ + /* have this flag set since the glyphs are accessed in the normal */ + /* way (using contiguous indices); the `CID-ness' isn't visible to */ + /* the application. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY :: */ + /* Set if the font is `tricky', this is, it always needs the */ + /* font format's native hinting engine to get a reasonable result. */ + /* A typical example is the Chinese font `mingli.ttf' which uses */ + /* TrueType bytecode instructions to move and scale all of its */ + /* subglyphs. */ + /* */ + /* It is not possible to autohint such fonts using */ + /* @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT; it will also ignore */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING. You have to set both @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */ + /* and @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT to really disable hinting; however, you */ + /* probably never want this except for demonstration purposes. */ + /* */ + /* Currently, there are about a dozen TrueType fonts in the list of */ + /* tricky fonts; they are hard-coded in file `ttobjs.c'. */ + /* */ +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ( 1L << 0 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ( 1L << 1 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ( 1L << 2 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ( 1L << 3 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ( 1L << 4 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ( 1L << 5 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ( 1L << 6 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS ( 1L << 7 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ( 1L << 8 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ( 1L << 9 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ( 1L << 10 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER ( 1L << 11 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ( 1L << 12 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ( 1L << 13 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains + * horizontal metrics (this is true for all font formats though). + * + * @also: + * @FT_HAS_VERTICAL can be used to check for vertical metrics. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains real + * vertical metrics (and not only synthesized ones). + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning + * data that can be accessed with @FT_Get_Kerning. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a scalable + * font face (true for TrueType, Type~1, Type~42, CID, OpenType/CFF, + * and PFR font formats. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_SFNT( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font + * whose format is based on the SFNT storage scheme. This usually + * means: TrueType fonts, OpenType fonts, as well as SFNT-based embedded + * bitmap fonts. + * + * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_SFNT_NAMES_H and + * @FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H are available. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_SFNT( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font face + * that contains fixed-width (or `monospace', `fixed-pitch', etc.) + * glyphs. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some + * embedded bitmaps. See the `available_sizes' field of the + * @FT_FaceRec structure. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face ) + * + * @description: + * Deprecated. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face ) 0 + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some glyph + * names that can be accessed through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some + * multiple masters. The functions provided by @FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H + * are then available to choose the exact design you want. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a CID-keyed + * font. See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED for more + * details. + * + * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_CID_H are + * available. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face represents a `tricky' font. + * See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more details. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Const> */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit-flags used to indicate the style of a given face. */ + /* These are used in the `style_flags' field of @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC :: */ + /* Indicates that a given face style is italic or oblique. */ + /* */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD :: */ + /* Indicates that a given face is bold. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The style information as provided by FreeType is very basic. More */ + /* details are beyond the scope and should be done on a higher level */ + /* (for example, by analyzing various fields of the `OS/2' table in */ + /* SFNT based fonts). */ + /* */ +#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC ( 1 << 0 ) +#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD ( 1 << 1 ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Size_Internal */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Size_InternalRec' structure, used to */ + /* model private data of a given @FT_Size object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_InternalRec_* FT_Size_Internal; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Size_Metrics */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The size metrics structure gives the metrics of a size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x_ppem :: The width of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence */ + /* the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */ + /* referred to as `nominal width'. */ + /* */ + /* y_ppem :: The height of the scaled EM square in pixels, */ + /* hence the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */ + /* referred to as `nominal height'. */ + /* */ + /* x_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */ + /* horizontal metrics from font units to 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* font formats. */ + /* */ + /* y_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */ + /* vertical metrics from font units to 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* font formats. */ + /* */ + /* ascender :: The ascender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */ + /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* descender :: The descender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */ + /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The height in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */ + /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* max_advance :: The maximum advance width in 26.6 fractional */ + /* pixels. See @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The scaling values, if relevant, are determined first during a */ + /* size changing operation. The remaining fields are then set by the */ + /* driver. For scalable formats, they are usually set to scaled */ + /* values of the corresponding fields in @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* Note that due to glyph hinting, these values might not be exact */ + /* for certain fonts. Thus they must be treated as unreliable */ + /* with an error margin of at least one pixel! */ + /* */ + /* Indeed, the only way to get the exact metrics is to render _all_ */ + /* glyphs. As this would be a definite performance hit, it is up to */ + /* client applications to perform such computations. */ + /* */ + /* The FT_Size_Metrics structure is valid for bitmap fonts also. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_Metrics_ + { + FT_UShort x_ppem; /* horizontal pixels per EM */ + FT_UShort y_ppem; /* vertical pixels per EM */ + + FT_Fixed x_scale; /* scaling values used to convert font */ + FT_Fixed y_scale; /* units to 26.6 fractional pixels */ + + FT_Pos ascender; /* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels */ + FT_Pos descender; /* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels */ + FT_Pos height; /* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels */ + FT_Pos max_advance; /* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels */ + + } FT_Size_Metrics; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_SizeRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType root size class structure. A size object models a face */ + /* object at a given size. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* face :: Handle to the parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* generic :: A typeless pointer, which is unused by the FreeType */ + /* library or any of its drivers. It can be used by */ + /* client applications to link their own data to each size */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + /* metrics :: Metrics for this size object. This field is read-only. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SizeRec_ + { + FT_Face face; /* parent face object */ + FT_Generic generic; /* generic pointer for client uses */ + FT_Size_Metrics metrics; /* size metrics */ + FT_Size_Internal internal; + + } FT_SizeRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_SubGlyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe */ + /* subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API, */ + /* hence the forward structure declaration. */ + /* */ + /* You can however retrieve subglyph information with */ + /* @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SubGlyphRec_* FT_SubGlyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Slot_Internal */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Slot_InternalRec' structure, used to */ + /* model private data of a given @FT_GlyphSlot object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Slot_InternalRec_* FT_Slot_Internal; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType root glyph slot class structure. A glyph slot is a */ + /* container where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they in */ + /* outline or bitmap format. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library instance */ + /* this slot belongs to. */ + /* */ + /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* next :: In some cases (like some font tools), several */ + /* glyph slots per face object can be a good */ + /* thing. As this is rare, the glyph slots are */ + /* listed through a direct, single-linked list */ + /* using its `next' field. */ + /* */ + /* generic :: A typeless pointer which is unused by the */ + /* FreeType library or any of its drivers. It */ + /* can be used by client applications to link */ + /* their own data to each glyph slot object. */ + /* */ + /* metrics :: The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the */ + /* slot. The returned values depend on the last */ + /* load flags (see the @FT_Load_Glyph API */ + /* function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixels or font units. */ + /* */ + /* Note that even when the glyph image is */ + /* transformed, the metrics are not. */ + /* */ + /* linearHoriAdvance :: The advance width of the unhinted glyph. */ + /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */ + /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */ + /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */ + /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */ + /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* linearVertAdvance :: The advance height of the unhinted glyph. */ + /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */ + /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */ + /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */ + /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */ + /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* advance :: This shorthand is, depending on */ + /* @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM, the transformed */ + /* advance width for the glyph (in 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixel format). As specified with */ + /* @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT, it uses either the */ + /* `horiAdvance' or the `vertAdvance' value of */ + /* `metrics' field. */ + /* */ + /* format :: This field indicates the format of the image */ + /* contained in the glyph slot. Typically */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, or */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but others are */ + /* possible. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap :: This field is used as a bitmap descriptor */ + /* when the slot format is */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. Note that the */ + /* address and content of the bitmap buffer can */ + /* change between calls of @FT_Load_Glyph and a */ + /* few other functions. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap_left :: This is the bitmap's left bearing expressed */ + /* in integer pixels. Of course, this is only */ + /* valid if the format is */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap_top :: This is the bitmap's top bearing expressed in */ + /* integer pixels. Remember that this is the */ + /* distance from the baseline to the top-most */ + /* glyph scanline, upwards y~coordinates being */ + /* *positive*. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: The outline descriptor for the current glyph */ + /* image if its format is */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE. Once a glyph is */ + /* loaded, `outline' can be transformed, */ + /* distorted, embolded, etc. However, it must */ + /* not be freed. */ + /* */ + /* num_subglyphs :: The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph. */ + /* This field is only valid for the composite */ + /* glyph format that should normally only be */ + /* loaded with the @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag. */ + /* For now this is internal to FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* subglyphs :: An array of subglyph descriptors for */ + /* composite glyphs. There are `num_subglyphs' */ + /* elements in there. Currently internal to */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* control_data :: Certain font drivers can also return the */ + /* control data for a given glyph image (e.g. */ + /* TrueType bytecode, Type~1 charstrings, etc.). */ + /* This field is a pointer to such data. */ + /* */ + /* control_len :: This is the length in bytes of the control */ + /* data. */ + /* */ + /* other :: Really wicked formats can use this pointer to */ + /* present their own glyph image to client */ + /* applications. Note that the application */ + /* needs to know about the image format. */ + /* */ + /* lsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */ + /* left side bearing while autohinting is */ + /* active. Zero otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* rsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */ + /* right side bearing while autohinting is */ + /* active. Zero otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If @FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see */ + /* @FT_LOAD_DEFAULT) the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in */ + /* its native format (e.g., an outline glyph for TrueType and Type~1 */ + /* formats). */ + /* */ + /* This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling */ + /* @FT_Render_Glyph. This function finds the current renderer for */ + /* the native image's format, then invokes it. */ + /* */ + /* The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through */ + /* the slot's face transformation fields, then converting it into a */ + /* bitmap that is returned in `slot->bitmap'. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `slot->bitmap_left' and `slot->bitmap_top' are also used */ + /* to specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen */ + /* position (e.g., coordinates (0,0) on the baseline). Of course, */ + /* `slot->format' is also changed to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Here a small pseudo code fragment which shows how to use */ + /* `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta': */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Pos origin_x = 0; */ + /* FT_Pos prev_rsb_delta = 0; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* for all glyphs do */ + /* <compute kern between current and previous glyph and add it to */ + /* `origin_x'> */ + /* */ + /* <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'> */ + /* */ + /* if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta >= 32 ) */ + /* origin_x -= 64; */ + /* else if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta < -32 ) */ + /* origin_x += 64; */ + /* */ + /* prev_rsb_delta = face->glyph->rsb_delta; */ + /* */ + /* <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...> */ + /* */ + /* origin_x += face->glyph->advance.x; */ + /* endfor */ + /* } */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_ + { + FT_Library library; + FT_Face face; + FT_GlyphSlot next; + FT_UInt reserved; /* retained for binary compatibility */ + FT_Generic generic; + + FT_Glyph_Metrics metrics; + FT_Fixed linearHoriAdvance; + FT_Fixed linearVertAdvance; + FT_Vector advance; + + FT_Glyph_Format format; + + FT_Bitmap bitmap; + FT_Int bitmap_left; + FT_Int bitmap_top; + + FT_Outline outline; + + FT_UInt num_subglyphs; + FT_SubGlyph subglyphs; + + void* control_data; + long control_len; + + FT_Pos lsb_delta; + FT_Pos rsb_delta; + + void* other; + + FT_Slot_Internal internal; + + } FT_GlyphSlotRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* F U N C T I O N S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Initialize a new FreeType library object. The set of modules */ + /* that are registered by this function is determined at build time. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* alibrary :: A handle to a new library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* In case you want to provide your own memory allocating routines, */ + /* use @FT_New_Library instead, followed by a call to */ + /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules (or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module). */ + /* */ + /* For multi-threading applications each thread should have its own */ + /* FT_Library object. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library *alibrary ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_FreeType */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a given FreeType library object and all of its children, */ + /* including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the target library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library library ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_OPEN_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit-field constants used within the `flags' field of the */ + /* @FT_Open_Args structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY :: This is a memory-based stream. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_STREAM :: Copy the stream from the `stream' field. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME :: Create a new input stream from a C~path */ + /* name. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER :: Use the `driver' field. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS :: Use the `num_params' and `params' fields. */ + /* */ + /* ft_open_memory :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_MEMORY instead. */ + /* */ + /* ft_open_stream :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_STREAM instead. */ + /* */ + /* ft_open_pathname :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_PATHNAME instead. */ + /* */ + /* ft_open_driver :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_DRIVER instead. */ + /* */ + /* ft_open_params :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_PARAMS instead. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `FT_OPEN_MEMORY', `FT_OPEN_STREAM', and `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME' */ + /* flags are mutually exclusive. */ + /* */ +#define FT_OPEN_MEMORY 0x1 +#define FT_OPEN_STREAM 0x2 +#define FT_OPEN_PATHNAME 0x4 +#define FT_OPEN_DRIVER 0x8 +#define FT_OPEN_PARAMS 0x10 + +#define ft_open_memory FT_OPEN_MEMORY /* deprecated */ +#define ft_open_stream FT_OPEN_STREAM /* deprecated */ +#define ft_open_pathname FT_OPEN_PATHNAME /* deprecated */ +#define ft_open_driver FT_OPEN_DRIVER /* deprecated */ +#define ft_open_params FT_OPEN_PARAMS /* deprecated */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Parameter */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to pass more or less generic parameters to */ + /* @FT_Open_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* tag :: A four-byte identification tag. */ + /* */ + /* data :: A pointer to the parameter data. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The ID and function of parameters are driver-specific. See the */ + /* various FT_PARAM_TAG_XXX flags for more information. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Parameter_ + { + FT_ULong tag; + FT_Pointer data; + + } FT_Parameter; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Open_Args */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to indicate how to open a new font file or */ + /* stream. A pointer to such a structure can be used as a parameter */ + /* for the functions @FT_Open_Face and @FT_Attach_Stream. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* flags :: A set of bit flags indicating how to use the */ + /* structure. */ + /* */ + /* memory_base :: The first byte of the file in memory. */ + /* */ + /* memory_size :: The size in bytes of the file in memory. */ + /* */ + /* pathname :: A pointer to an 8-bit file pathname. */ + /* */ + /* stream :: A handle to a source stream object. */ + /* */ + /* driver :: This field is exclusively used by @FT_Open_Face; */ + /* it simply specifies the font driver to use to open */ + /* the face. If set to~0, FreeType tries to load the */ + /* face with each one of the drivers in its list. */ + /* */ + /* num_params :: The number of extra parameters. */ + /* */ + /* params :: Extra parameters passed to the font driver when */ + /* opening a new face. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The stream type is determined by the contents of `flags' which */ + /* are tested in the following order by @FT_Open_Face: */ + /* */ + /* If the `FT_OPEN_MEMORY' bit is set, assume that this is a */ + /* memory file of `memory_size' bytes, located at `memory_address'. */ + /* The data are are not copied, and the client is responsible for */ + /* releasing and destroying them _after_ the corresponding call to */ + /* @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + /* Otherwise, if the `FT_OPEN_STREAM' bit is set, assume that a */ + /* custom input stream `stream' is used. */ + /* */ + /* Otherwise, if the `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME' bit is set, assume that this */ + /* is a normal file and use `pathname' to open it. */ + /* */ + /* If the `FT_OPEN_DRIVER' bit is set, @FT_Open_Face only tries to */ + /* open the file with the driver whose handler is in `driver'. */ + /* */ + /* If the `FT_OPEN_PARAMS' bit is set, the parameters given by */ + /* `num_params' and `params' is used. They are ignored otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* Ideally, both the `pathname' and `params' fields should be tagged */ + /* as `const'; this is missing for API backwards compatibility. In */ + /* other words, applications should treat them as read-only. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Open_Args_ + { + FT_UInt flags; + const FT_Byte* memory_base; + FT_Long memory_size; + FT_String* pathname; + FT_Stream stream; + FT_Module driver; + FT_Int num_params; + FT_Parameter* params; + + } FT_Open_Args; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font by its pathname. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* pathname :: A path to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */ + /* face has index~0. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */ + /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */ + /* See @FT_Open_Face for more details. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face( FT_Library library, + const char* filepathname, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Memory_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font which has been */ + /* loaded into memory. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* file_base :: A pointer to the beginning of the font data. */ + /* */ + /* file_size :: The size of the memory chunk used by the font data. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */ + /* face has index~0. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */ + /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */ + /* See @FT_Open_Face for more details. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You must not deallocate the memory before calling @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library library, + const FT_Byte* file_base, + FT_Long file_size, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Open_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a face object from a given resource described by */ + /* @FT_Open_Args. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* args :: A pointer to an `FT_Open_Args' structure which must */ + /* be filled by the caller. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */ + /* face has index~0. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */ + /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */ + /* See note below. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph */ + /* slot for the face object which can be accessed directly through */ + /* `face->glyph'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_Open_Face can be used to quickly check whether the font */ + /* format of a given font resource is supported by FreeType. If the */ + /* `face_index' field is negative, the function's return value is~0 */ + /* if the font format is recognized, or non-zero otherwise; */ + /* the function returns a more or less empty face handle in `*aface' */ + /* (if `aface' isn't NULL). The only useful field in this special */ + /* case is `face->num_faces' which gives the number of faces within */ + /* the font file. After examination, the returned @FT_Face structure */ + /* should be deallocated with a call to @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + /* Each new face object created with this function also owns a */ + /* default @FT_Size object, accessible as `face->size'. */ + /* */ + /* One @FT_Library instance can have multiple face objects, this is, */ + /* @FT_Open_Face and its siblings can be called multiple times using */ + /* the same `library' argument. */ + /* */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Face. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Open_Face( FT_Library library, + const FT_Open_Args* args, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Attach_File */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Attach_Stream to attach a file. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: The target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* filepathname :: The pathname. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Attach_File( FT_Face face, + const char* filepathname ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Attach_Stream */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* `Attach' data to a face object. Normally, this is used to read */ + /* additional information for the face object. For example, you can */ + /* attach an AFM file that comes with a Type~1 font to get the */ + /* kerning values and other metrics. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: The target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* parameters :: A pointer to @FT_Open_Args which must be filled by */ + /* the caller. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The meaning of the `attach' (i.e., what really happens when the */ + /* new file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself. It really */ + /* depends on the font format (and thus the font driver). */ + /* */ + /* Client applications are expected to know what they are doing */ + /* when invoking this function. Most drivers simply do not implement */ + /* file attachments. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face face, + FT_Open_Args* parameters ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Reference_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Face structure */ + /* is created. This function increments the counter. @FT_Done_Face */ + /* then only destroys a face if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply */ + /* decrements the counter. */ + /* */ + /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures which */ + /* reference @FT_Face objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.4.2 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Reference_Face( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Discard a given face object, as well as all of its child slots and */ + /* sizes. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Face. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_Face( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Select_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Select a bitmap strike. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* strike_index :: The index of the bitmap strike in the */ + /* `available_sizes' field of @FT_FaceRec structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Select_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_Int strike_index ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Size_Request_Type */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type that lists the supported size request types. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL :: */ + /* The nominal size. The `units_per_EM' field of @FT_FaceRec is */ + /* used to determine both scaling values. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM :: */ + /* The real dimension. The sum of the the `ascender' and (minus */ + /* of) the `descender' fields of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine */ + /* both scaling values. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX :: */ + /* The font bounding box. The width and height of the `bbox' field */ + /* of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine the horizontal and vertical */ + /* scaling value, respectively. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL :: */ + /* The `max_advance_width' field of @FT_FaceRec is used to */ + /* determine the horizontal scaling value; the vertical scaling */ + /* value is determined the same way as */ + /* @FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM does. Finally, both scaling */ + /* values are set to the smaller one. This type is useful if you */ + /* want to specify the font size for, say, a window of a given */ + /* dimension and 80x24 cells. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES :: */ + /* Specify the scaling values directly. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The above descriptions only apply to scalable formats. For bitmap */ + /* formats, the behaviour is up to the driver. */ + /* */ + /* See the note section of @FT_Size_Metrics if you wonder how size */ + /* requesting relates to scaling values. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Size_Request_Type_ + { + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES, + + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX + + } FT_Size_Request_Type; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Size_RequestRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a size request. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* type :: See @FT_Size_Request_Type. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The desired width. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The desired height. */ + /* */ + /* horiResolution :: The horizontal resolution. If set to zero, */ + /* `width' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */ + /* value. */ + /* */ + /* vertResolution :: The vertical resolution. If set to zero, */ + /* `height' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */ + /* value. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If `width' is zero, then the horizontal scaling value is set equal */ + /* to the vertical scaling value, and vice versa. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_ + { + FT_Size_Request_Type type; + FT_Long width; + FT_Long height; + FT_UInt horiResolution; + FT_UInt vertResolution; + + } FT_Size_RequestRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Size_Request */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a size request structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_ *FT_Size_Request; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Request_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Resize the scale of the active @FT_Size object in a face. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* req :: A pointer to a @FT_Size_RequestRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Although drivers may select the bitmap strike matching the */ + /* request, you should not rely on this if you intend to select a */ + /* particular bitmap strike. Use @FT_Select_Size instead in that */ + /* case. */ + /* */ + /* The relation between the requested size and the resulting glyph */ + /* size is dependent entirely on how the size is defined in the */ + /* source face. The font designer chooses the final size of each */ + /* glyph relative to this size. For more information refer to */ + /* `http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/glyphs/glyphs-2.html' */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Request_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_Size_Request req ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Char_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */ + /* (in points). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* char_width :: The nominal width, in 26.6 fractional points. */ + /* */ + /* char_height :: The nominal height, in 26.6 fractional points. */ + /* */ + /* horz_resolution :: The horizontal resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* vert_resolution :: The vertical resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If either the character width or height is zero, it is set equal */ + /* to the other value. */ + /* */ + /* If either the horizontal or vertical resolution is zero, it is set */ + /* equal to the other value. */ + /* */ + /* A character width or height smaller than 1pt is set to 1pt; if */ + /* both resolution values are zero, they are set to 72dpi. */ + /* */ + /* Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_F26Dot6 char_width, + FT_F26Dot6 char_height, + FT_UInt horz_resolution, + FT_UInt vert_resolution ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */ + /* (in pixels). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* pixel_width :: The nominal width, in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* pixel_height :: The nominal height, in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should not rely on the resulting glyphs matching, or being */ + /* constrained, to this pixel size. Refer to @FT_Request_Size to */ + /* understand how requested sizes relate to actual sizes. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt pixel_width, + FT_UInt pixel_height ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Load_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */ + /* face object. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the target face object where the glyph */ + /* is loaded. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file. For */ + /* CID-keyed fonts (either in PS or in CFF format) */ + /* this argument specifies the CID value. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */ + /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */ + /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */ + /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */ + /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The loaded glyph may be transformed. See @FT_Set_Transform for */ + /* the details. */ + /* */ + /* For subsetted CID-keyed fonts, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' is */ + /* returned for invalid CID values (this is, for CID values which */ + /* don't have a corresponding glyph in the font). See the discussion */ + /* of the @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag for more details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Int32 load_flags ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Load_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */ + /* face object, according to its character code. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object where the glyph */ + /* is loaded. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* char_code :: The glyph's character code, according to the */ + /* current charmap used in the face. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */ + /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */ + /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */ + /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */ + /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function simply calls @FT_Get_Char_Index and @FT_Load_Glyph. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Load_Char( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong char_code, + FT_Int32 load_flags ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FT_LOAD_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_Load_Glyph to indicate + * what kind of operations to perform during glyph loading. + * + * @values: + * FT_LOAD_DEFAULT :: + * Corresponding to~0, this value is used as the default glyph load + * operation. In this case, the following happens: + * + * 1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the + * face's current size. If one is found, the function returns. + * The bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note + * below). + * + * 2. If no embedded bitmap is searched or found, FreeType looks for a + * scalable outline. If one is found, it is loaded from the font + * file, scaled to device pixels, then `hinted' to the pixel grid + * in order to optimize it. The outline data can be accessed from + * the glyph slot (see note below). + * + * Note that by default, the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into + * bitmaps. The following flags are used to modify this default + * behaviour to more specific and useful cases. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE :: + * Don't scale the loaded outline glyph but keep it in font units. + * + * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and @FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP, and + * unsets @FT_LOAD_RENDER. + * + * If the font is `tricky' (see @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more), using + * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE usually yields meaningless outlines because the + * subglyphs must be scaled and positioned with hinting instructions. + * This can be solved by loading the font without FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and + * setting the character size to `font->units_per_EM'. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING :: + * Disable hinting. This generally generates `blurrier' bitmap glyphs + * when the glyph are rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes. See + * also the note below. + * + * This flag is implied by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE. + * + * FT_LOAD_RENDER :: + * Call @FT_Render_Glyph after the glyph is loaded. By default, the + * glyph is rendered in @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode. This can be + * overridden by @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX or @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME. + * + * This flag is unset by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP :: + * Ignore bitmap strikes when loading. Bitmap-only fonts ignore this + * flag. + * + * @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE always sets this flag. + * + * FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT :: + * Load the glyph for vertical text layout. In particular, the + * `advance' value in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure is set to the + * `vertAdvance' value of the `metrics' field. + * + * In case @FT_HAS_VERTICAL doesn't return true, you shouldn't use + * this flag currently. Reason is that in this case vertical metrics + * get synthesized, and those values are not always consistent across + * various font formats. + * + * FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT :: + * Indicates that the auto-hinter is preferred over the font's native + * hinter. See also the note below. + * + * FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP :: + * Indicates that the font driver should crop the loaded bitmap glyph + * (i.e., remove all space around its black bits). Not all drivers + * implement this. + * + * FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC :: + * Indicates that the font driver should perform pedantic verifications + * during glyph loading. This is mostly used to detect broken glyphs + * in fonts. By default, FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also. + * + * In particular, errors from the TrueType bytecode engine are not + * passed to the application if this flag is not set; this might + * result in partially hinted or distorted glyphs in case a glyph's + * bytecode is buggy. + * + * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH :: + * Ignored. Deprecated. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE :: + * This flag is only used internally. It merely indicates that the + * font driver should not load composite glyphs recursively. Instead, + * it should set the `num_subglyph' and `subglyphs' values of the + * glyph slot accordingly, and set `glyph->format' to + * @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE. + * + * The description of sub-glyphs is not available to client + * applications for now. + * + * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM. + * + * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM :: + * Indicates that the transform matrix set by @FT_Set_Transform should + * be ignored. + * + * FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME :: + * This flag is used with @FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want to + * render an outline glyph to a 1-bit monochrome bitmap glyph, with + * 8~pixels packed into each byte of the bitmap data. + * + * Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used. You + * should rather use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO so that the + * monochrome-optimized hinting algorithm is used. + * + * FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN :: + * Indicates that the `linearHoriAdvance' and `linearVertAdvance' + * fields of @FT_GlyphSlotRec should be kept in font units. See + * @FT_GlyphSlotRec for details. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT :: + * Disable auto-hinter. See also the note below. + * + * @note: + * By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter (see + * @FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER) is preferred over the auto-hinter. You can + * disable hinting by setting @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING or change the + * precedence by setting @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT. You can also set + * @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT in case you don't want the auto-hinter to be + * used at all. + * + * See the description of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for a special exception + * (affecting only a handful of Asian fonts). + * + * Besides deciding which hinter to use, you can also decide which + * hinting algorithm to use. See @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details. + * + * Note that the auto-hinter needs a valid Unicode cmap (either a native + * one or synthesized by FreeType) for producing correct results. If a + * font provides an incorrect mapping (for example, assigning the + * character code U+005A, LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, to a glyph depicting a + * mathematical integral sign), the auto-hinter might produce useless + * results. + * + */ +#define FT_LOAD_DEFAULT 0x0 +#define FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ( 1L << 0 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ( 1L << 1 ) +#define FT_LOAD_RENDER ( 1L << 2 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ( 1L << 3 ) +#define FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ( 1L << 4 ) +#define FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 5 ) +#define FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ( 1L << 6 ) +#define FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ( 1L << 7 ) +#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ( 1L << 9 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ( 1L << 10 ) +#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ( 1L << 11 ) +#define FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ( 1L << 12 ) +#define FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ( 1L << 13 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 15 ) + + /* */ + + /* used internally only by certain font drivers! */ +#define FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY ( 1L << 8 ) +#define FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY ( 1L << 14 ) + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of values that are used to select a specific hinting algorithm + * to use by the hinter. You should OR one of these values to your + * `load_flags' when calling @FT_Load_Glyph. + * + * Note that font's native hinters may ignore the hinting algorithm you + * have specified (e.g., the TrueType bytecode interpreter). You can set + * @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT to ensure that the auto-hinter is used. + * + * Also note that @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT is an exception, in that it + * always implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT. + * + * @values: + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL :: + * This corresponds to the default hinting algorithm, optimized for + * standard gray-level rendering. For monochrome output, use + * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT :: + * A lighter hinting algorithm for non-monochrome modes. Many + * generated glyphs are more fuzzy but better resemble its original + * shape. A bit like rendering on Mac OS~X. + * + * As a special exception, this target implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO :: + * Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome + * output. The result is probably unpleasant if the glyph is rendered + * in non-monochrome modes. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD :: + * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for horizontally + * decimated LCD displays. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V :: + * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for vertically + * decimated LCD displays. + * + * @note: + * You should use only _one_ of the FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX values in your + * `load_flags'. They can't be ORed. + * + * If @FT_LOAD_RENDER is also set, the glyph is rendered in the + * corresponding mode (i.e., the mode which matches the used algorithm + * best). An exeption is FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO since it implies + * @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME. + * + * You can use a hinting algorithm that doesn't correspond to the same + * rendering mode. As an example, it is possible to use the `light' + * hinting algorithm and have the results rendered in horizontal LCD + * pixel mode, with code like + * + * { + * FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, + * load_flags | FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT ); + * + * FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD ); + * } + * + */ +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_( x ) ( (FT_Int32)( (x) & 15 ) << 16 ) + +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V ) + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE + * + * @description: + * Return the @FT_Render_Mode corresponding to a given + * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX value. + * + */ +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( x ) ( (FT_Render_Mode)( ( (x) >> 16 ) & 15 ) ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to set the transformation that is applied to glyph */ + /* images when they are loaded into a glyph slot through */ + /* @FT_Load_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation's 2x2 matrix. Use~0 for */ + /* the identity matrix. */ + /* delta :: A pointer to the translation vector. Use~0 for the null */ + /* vector. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The transformation is only applied to scalable image formats after */ + /* the glyph has been loaded. It means that hinting is unaltered by */ + /* the transformation and is performed on the character size given in */ + /* the last call to @FT_Set_Char_Size or @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes. */ + /* */ + /* Note that this also transforms the `face.glyph.advance' field, but */ + /* *not* the values in `face.glyph.metrics'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face face, + FT_Matrix* matrix, + FT_Vector* delta ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Render_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type that lists the render modes supported by */ + /* FreeType~2. Each mode corresponds to a specific type of scanline */ + /* conversion performed on the outline. */ + /* */ + /* For bitmap fonts and embedded bitmaps the `bitmap->pixel_mode' */ + /* field in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the */ + /* returned bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* All modes except @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO use 256 levels of opacity. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL :: */ + /* This is the default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit */ + /* anti-aliased bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT :: */ + /* This is equivalent to @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL. It is only */ + /* defined as a separate value because render modes are also used */ + /* indirectly to define hinting algorithm selectors. See */ + /* @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO :: */ + /* This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps (with 2~levels of */ + /* opacity). */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD :: */ + /* This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB and BGR sub-pixel */ + /* displays like LCD screens. It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are */ + /* 3~times the width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and */ + /* which use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V :: */ + /* This mode corresponds to vertical RGB and BGR sub-pixel displays */ + /* (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.). It produces */ + /* 8-bit bitmaps that are 3~times the height of the original */ + /* glyph outline in pixels and use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps produced by FT_Render_Glyph can be */ + /* filtered to reduce color-fringes by using @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter */ + /* (not active in the default builds). It is up to the caller to */ + /* either call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter (if available) or do the */ + /* filtering itself. */ + /* */ + /* The selected render mode only affects vector glyphs of a font. */ + /* Embedded bitmaps often have a different pixel mode like */ + /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. You can use @FT_Bitmap_Convert to transform */ + /* them into 8-bit pixmaps. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Render_Mode_ + { + FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0, + FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT, + FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, + FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, + FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V, + + FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX + + } FT_Render_Mode; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* ft_render_mode_xxx */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding */ + /* @FT_Render_Mode values instead. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* ft_render_mode_normal :: see @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL */ + /* ft_render_mode_mono :: see @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO */ + /* */ +#define ft_render_mode_normal FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL +#define ft_render_mode_mono FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Render_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Convert a given glyph image to a bitmap. It does so by inspecting */ + /* the glyph image format, finding the relevant renderer, and */ + /* invoking it. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* slot :: A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to */ + /* convert. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* render_mode :: This is the render mode used to render the glyph */ + /* image into a bitmap. See @FT_Render_Mode for a */ + /* list of possible values. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_Render_Mode render_mode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Kerning_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used to specify which kerning values to return in */ + /* @FT_Get_Kerning. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_KERNING_DEFAULT :: Return scaled and grid-fitted kerning */ + /* distances (value is~0). */ + /* */ + /* FT_KERNING_UNFITTED :: Return scaled but un-grid-fitted kerning */ + /* distances. */ + /* */ + /* FT_KERNING_UNSCALED :: Return the kerning vector in original font */ + /* units. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Kerning_Mode_ + { + FT_KERNING_DEFAULT = 0, + FT_KERNING_UNFITTED, + FT_KERNING_UNSCALED + + } FT_Kerning_Mode; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Const> */ + /* ft_kerning_default */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This constant is deprecated. Please use @FT_KERNING_DEFAULT */ + /* instead. */ + /* */ +#define ft_kerning_default FT_KERNING_DEFAULT + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Const> */ + /* ft_kerning_unfitted */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This constant is deprecated. Please use @FT_KERNING_UNFITTED */ + /* instead. */ + /* */ +#define ft_kerning_unfitted FT_KERNING_UNFITTED + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Const> */ + /* ft_kerning_unscaled */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This constant is deprecated. Please use @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED */ + /* instead. */ + /* */ +#define ft_kerning_unscaled FT_KERNING_UNSCALED + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Kerning */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the kerning vector between two glyphs of a same face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */ + /* */ + /* left_glyph :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair. */ + /* */ + /* right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair. */ + /* */ + /* kern_mode :: See @FT_Kerning_Mode for more information. */ + /* Determines the scale and dimension of the returned */ + /* kerning vector. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* akerning :: The kerning vector. This is either in font units */ + /* or in pixels (26.6 format) for scalable formats, */ + /* and in pixels for fixed-sizes formats. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are */ + /* supported by this method. Other layouts, or more sophisticated */ + /* kernings, are out of the scope of this API function -- they can be */ + /* implemented through format-specific interfaces. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt left_glyph, + FT_UInt right_glyph, + FT_UInt kern_mode, + FT_Vector *akerning ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the track kerning for a given face object at a given size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */ + /* */ + /* point_size :: The point size in 16.16 fractional points. */ + /* */ + /* degree :: The degree of tightness. Increasingly negative */ + /* values represent tighter track kerning, while */ + /* increasingly positive values represent looser track */ + /* kerning. Value zero means no track kerning. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* akerning :: The kerning in 16.16 fractional points, to be */ + /* uniformly applied between all glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Currently, only the Type~1 font driver supports track kerning, */ + /* using data from AFM files (if attached with @FT_Attach_File or */ + /* @FT_Attach_Stream). */ + /* */ + /* Only very few AFM files come with track kerning data; please refer */ + /* to the Adobe's AFM specification for more details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face face, + FT_Fixed point_size, + FT_Int degree, + FT_Fixed* akerning ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the ASCII name of a given glyph in a face. This only */ + /* works for those faces where @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES(face) returns~1. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */ + /* */ + /* glyph_index :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* buffer_max :: The maximum number of bytes available in the */ + /* buffer. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* buffer :: A pointer to a target buffer where the name is */ + /* copied to. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An error is returned if the face doesn't provide glyph names or if */ + /* the glyph index is invalid. In all cases of failure, the first */ + /* byte of `buffer' is set to~0 to indicate an empty name. */ + /* */ + /* The glyph name is truncated to fit within the buffer if it is too */ + /* long. The returned string is always zero-terminated. */ + /* */ + /* Be aware that FreeType reorders glyph indices internally so that */ + /* glyph index~0 always corresponds to the `missing glyph' (called */ + /* `.notdef'). */ + /* */ + /* This function is not compiled within the library if the config */ + /* macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES' is defined in */ + /* `include/freetype/config/ftoptions.h'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Pointer buffer, + FT_UInt buffer_max ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the ASCII PostScript name of a given face, if available. */ + /* This only works with PostScript and TrueType fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A pointer to the face's PostScript name. NULL if unavailable. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned pointer is owned by the face and is destroyed with */ + /* it. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( const char* ) + FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Select_Charmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Select a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in */ + /* `freetype.h'). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* encoding :: A handle to the selected encoding. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function returns an error if no charmap in the face */ + /* corresponds to the encoding queried here. */ + /* */ + /* Because many fonts contain more than a single cmap for Unicode */ + /* encoding, this function has some special code to select the one */ + /* which covers Unicode best (`best' in the sense that a UCS-4 cmap */ + /* is preferred to a UCS-2 cmap). It is thus preferable to */ + /* @FT_Set_Charmap in this case. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face face, + FT_Encoding encoding ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Charmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Select a given charmap for character code to glyph index mapping. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* charmap :: A handle to the selected charmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function returns an error if the charmap is not part of */ + /* the face (i.e., if it is not listed in the `face->charmaps' */ + /* table). */ + /* */ + /* It also fails if a type~14 charmap is selected. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face face, + FT_CharMap charmap ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_Charmap_Index + * + * @description: + * Retrieve index of a given charmap. + * + * @input: + * charmap :: + * A handle to a charmap. + * + * @return: + * The index into the array of character maps within the face to which + * `charmap' belongs. If an error occurs, -1 is returned. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap charmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Char_Index */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the glyph index of a given character code. This function */ + /* uses a charmap object to do the mapping. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: The character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */ + /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */ + /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within the */ + /* file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds to */ + /* the `missing glyph'. If the first glyph is not named `.notdef', */ + /* then for Type~1 and Type~42 fonts, `.notdef' will be moved into */ + /* the glyph ID~0 position, and whatever was there will be moved to */ + /* the position `.notdef' had. For Type~1 fonts, if there is no */ + /* `.notdef' glyph at all, then one will be created at index~0 and */ + /* whatever was there will be moved to the last index -- Type~42 */ + /* fonts are considered invalid under this condition. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_First_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is used to return the first character code in the */ + /* current charmap of a given face. It also returns the */ + /* corresponding glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* agindex :: Glyph index of first character code. 0~if charmap is */ + /* empty. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The charmap's first character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_Next_Char to be able to */ + /* parse all character codes available in a given charmap. The code */ + /* should look like this: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_ULong charcode; */ + /* FT_UInt gindex; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* charcode = FT_Get_First_Char( face, &gindex ); */ + /* while ( gindex != 0 ) */ + /* { */ + /* ... do something with (charcode,gindex) pair ... */ + /* */ + /* charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex ); */ + /* } */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 if the charmap is empty. The */ + /* result itself can be~0 in two cases: if the charmap is empty or */ + /* if the value~0 is the first valid character code. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong ) + FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt *agindex ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Next_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is used to return the next character code in the */ + /* current charmap of a given face following the value `char_code', */ + /* as well as the corresponding glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* char_code :: The starting character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* agindex :: Glyph index of next character code. 0~if charmap */ + /* is empty. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The charmap's next character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_First_Char to walk */ + /* over all character codes available in a given charmap. See the */ + /* note for this function for a simple code example. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 when there are no more codes in */ + /* the charmap. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong ) + FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong char_code, + FT_UInt *agindex ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Name_Index */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the glyph index of a given glyph name. This function uses */ + /* driver specific objects to do the translation. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* glyph_name :: The glyph name. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face face, + FT_String* glyph_name ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of constants used to describe subglyphs. Please refer to the + * TrueType specification for the meaning of the various flags. + * + * @values: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS :: + * + */ +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS 1 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES 2 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID 4 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE 8 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE 0x40 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 0x80 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS 0x200 + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @func: + * FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a description of a given subglyph. Only use it if + * `glyph->format' is @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE; an error is + * returned otherwise. + * + * @input: + * glyph :: + * The source glyph slot. + * + * sub_index :: + * The index of the subglyph. Must be less than + * `glyph->num_subglyphs'. + * + * @output: + * p_index :: + * The glyph index of the subglyph. + * + * p_flags :: + * The subglyph flags, see @FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX. + * + * p_arg1 :: + * The subglyph's first argument (if any). + * + * p_arg2 :: + * The subglyph's second argument (if any). + * + * p_transform :: + * The subglyph transformation (if any). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The values of `*p_arg1', `*p_arg2', and `*p_transform' must be + * interpreted depending on the flags returned in `*p_flags'. See the + * TrueType specification for details. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot glyph, + FT_UInt sub_index, + FT_Int *p_index, + FT_UInt *p_flags, + FT_Int *p_arg1, + FT_Int *p_arg2, + FT_Matrix *p_transform ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flags used in the `fsType' field of the OS/2 table */ + /* in a TrueType or OpenType font and the `FSType' entry in a */ + /* PostScript font. These bit flags are returned by */ + /* @FT_Get_FSType_Flags; they inform client applications of embedding */ + /* and subsetting restrictions associated with a font. */ + /* */ + /* See http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/FontPolicies.pdf for */ + /* more details. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* Fonts with no fsType bit set may be embedded and permanently */ + /* installed on the remote system by an application. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* Fonts that have only this bit set must not be modified, embedded */ + /* or exchanged in any manner without first obtaining permission of */ + /* the font software copyright owner. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded and temporarily */ + /* loaded on the remote system. Documents containing Preview & */ + /* Print fonts must be opened `read-only'; no edits can be applied */ + /* to the document. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded but must only be */ + /* installed temporarily on other systems. In contrast to Preview */ + /* & Print fonts, documents containing editable fonts may be opened */ + /* for reading, editing is permitted, and changes may be saved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING :: */ + /* If this bit is set, the font may not be subsetted prior to */ + /* embedding. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY :: */ + /* If this bit is set, only bitmaps contained in the font may be */ + /* embedded; no outline data may be embedded. If there are no */ + /* bitmaps available in the font, then the font is unembeddable. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* While the fsType flags can indicate that a font may be embedded, a */ + /* license with the font vendor may be separately required to use the */ + /* font in this way. */ + /* */ +#define FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0000 +#define FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING 0x0002 +#define FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING 0x0004 +#define FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0008 +#define FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING 0x0100 +#define FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY 0x0200 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the fsType flags for a font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The fsType flags, @FT_FSTYPE_XXX. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Use this function rather than directly reading the `fs_type' field */ + /* in the @PS_FontInfoRec structure which is only guaranteed to */ + /* return the correct results for Type~1 fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.8 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UShort ) + FT_Get_FSType_Flags( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* glyph_variants */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Glyph Variants */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* The FreeType~2 interface to Unicode Ideographic Variation */ + /* Sequences (IVS), using the SFNT cmap format~14. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Many CJK characters have variant forms. They are a sort of grey */ + /* area somewhere between being totally irrelevant and semantically */ + /* distinct; for this reason, the Unicode consortium decided to */ + /* introduce Ideographic Variation Sequences (IVS), consisting of a */ + /* Unicode base character and one of 240 variant selectors */ + /* (U+E0100-U+E01EF), instead of further extending the already huge */ + /* code range for CJK characters. */ + /* */ + /* An IVS is registered and unique; for further details please refer */ + /* to Unicode Technical Standard #37, the Ideographic Variation */ + /* Database: */ + /* */ + /* http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr37/ */ + /* */ + /* To date (November 2012), the character with the most variants is */ + /* U+9089, having 31 such IVS. */ + /* */ + /* Adobe and MS decided to support IVS with a new cmap subtable */ + /* (format~14). It is an odd subtable because it is not a mapping of */ + /* input code points to glyphs, but contains lists of all variants */ + /* supported by the font. */ + /* */ + /* A variant may be either `default' or `non-default'. A default */ + /* variant is the one you will get for that code point if you look it */ + /* up in the standard Unicode cmap. A non-default variant is a */ + /* different glyph. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the glyph index of a given character code as modified by */ + /* the variation selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: */ + /* The character code point in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* variantSelector :: */ + /* The Unicode code point of the variation selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The glyph index. 0~means either `undefined character code', or */ + /* `undefined selector code', or `no variation selector cmap */ + /* subtable', or `current CharMap is not Unicode'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */ + /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */ + /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within */ + /* the file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds */ + /* to the `missing glyph'. */ + /* */ + /* This function is only meaningful if */ + /* a) the font has a variation selector cmap sub table, */ + /* and */ + /* b) the current charmap has a Unicode encoding. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode, + FT_ULong variantSelector ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Check whether this variant of this Unicode character is the one to */ + /* be found in the `cmap'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: */ + /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* variantSelector :: */ + /* The Unicode codepoint of the variation selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* 1~if found in the standard (Unicode) cmap, 0~if found in the */ + /* variation selector cmap, or -1 if it is not a variant. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function is only meaningful if the font has a variation */ + /* selector cmap subtable. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode, + FT_ULong variantSelector ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */ + /* in the font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A pointer to an array of selector code points, or NULL if there is */ + /* no valid variant selector cmap subtable. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */ + /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */ + /* call to a FreeType function. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* ) + FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */ + /* for the specified character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: */ + /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A pointer to an array of variant selector code points which are */ + /* active for the given character, or NULL if the corresponding list */ + /* is empty. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */ + /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */ + /* call to a FreeType function. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* ) + FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode character codes found for */ + /* the specified variant selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* variantSelector :: */ + /* The variant selector code point in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A list of all the code points which are specified by this selector */ + /* (both default and non-default codes are returned) or NULL if there */ + /* is no valid cmap or the variant selector is invalid. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */ + /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */ + /* call to a FreeType function. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* ) + FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong variantSelector ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* computations */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Computations */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Crunching fixed numbers and vectors. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains various functions used to perform */ + /* computations on 16.16 fixed-float numbers or 2d vectors. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_MulDiv */ + /* FT_MulFix */ + /* FT_DivFix */ + /* FT_RoundFix */ + /* FT_CeilFix */ + /* FT_FloorFix */ + /* FT_Vector_Transform */ + /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */ + /* FT_Matrix_Invert */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_MulDiv */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to perform the computation `(a*b)/c' */ + /* with maximum accuracy (it uses a 64-bit intermediate integer */ + /* whenever necessary). */ + /* */ + /* This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific */ + /* operations, but is at least completely portable. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The first multiplier. */ + /* b :: The second multiplier. */ + /* c :: The divisor. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a*b)/c'. This function never traps when trying to */ + /* divide by zero; it simply returns `MaxInt' or `MinInt' depending */ + /* on the signs of `a' and `b'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_MulDiv( FT_Long a, + FT_Long b, + FT_Long c ); + + + /* */ + + /* The following #if 0 ... #endif is for the documentation formatter, */ + /* hiding the internal `FT_MULFIX_INLINED' macro. */ + +#if 0 + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_MulFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */ + /* `(a*b)/0x10000' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time this is */ + /* used to multiply a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The first multiplier. */ + /* b :: The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever */ + /* possible (see note below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a*b)/0x10000'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function has been optimized for the case where the absolute */ + /* value of `a' is less than 2048, and `b' is a 16.16 scaling factor. */ + /* As this happens mainly when scaling from notional units to */ + /* fractional pixels in FreeType, it resulted in noticeable speed */ + /* improvements between versions 2.x and 1.x. */ + /* */ + /* As a conclusion, always try to place a 16.16 factor as the */ + /* _second_ argument of this function; this can make a great */ + /* difference. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_MulFix( FT_Long a, + FT_Long b ); + + /* */ +#endif + +#ifdef FT_MULFIX_INLINED +#define FT_MulFix( a, b ) FT_MULFIX_INLINED( a, b ) +#else + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_MulFix( FT_Long a, + FT_Long b ); +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_DivFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */ + /* `(a*0x10000)/b' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time, this is */ + /* used to divide a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The first multiplier. */ + /* b :: The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever */ + /* possible (see note below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a*0x10000)/b'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The optimization for FT_DivFix() is simple: If (a~<<~16) fits in */ + /* 32~bits, then the division is computed directly. Otherwise, we */ + /* use a specialized version of @FT_MulDiv. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_DivFix( FT_Long a, + FT_Long b ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_RoundFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to round a 16.16 fixed number. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The number to be rounded. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a + 0x8000) & -0x10000'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed a ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_CeilFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to compute the ceiling function of a */ + /* 16.16 fixed number. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The number for which the ceiling function is to be computed. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a + 0x10000 - 1) & -0x10000'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed a ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_FloorFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to compute the floor function of a */ + /* 16.16 fixed number. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The number for which the floor function is to be computed. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `a & -0x10000'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed a ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Vector_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Transform a single vector through a 2x2 matrix. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* vector :: The target vector to transform. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the source 2x2 matrix. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The result is undefined if either `vector' or `matrix' is invalid. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector* vec, + const FT_Matrix* matrix ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* version */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* FreeType Version */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Functions and macros related to FreeType versions. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Note that those functions and macros are of limited use because */ + /* even a new release of FreeType with only documentation changes */ + /* increases the version number. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FREETYPE_XXX + * + * @description: + * These three macros identify the FreeType source code version. + * Use @FT_Library_Version to access them at runtime. + * + * @values: + * FREETYPE_MAJOR :: The major version number. + * FREETYPE_MINOR :: The minor version number. + * FREETYPE_PATCH :: The patch level. + * + * @note: + * The version number of FreeType if built as a dynamic link library + * with the `libtool' package is _not_ controlled by these three + * macros. + * + */ +#define FREETYPE_MAJOR 2 +#define FREETYPE_MINOR 4 +#define FREETYPE_PATCH 12 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Library_Version */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the version of the FreeType library being used. This is */ + /* useful when dynamically linking to the library, since one cannot */ + /* use the macros @FREETYPE_MAJOR, @FREETYPE_MINOR, and */ + /* @FREETYPE_PATCH. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A source library handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amajor :: The major version number. */ + /* */ + /* aminor :: The minor version number. */ + /* */ + /* apatch :: The patch version number. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The reason why this function takes a `library' argument is because */ + /* certain programs implement library initialization in a custom way */ + /* that doesn't use @FT_Init_FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* In such cases, the library version might not be available before */ + /* the library object has been created. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Library_Version( FT_Library library, + FT_Int *amajor, + FT_Int *aminor, + FT_Int *apatch ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Parse all bytecode instructions of a TrueType font file to check */ + /* whether any of the patented opcodes are used. This is only useful */ + /* if you want to be able to use the unpatented hinter with */ + /* fonts that do *not* use these opcodes. */ + /* */ + /* Note that this function parses *all* glyph instructions in the */ + /* font file, which may be slow. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A face handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* 1~if this is a TrueType font that uses one of the patented */ + /* opcodes, 0~otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.5 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool ) + FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Enable or disable the unpatented hinter for a given face. */ + /* Only enable it if you have determined that the face doesn't */ + /* use any patented opcodes (see @FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents). */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A face handle. */ + /* */ + /* value :: New boolean setting. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The old setting value. This will always be false if this is not */ + /* an SFNT font, or if the unpatented hinter is not compiled in this */ + /* instance of the library. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.5 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool ) + FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face face, + FT_Bool value ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FREETYPE_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2451be --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftadvanc.h */ +/* */ +/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2008 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTADVANC_H__ +#define __FTADVANC_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * quick_advance + * + * @title: + * Quick retrieval of advance values + * + * @abstract: + * Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing + * glyph outlines, if possible. + * + * @description: + * This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values + * without handling glyph outlines, if possible. + */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Const> */ + /* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */ + /* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */ + /* */ + /* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */ + /* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */ + /* quick advance computation. */ + /* */ + /* Typically, glyphs which are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */ + /* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */ + /* quickly. */ + /* */ + /* Normal and bytecode hinted modes, which require loading, scaling, */ + /* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */ + /* comparison. */ + /* */ +#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000UL + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Advance */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */ + /* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advance is returned in font */ + /* units. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */ + /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */ + /* of advances you need. */ + /* <Output> */ + /* padvance :: The advance value, in either font units or 16.16 */ + /* format. */ + /* */ + /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */ + /* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */ + /* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */ + /* horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */ + /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */ + /* retrieve the advances. */ + /* */ + /* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */ + /* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Int32 load_flags, + FT_Fixed *padvance ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Advances */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */ + /* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advances are returned in font */ + /* units. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */ + /* */ + /* start :: The first glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */ + /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* padvance :: The advances, in either font units or 16.16 format. */ + /* This array must contain at least `count' elements. */ + /* */ + /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */ + /* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */ + /* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */ + /* horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */ + /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */ + /* retrieve the advances. */ + /* */ + /* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */ + /* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */ + /* @FT_Set_Transform. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt start, + FT_UInt count, + FT_Int32 load_flags, + FT_Fixed *padvances ); + +/* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTADVANC_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftautoh.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftautoh.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62ce96d --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftautoh.h @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftautoh.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for controlling the auto-hinter (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2012 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTAUTOH_H__ +#define __FTAUTOH_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * auto_hinter + * + * @title: + * The auto-hinter + * + * @abstract: + * Controlling the auto-hinting module. + * + * @description: + * While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself, + * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and + * @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties + * together with the necessary macros and structures. + * + * Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for + * historical reasons. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * glyph-to-script-map + * + * @description: + * The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs. + * Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK. Before a glyph is + * auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and + * the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see + * below. + * + * OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than + * character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.), + * to be controlled by so-called `features'. Handling OpenType features + * can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of + * FreeType. + * + * The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter + * sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an + * array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face + * structure. The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to + * this array which can be modified as needed. Note that the + * modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by + * the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes + * actually uses the modified mapping. + * + * The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting + * the error handling). + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Face face; + * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap prop; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face ); + * + * prop.face = face; + * + * FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter", + * "glyph-to-script-map", &prop ); + * + * // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here + * + * FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ); + * } + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to + * specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a + * particular glyph. + * + * @values: + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE :: + * Don't auto-hint this glyph. + * + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN :: + * Apply the latin auto-hinter. For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a + * very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters + * from those scripts share the same design constraints. + * + * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are + * assigned to this submodule. + * + * { + * U+0020 - U+007F // Basic Latin (no control characters) + * U+00A0 - U+00FF // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters) + * U+0100 - U+017F // Latin Extended-A + * U+0180 - U+024F // Latin Extended-B + * U+0250 - U+02AF // IPA Extensions + * U+02B0 - U+02FF // Spacing Modifier Letters + * U+0300 - U+036F // Combining Diacritical Marks + * U+0370 - U+03FF // Greek and Coptic + * U+0400 - U+04FF // Cyrillic + * U+0500 - U+052F // Cyrillic Supplement + * U+1D00 - U+1D7F // Phonetic Extensions + * U+1D80 - U+1DBF // Phonetic Extensions Supplement + * U+1DC0 - U+1DFF // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement + * U+1E00 - U+1EFF // Latin Extended Additional + * U+1F00 - U+1FFF // Greek Extended + * U+2000 - U+206F // General Punctuation + * U+2070 - U+209F // Superscripts and Subscripts + * U+20A0 - U+20CF // Currency Symbols + * U+2150 - U+218F // Number Forms + * U+2460 - U+24FF // Enclosed Alphanumerics + * U+2C60 - U+2C7F // Latin Extended-C + * U+2DE0 - U+2DFF // Cyrillic Extended-A + * U+2E00 - U+2E7F // Supplemental Punctuation + * U+A640 - U+A69F // Cyrillic Extended-B + * U+A720 - U+A7FF // Latin Extended-D + * U+FB00 - U+FB06 // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures) + * U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols + * U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement + * } + * + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK :: + * Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old + * Vietnamese, and some other scripts. + * + * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are + * assigned to this submodule. + * + * { + * U+1100 - U+11FF // Hangul Jamo + * U+2E80 - U+2EFF // CJK Radicals Supplement + * U+2F00 - U+2FDF // Kangxi Radicals + * U+2FF0 - U+2FFF // Ideographic Description Characters + * U+3000 - U+303F // CJK Symbols and Punctuation + * U+3040 - U+309F // Hiragana + * U+30A0 - U+30FF // Katakana + * U+3100 - U+312F // Bopomofo + * U+3130 - U+318F // Hangul Compatibility Jamo + * U+3190 - U+319F // Kanbun + * U+31A0 - U+31BF // Bopomofo Extended + * U+31C0 - U+31EF // CJK Strokes + * U+31F0 - U+31FF // Katakana Phonetic Extensions + * U+3200 - U+32FF // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months + * U+3300 - U+33FF // CJK Compatibility + * U+3400 - U+4DBF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A + * U+4DC0 - U+4DFF // Yijing Hexagram Symbols + * U+4E00 - U+9FFF // CJK Unified Ideographs + * U+A960 - U+A97F // Hangul Jamo Extended-A + * U+AC00 - U+D7AF // Hangul Syllables + * U+D7B0 - U+D7FF // Hangul Jamo Extended-B + * U+F900 - U+FAFF // CJK Compatibility Ideographs + * U+FE10 - U+FE1F // Vertical forms + * U+FE30 - U+FE4F // CJK Compatibility Forms + * U+FF00 - U+FFEF // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms + * U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement + * U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols + * U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement + * U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B + * U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C + * U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D + * U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement + * } + * + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC :: + * Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the + * Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao, + * or Tibetan. + * + * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are + * assigned to this submodule. + * + * { + * U+0900 - U+0DFF // Indic Range + * U+0F00 - U+0FFF // Tibetan + * U+1900 - U+194F // Limbu + * U+1B80 - U+1BBF // Sundanese + * U+1C80 - U+1CDF // Meetei Mayak + * U+A800 - U+A82F // Syloti Nagri + * U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada + * } + * + * Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue + * zone support. + * + */ +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE 0 +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN 1 +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK 2 +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC 3 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap + * + * @description: + * The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_ + { + FT_Face face; + FT_Byte* map; + + } FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * fallback-script + * + * @description: + * If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a + * fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the + * @glyph-to-script-map property). By default, this is + * @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK. Using the `fallback-script' property, + * this fallback value can be changed. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_UInt fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter", + * "fallback-script", &fallback_script ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + * It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The + * creation of the glyph-to-script map which eventually uses the + * fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a + * face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting + * any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created + * an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the + * auto-hinter), a change of the fallback glyph will affect this face. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * increase-x-height + * + * @description: + * For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round + * up the font's x~height much more often than normally. If the value + * is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off. Use + * this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if + * necessary. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Face face; + * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight prop; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face ); + * FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 ); + * + * prop.face = face; + * prop.limit = 14; + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter", + * "increase-x-height", &prop ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + * Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before + * loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter). + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight + * + * @description: + * The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_ + { + FT_Face face; + FT_UInt limit; + + } FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight; + + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTAUTOH_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftbbox.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftbbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9766919 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftbbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbbox.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2011 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */ + /* boxes. */ + /* */ + /* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */ + /* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTBBOX_H__ +#define __FTBBOX_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* outline_processing */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */ + /* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */ + /* algorithm which returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */ + /* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */ + /* extract their extrema. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */ + /* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */ + /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */ + /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox */ + /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline, + FT_BBox *abbox ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTBBOX_H__ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftbdf.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftbdf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f8baf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftbdf.h @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbdf.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTBDF_H__ +#define __FTBDF_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* bdf_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* BDF and PCF Files */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* BDF and PCF specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */ + /* and PCF fonts. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_PropertyType + * + * @description: + * A list of BDF property types. + * + * @values: + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE :: + * Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property. + * + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM :: + * Property is a string atom. + * + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER :: + * Property is a 32-bit signed integer. + * + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL :: + * Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer. + */ + typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_ + { + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0, + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1, + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2, + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3 + + } BDF_PropertyType; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * BDF_Property + * + * @description: + * A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given + * BDF/PCF property. + */ + typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * BDF_PropertyRec + * + * @description: + * This structure models a given BDF/PCF property. + * + * @fields: + * type :: + * The property type. + * + * u.atom :: + * The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. + * + * u.integer :: + * A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER. + * + * u.cardinal :: + * An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL. + */ + typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_ + { + BDF_PropertyType type; + union { + const char* atom; + FT_Int32 integer; + FT_UInt32 cardinal; + + } u; + + } BDF_PropertyRec; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to + * the BDF specification. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * acharset_encoding :: + * Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * acharset_registry :: + * Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face, + const char* *acharset_encoding, + const char* *acharset_registry ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_BDF_Property + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * name :: The property name. + * + * @output: + * aproperty :: The property. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error + * otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the + * font. + * + * A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES + * ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the + * `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font. + * + * Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts; + * consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value + * for BDF fonts only. + * + * In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to + * @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face, + const char* prop_name, + BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTBDF_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9274236 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbitmap.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTBITMAP_H__ +#define __FTBITMAP_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* bitmap_handling */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Bitmap Handling */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains functions for converting FT_Bitmap objects. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Copy */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Copy a bitmap into another one. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library, + const FT_Bitmap *source, + FT_Bitmap *target); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */ + /* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */ + /* borders are kept unchanged. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */ + /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */ + /* */ + /* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */ + /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */ + /* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */ + /* */ + /* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */ + /* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library, + FT_Bitmap* bitmap, + FT_Pos xStrength, + FT_Pos yStrength ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Convert */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, or 8bpp to a */ + /* bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per */ + /* line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* source :: The source bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */ + /* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: The target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */ + /* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */ + /* */ + /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */ + /* memory handling functions. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library, + const FT_Bitmap *source, + FT_Bitmap *target, + FT_Int alignment ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* slot :: The glyph slot. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function is to be used in combination with */ + /* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Done */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a bitmap object created with @FT_Bitmap_New. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */ + /* memory handling functions. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library, + FT_Bitmap *bitmap ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTBITMAP_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bf81b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbzip2.h */ +/* */ +/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2010 by */ +/* Joel Klinghed. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTBZIP2_H__ +#define __FTBZIP2_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* bzip2 */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* BZIP2 Streams */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Stream_OpenBzip2 + * + * @description: + * Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is + * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come + * with XFree86. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * The target embedding stream. + * + * source :: + * The source stream. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function. + * + * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will + * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream + * objects will be released to the heap. + * + * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression + * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream. + * + * In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is + * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face. + * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw + * compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream + * from it and re-open the face with it. + * + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream, + FT_Stream source ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTBZIP2_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftcache.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftcache.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6af5306 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftcache.h @@ -0,0 +1,1140 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftcache.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType Cache subsystem (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTCACHE_H__ +#define __FTCACHE_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_GLYPH_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * <Section> + * cache_subsystem + * + * <Title> + * Cache Sub-System + * + * <Abstract> + * How to cache face, size, and glyph data with FreeType~2. + * + * <Description> + * This section describes the FreeType~2 cache sub-system, which is used + * to limit the number of concurrently opened @FT_Face and @FT_Size + * objects, as well as caching information like character maps and glyph + * images while limiting their maximum memory usage. + * + * Note that all types and functions begin with the `FTC_' prefix. + * + * The cache is highly portable and thus doesn't know anything about the + * fonts installed on your system, or how to access them. This implies + * the following scheme: + * + * First, available or installed font faces are uniquely identified by + * @FTC_FaceID values, provided to the cache by the client. Note that + * the cache only stores and compares these values, and doesn't try to + * interpret them in any way. + * + * Second, the cache calls, only when needed, a client-provided function + * to convert an @FTC_FaceID into a new @FT_Face object. The latter is + * then completely managed by the cache, including its termination + * through @FT_Done_Face. To monitor termination of face objects, the + * finalizer callback in the `generic' field of the @FT_Face object can + * be used, which might also be used to store the @FTC_FaceID of the + * face. + * + * Clients are free to map face IDs to anything else. The most simple + * usage is to associate them to a (pathname,face_index) pair that is + * used to call @FT_New_Face. However, more complex schemes are also + * possible. + * + * Note that for the cache to work correctly, the face ID values must be + * *persistent*, which means that the contents they point to should not + * change at runtime, or that their value should not become invalid. + * + * If this is unavoidable (e.g., when a font is uninstalled at runtime), + * you should call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID as soon as possible, to let + * the cache get rid of any references to the old @FTC_FaceID it may + * keep internally. Failure to do so will lead to incorrect behaviour + * or even crashes. + * + * To use the cache, start with calling @FTC_Manager_New to create a new + * @FTC_Manager object, which models a single cache instance. You can + * then look up @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects with + * @FTC_Manager_LookupFace and @FTC_Manager_LookupSize, respectively. + * + * If you want to use the charmap caching, call @FTC_CMapCache_New, then + * later use @FTC_CMapCache_Lookup to perform the equivalent of + * @FT_Get_Char_Index, only much faster. + * + * If you want to use the @FT_Glyph caching, call @FTC_ImageCache, then + * later use @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup to retrieve the corresponding + * @FT_Glyph objects from the cache. + * + * If you need lots of small bitmaps, it is much more memory efficient + * to call @FTC_SBitCache_New followed by @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup. This + * returns @FTC_SBitRec structures, which are used to store small + * bitmaps directly. (A small bitmap is one whose metrics and + * dimensions all fit into 8-bit integers). + * + * We hope to also provide a kerning cache in the near future. + * + * + * <Order> + * FTC_Manager + * FTC_FaceID + * FTC_Face_Requester + * + * FTC_Manager_New + * FTC_Manager_Reset + * FTC_Manager_Done + * FTC_Manager_LookupFace + * FTC_Manager_LookupSize + * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID + * + * FTC_Node + * FTC_Node_Unref + * + * FTC_ImageCache + * FTC_ImageCache_New + * FTC_ImageCache_Lookup + * + * FTC_SBit + * FTC_SBitCache + * FTC_SBitCache_New + * FTC_SBitCache_Lookup + * + * FTC_CMapCache + * FTC_CMapCache_New + * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup + * + *************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** BASIC TYPE DEFINITIONS *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: FTC_FaceID + * + * @description: + * An opaque pointer type that is used to identity face objects. The + * contents of such objects is application-dependent. + * + * These pointers are typically used to point to a user-defined + * structure containing a font file path, and face index. + * + * @note: + * Never use NULL as a valid @FTC_FaceID. + * + * Face IDs are passed by the client to the cache manager, which calls, + * when needed, the @FTC_Face_Requester to translate them into new + * @FT_Face objects. + * + * If the content of a given face ID changes at runtime, or if the value + * becomes invalid (e.g., when uninstalling a font), you should + * immediately call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID before any other cache + * function. + * + * Failure to do so will result in incorrect behaviour or even + * memory leaks and crashes. + */ + typedef FT_Pointer FTC_FaceID; + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @functype: + * FTC_Face_Requester + * + * @description: + * A callback function provided by client applications. It is used by + * the cache manager to translate a given @FTC_FaceID into a new valid + * @FT_Face object, on demand. + * + * <Input> + * face_id :: + * The face ID to resolve. + * + * library :: + * A handle to a FreeType library object. + * + * req_data :: + * Application-provided request data (see note below). + * + * <Output> + * aface :: + * A new @FT_Face handle. + * + * <Return> + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * <Note> + * The third parameter `req_data' is the same as the one passed by the + * client when @FTC_Manager_New is called. + * + * The face requester should not perform funny things on the returned + * face object, like creating a new @FT_Size for it, or setting a + * transformation through @FT_Set_Transform! + */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FTC_Face_Requester)( FTC_FaceID face_id, + FT_Library library, + FT_Pointer request_data, + FT_Face* aface ); + + /* */ + +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS + + /* these macros are incompatible with LLP64, should not be used */ + +#define FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( p ) ( (FT_ULong)(FT_Pointer)(p) ) + +#define FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( i ) \ + ((FT_UInt32)(( FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( i ) >> 3 ) ^ \ + ( FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( i ) << 7 ) ) ) + +#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** CACHE MANAGER OBJECT *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_Manager */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This object corresponds to one instance of the cache-subsystem. */ + /* It is used to cache one or more @FT_Face objects, along with */ + /* corresponding @FT_Size objects. */ + /* */ + /* The manager intentionally limits the total number of opened */ + /* @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects to control memory usage. See the */ + /* `max_faces' and `max_sizes' parameters of @FTC_Manager_New. */ + /* */ + /* The manager is also used to cache `nodes' of various types while */ + /* limiting their total memory usage. */ + /* */ + /* All limitations are enforced by keeping lists of managed objects */ + /* in most-recently-used order, and flushing old nodes to make room */ + /* for new ones. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ManagerRec_* FTC_Manager; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_Node */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to a cache node object. Each cache node is */ + /* reference-counted. A node with a count of~0 might be flushed */ + /* out of a full cache whenever a lookup request is performed. */ + /* */ + /* If you look up nodes, you have the ability to `acquire' them, */ + /* i.e., to increment their reference count. This will prevent the */ + /* node from being flushed out of the cache until you explicitly */ + /* `release' it (see @FTC_Node_Unref). */ + /* */ + /* See also @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup and @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_NodeRec_* FTC_Node; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: The parent FreeType library handle to use. */ + /* */ + /* max_faces :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Face objects managed by */ + /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */ + /* */ + /* max_sizes :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Size objects managed by */ + /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */ + /* */ + /* max_bytes :: Maximum number of bytes to use for cached data nodes. */ + /* Use~0 for defaults. Note that this value does not */ + /* account for managed @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects. */ + /* */ + /* requester :: An application-provided callback used to translate */ + /* face IDs into real @FT_Face objects. */ + /* */ + /* req_data :: A generic pointer that is passed to the requester */ + /* each time it is called (see @FTC_Face_Requester). */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amanager :: A handle to a new manager object. 0~in case of */ + /* failure. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library library, + FT_UInt max_faces, + FT_UInt max_sizes, + FT_ULong max_bytes, + FTC_Face_Requester requester, + FT_Pointer req_data, + FTC_Manager *amanager ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_Reset */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Empty a given cache manager. This simply gets rid of all the */ + /* currently cached @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects within the manager. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the manager. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager manager ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_Done */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a given manager after emptying it. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the target cache manager object. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager manager ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_LookupFace */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the @FT_Face object that corresponds to a given face ID */ + /* through a cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* face_id :: The ID of the face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to the face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned @FT_Face object is always owned by the manager. You */ + /* should never try to discard it yourself. */ + /* */ + /* The @FT_Face object doesn't necessarily have a current size object */ + /* (i.e., face->size can be 0). If you need a specific `font size', */ + /* use @FTC_Manager_LookupSize instead. */ + /* */ + /* Never change the face's transformation matrix (i.e., never call */ + /* the @FT_Set_Transform function) on a returned face! If you need */ + /* to transform glyphs, do it yourself after glyph loading. */ + /* */ + /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */ + /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */ + /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */ + /* */ + /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */ + /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory was available */ + /* for the operation. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_FaceID face_id, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FTC_ScalerRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to describe a given character size in either */ + /* pixels or points to the cache manager. See */ + /* @FTC_Manager_LookupSize. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* face_id :: The source face ID. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The character width. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The character height. */ + /* */ + /* pixel :: A Boolean. If 1, the `width' and `height' fields are */ + /* interpreted as integer pixel character sizes. */ + /* Otherwise, they are expressed as 1/64th of points. */ + /* */ + /* x_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */ + /* horizontal resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* y_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */ + /* vertical resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This type is mainly used to retrieve @FT_Size objects through the */ + /* cache manager. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_ + { + FTC_FaceID face_id; + FT_UInt width; + FT_UInt height; + FT_Int pixel; + FT_UInt x_res; + FT_UInt y_res; + + } FTC_ScalerRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FTC_Scaler */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an @FTC_ScalerRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_* FTC_Scaler; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_LookupSize */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the @FT_Size object that corresponds to a given */ + /* @FTC_ScalerRec pointer through a cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* scaler :: A scaler handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* asize :: A handle to the size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned @FT_Size object is always owned by the manager. You */ + /* should never try to discard it by yourself. */ + /* */ + /* You can access the parent @FT_Face object simply as `size->face' */ + /* if you need it. Note that this object is also owned by the */ + /* manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */ + /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */ + /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */ + /* */ + /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */ + /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory is available */ + /* for the operation. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_Scaler scaler, + FT_Size *asize ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Node_Unref */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Decrement a cache node's internal reference count. When the count */ + /* reaches 0, it is not destroyed but becomes eligible for subsequent */ + /* cache flushes. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* node :: The cache node handle. */ + /* */ + /* manager :: The cache manager handle. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node node, + FTC_Manager manager ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID + * + * @description: + * A special function used to indicate to the cache manager that + * a given @FTC_FaceID is no longer valid, either because its + * content changed, or because it was deallocated or uninstalled. + * + * @input: + * manager :: + * The cache manager handle. + * + * face_id :: + * The @FTC_FaceID to be removed. + * + * @note: + * This function flushes all nodes from the cache corresponding to this + * `face_id', with the exception of nodes with a non-null reference + * count. + * + * Such nodes are however modified internally so as to never appear + * in later lookups with the same `face_id' value, and to be immediately + * destroyed when released by all their users. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_FaceID face_id ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* cache_subsystem */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FTC_CMapCache + * + * @description: + * An opaque handle used to model a charmap cache. This cache is to + * hold character codes -> glyph indices mappings. + * + */ + typedef struct FTC_CMapCacheRec_* FTC_CMapCache; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FTC_CMapCache_New + * + * @description: + * Create a new charmap cache. + * + * @input: + * manager :: + * A handle to the cache manager. + * + * @output: + * acache :: + * A new cache handle. NULL in case of error. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * Like all other caches, this one will be destroyed with the cache + * manager. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_CMapCache *acache ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup + * + * @description: + * Translate a character code into a glyph index, using the charmap + * cache. + * + * @input: + * cache :: + * A charmap cache handle. + * + * face_id :: + * The source face ID. + * + * cmap_index :: + * The index of the charmap in the source face. Any negative value + * means to use the cache @FT_Face's default charmap. + * + * char_code :: + * The character code (in the corresponding charmap). + * + * @return: + * Glyph index. 0~means `no glyph'. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache cache, + FTC_FaceID face_id, + FT_Int cmap_index, + FT_UInt32 char_code ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* cache_subsystem */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** IMAGE CACHE OBJECT *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FTC_ImageTypeRec + * + * @description: + * A structure used to model the type of images in a glyph cache. + * + * @fields: + * face_id :: + * The face ID. + * + * width :: + * The width in pixels. + * + * height :: + * The height in pixels. + * + * flags :: + * The load flags, as in @FT_Load_Glyph. + * + */ + typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_ + { + FTC_FaceID face_id; + FT_Int width; + FT_Int height; + FT_Int32 flags; + + } FTC_ImageTypeRec; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FTC_ImageType + * + * @description: + * A handle to an @FTC_ImageTypeRec structure. + * + */ + typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_* FTC_ImageType; + + + /* */ + + +#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE( d1, d2 ) \ + ( (d1)->face_id == (d2)->face_id && \ + (d1)->width == (d2)->width && \ + (d1)->flags == (d2)->flags ) + +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS + + /* this macro is incompatible with LLP64, should not be used */ + +#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_HASH( d ) \ + (FT_UFast)( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( (d)->face_id ) ^ \ + ( (d)->width << 8 ) ^ (d)->height ^ \ + ( (d)->flags << 4 ) ) + +#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an glyph image cache object. They are designed to */ + /* hold many distinct glyph images while not exceeding a certain */ + /* memory threshold. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ImageCacheRec_* FTC_ImageCache; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: The parent manager for the image cache. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acache :: A handle to the new glyph image cache object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_ImageCache *acache ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache_Lookup */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve a given glyph image from a glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* type :: A pointer to a glyph image type descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */ + /* failure. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */ + /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */ + /* below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */ + /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */ + /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */ + /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */ + /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */ + /* `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache cache, + FTC_ImageType type, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Glyph *aglyph, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A variant of @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */ + /* to specify the face ID and its size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* scaler :: A pointer to a scaler descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */ + /* failure. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */ + /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */ + /* (see note below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */ + /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */ + /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */ + /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */ + /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */ + /* `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + /* Calls to @FT_Set_Char_Size and friends have no effect on cached */ + /* glyphs; you should always use the FreeType cache API instead. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache cache, + FTC_Scaler scaler, + FT_ULong load_flags, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Glyph *aglyph, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_SBit */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. See the @FTC_SBitRec */ + /* structure for details. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_* FTC_SBit; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FTC_SBitRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very compact structure used to describe a small glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* width :: The bitmap width in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The bitmap height in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* left :: The horizontal distance from the pen position to the */ + /* left bitmap border (a.k.a. `left side bearing', or */ + /* `lsb'). */ + /* */ + /* top :: The vertical distance from the pen position (on the */ + /* baseline) to the upper bitmap border (a.k.a. `top */ + /* side bearing'). The distance is positive for upwards */ + /* y~coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* format :: The format of the glyph bitmap (monochrome or gray). */ + /* */ + /* max_grays :: Maximum gray level value (in the range 1 to~255). */ + /* */ + /* pitch :: The number of bytes per bitmap line. May be positive */ + /* or negative. */ + /* */ + /* xadvance :: The horizontal advance width in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* yadvance :: The vertical advance height in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* buffer :: A pointer to the bitmap pixels. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_ + { + FT_Byte width; + FT_Byte height; + FT_Char left; + FT_Char top; + + FT_Byte format; + FT_Byte max_grays; + FT_Short pitch; + FT_Char xadvance; + FT_Char yadvance; + + FT_Byte* buffer; + + } FTC_SBitRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a small bitmap cache. These are special cache objects */ + /* used to store small glyph bitmaps (and anti-aliased pixmaps) in a */ + /* much more efficient way than the traditional glyph image cache */ + /* implemented by @FTC_ImageCache. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_SBitCacheRec_* FTC_SBitCache; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new cache to store small glyph bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the source cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acache :: A handle to the new sbit cache. NULL in case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_SBitCache *acache ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache_Lookup */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Look up a given small glyph bitmap in a given sbit cache and */ + /* `lock' it to prevent its flushing from the cache until needed. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */ + /* */ + /* type :: A pointer to the glyph image type descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */ + /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */ + /* below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */ + /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */ + /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */ + /* treat them as persistent data. */ + /* */ + /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */ + /* glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */ + /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */ + /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache cache, + FTC_ImageType type, + FT_UInt gindex, + FTC_SBit *sbit, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A variant of @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */ + /* to specify the face ID and its size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */ + /* */ + /* scaler :: A pointer to the scaler descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */ + /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */ + /* (see note below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */ + /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */ + /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */ + /* treat them as persistent data. */ + /* */ + /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */ + /* glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */ + /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */ + /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache cache, + FTC_Scaler scaler, + FT_ULong load_flags, + FT_UInt gindex, + FTC_SBit *sbit, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + + /* */ + +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS + + /*@***********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FTC_FontRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to describe a given `font' to the cache */ + /* manager. Note that a `font' is the combination of a given face */ + /* with a given character size. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* face_id :: The ID of the face to use. */ + /* */ + /* pix_width :: The character width in integer pixels. */ + /* */ + /* pix_height :: The character height in integer pixels. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_FontRec_ + { + FTC_FaceID face_id; + FT_UShort pix_width; + FT_UShort pix_height; + + } FTC_FontRec; + + + /* */ + + +#define FTC_FONT_COMPARE( f1, f2 ) \ + ( (f1)->face_id == (f2)->face_id && \ + (f1)->pix_width == (f2)->pix_width && \ + (f1)->pix_height == (f2)->pix_height ) + + /* this macro is incompatible with LLP64, should not be used */ +#define FTC_FONT_HASH( f ) \ + (FT_UInt32)( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH((f)->face_id) ^ \ + ((f)->pix_width << 8) ^ \ + ((f)->pix_height) ) + + typedef FTC_FontRec* FTC_Font; + + + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_Lookup_Face( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_FaceID face_id, + FT_Face *aface ); + + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_Font font, + FT_Face *aface, + FT_Size *asize ); + +#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */ + + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTCACHE_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07ae54d --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftcffdrv.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for controlling the CFF driver (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTCFFDRV_H__ +#define __FTCFFDRV_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * cff_driver + * + * @title: + * The CFF driver + * + * @abstract: + * Controlling the CFF driver module. + * + * @description: + * While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself, + * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and + * @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties + * together with the necessary macros and structures. + * + * The CFF driver's module name is `cff'. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * hinting-engine + * + * @description: + * Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing) + * engine, an application can select between `freetype' and `adobe'. + * + * Right now, the default engine is `freetype'. However, this will + * change: After a certain time of intensive testing it is planned to + * make `adobe' the default due to its superior rendering results. + * + * The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting + * engine (omitting the error handling). + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Face face; + * FT_UInt hinting_engine = FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff", + * "hinting-engine", &hinting_engine ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_CFF_HINTING_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to select + * the hinting engine for CFF fonts. + * + * @values: + * FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE :: + * Use the old FreeType hinting engine. + * + * FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE :: + * Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe. + * + */ +#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE 0 +#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE 1 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * no-stem-darkening + * + * @description: + * By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems at smaller sizes, + * regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast. Setting this property, + * stem darkening gets switched off. + * + * Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Face face; + * FT_Bool no_stem_darkening = TRUE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff", + * "no-stem-darkening", &no_stem_darkening ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* __FTCFFDRV_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftchapters.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftchapters.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eccacab --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftchapters.h @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */ +/* It is used by the python script which generates the HTML files. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* general_remarks */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* General Remarks */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* user_allocation */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* core_api */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Core API */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* version */ +/* basic_types */ +/* base_interface */ +/* glyph_variants */ +/* glyph_management */ +/* mac_specific */ +/* sizes_management */ +/* header_file_macros */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* format_specific */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Format-Specific API */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* multiple_masters */ +/* truetype_tables */ +/* type1_tables */ +/* sfnt_names */ +/* bdf_fonts */ +/* cid_fonts */ +/* pfr_fonts */ +/* winfnt_fonts */ +/* font_formats */ +/* gasp_table */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* auto_hinter */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* The Auto-Hinter */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* auto_hinter */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* cff_driver */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* The CFF Driver */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* cff_driver */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* cache_subsystem */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Cache Sub-System */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* cache_subsystem */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* support_api */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Support API */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* computations */ +/* list_processing */ +/* outline_processing */ +/* quick_advance */ +/* bitmap_handling */ +/* raster */ +/* glyph_stroker */ +/* system_interface */ +/* module_management */ +/* gzip */ +/* lzw */ +/* bzip2 */ +/* lcd_filtering */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftcid.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftcid.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..203a30c --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftcid.h @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftcid.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2007, 2009 by Dereg Clegg, Michael Toftdal. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTCID_H__ +#define __FTCID_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* cid_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* CID Fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* CID-keyed font specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */ + /* functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the + * "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * registry :: + * The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * ordering :: + * The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * supplement :: + * The supplement. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with CID faces, returning an error + * otherwise. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.6 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face, + const char* *registry, + const char* *ordering, + FT_Int *supplement); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In + * constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns + * successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * is_cid :: + * The type of the face as an @FT_Bool. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, + * returning an error otherwise. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.9 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face, + FT_Bool *is_cid ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * glyph_index :: + * The input glyph index. + * + * @output: + * cid :: + * The CID as an @FT_UInt. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, + * returning an error otherwise. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.9 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_UInt *cid ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTCID_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/fterrdef.h b/libs/include/freetype/fterrdef.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..76c7b9e --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/fterrdef.h @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fterrdef.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType error codes (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2010-2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** LIST OF ERROR CODES/MESSAGES *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + + /* You need to define both FT_ERRORDEF_ and FT_NOERRORDEF_ before */ + /* including this file. */ + + + /* generic errors */ + + FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00, \ + "no error" ) + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01, \ + "cannot open resource" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02, \ + "unknown file format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03, \ + "broken file" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04, \ + "invalid FreeType version" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05, \ + "module version is too low" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06, \ + "invalid argument" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07, \ + "unimplemented feature" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08, \ + "broken table" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09, \ + "broken offset within table" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A, \ + "array allocation size too large" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B, \ + "missing module" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C, \ + "missing property" ) + + /* glyph/character errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10, \ + "invalid glyph index" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11, \ + "invalid character code" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12, \ + "unsupported glyph image format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13, \ + "cannot render this glyph format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14, \ + "invalid outline" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15, \ + "invalid composite glyph" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16, \ + "too many hints" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17, \ + "invalid pixel size" ) + + /* handle errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20, \ + "invalid object handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21, \ + "invalid library handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22, \ + "invalid module handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23, \ + "invalid face handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24, \ + "invalid size handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25, \ + "invalid glyph slot handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26, \ + "invalid charmap handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27, \ + "invalid cache manager handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28, \ + "invalid stream handle" ) + + /* driver errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30, \ + "too many modules" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31, \ + "too many extensions" ) + + /* memory errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40, \ + "out of memory" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41, \ + "unlisted object" ) + + /* stream errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51, \ + "cannot open stream" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52, \ + "invalid stream seek" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53, \ + "invalid stream skip" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54, \ + "invalid stream read" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55, \ + "invalid stream operation" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56, \ + "invalid frame operation" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57, \ + "nested frame access" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58, \ + "invalid frame read" ) + + /* raster errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60, \ + "raster uninitialized" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61, \ + "raster corrupted" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62, \ + "raster overflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63, \ + "negative height while rastering" ) + + /* cache errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70, \ + "too many registered caches" ) + + /* TrueType and SFNT errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80, \ + "invalid opcode" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81, \ + "too few arguments" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82, \ + "stack overflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83, \ + "code overflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84, \ + "bad argument" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85, \ + "division by zero" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86, \ + "invalid reference" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87, \ + "found debug opcode" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88, \ + "found ENDF opcode in execution stream" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89, \ + "nested DEFS" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A, \ + "invalid code range" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B, \ + "execution context too long" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C, \ + "too many function definitions" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D, \ + "too many instruction definitions" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E, \ + "SFNT font table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F, \ + "horizontal header (hhea) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90, \ + "locations (loca) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91, \ + "name table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92, \ + "character map (cmap) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93, \ + "horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94, \ + "PostScript (post) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95, \ + "invalid horizontal metrics" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96, \ + "invalid character map (cmap) format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97, \ + "invalid ppem value" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98, \ + "invalid vertical metrics" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99, \ + "could not find context" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A, \ + "invalid PostScript (post) table format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B, \ + "invalid PostScript (post) table" ) + + /* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0, \ + "opcode syntax error" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1, \ + "argument stack underflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2, \ + "ignore" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3, \ + "no Unicode glyph name found" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4, \ + "glyph to big for hinting" ) + + /* BDF errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0, \ + "`STARTFONT' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1, \ + "`FONT' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2, \ + "`SIZE' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3, \ + "`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4, \ + "`CHARS' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5, \ + "`STARTCHAR' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6, \ + "`ENCODING' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7, \ + "`BBX' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8, \ + "`BBX' too big" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9, \ + "Font header corrupted or missing fields" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA, \ + "Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" ) + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/fterrors.h b/libs/include/freetype/fterrors.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0fa3e4d --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/fterrors.h @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fterrors.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2002, 2004, 2007, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This special header file is used to define the handling of FT2 */ + /* enumeration constants. It can also be used to generate error message */ + /* strings with a small macro trick explained below. */ + /* */ + /* I - Error Formats */ + /* ----------------- */ + /* */ + /* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */ + /* defined in ftoption.h in order to make the higher byte indicate */ + /* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */ + /* with standard builds of FreeType 2). See the file `ftmoderr.h' for */ + /* more details. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* II - Error Message strings */ + /* -------------------------- */ + /* */ + /* The error definitions below are made through special macros that */ + /* allow client applications to build a table of error message strings */ + /* if they need it. The strings are not included in a normal build of */ + /* FreeType 2 to save space (most client applications do not use */ + /* them). */ + /* */ + /* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */ + /* this file: */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERROR_START_LIST :: */ + /* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */ + /* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls */ + /* (see below). */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) :: */ + /* This macro is called to define one single error. */ + /* `e' is the error code identifier (e.g. FT_Err_Invalid_Argument). */ + /* `v' is the error numerical value. */ + /* `s' is the corresponding error string. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERROR_END_LIST :: */ + /* This macro ends the list. */ + /* */ + /* Additionally, you have to undefine __FTERRORS_H__ before #including */ + /* this file. */ + /* */ + /* Here is a simple example: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #undef __FTERRORS_H__ */ + /* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */ + /* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */ + /* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */ + /* */ + /* const struct */ + /* { */ + /* int err_code; */ + /* const char* err_msg; */ + /* } ft_errors[] = */ + /* */ + /* #include FT_ERRORS_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTERRORS_H__ +#define __FTERRORS_H__ + + + /* include module base error codes */ +#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** SETUP MACROS *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + + + /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */ + /* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX +#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_ +#endif + + + /* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */ + /* */ +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS + +#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE +#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base +#endif + +#else + +#undef FT_ERR_BASE +#define FT_ERR_BASE 0 + +#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */ + + + /* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */ + /* enumeration type. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF + +#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v, +#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum { +#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) }; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + extern "C" { +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */ + + + /* this macro is used to define an error */ +#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \ + FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s ) + + /* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */ +#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \ + FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s ) + + +#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST + FT_ERROR_START_LIST +#endif + + + /* now include the error codes */ +#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H + + +#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST + FT_ERROR_END_LIST +#endif + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + +#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + } +#endif + +#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST +#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST + +#undef FT_ERRORDEF +#undef FT_ERRORDEF_ +#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_ + +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C +#undef FT_ERR_BASE + + /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */ +#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY +#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX +#endif + +#endif /* __FTERRORS_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftgasp.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftgasp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..453d4fa --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftgasp.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftgasp.h */ +/* */ +/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2007, 2008, 2011 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef _FT_GASP_H_ +#define _FT_GASP_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * gasp_table + * + * @title: + * Gasp Table + * + * @abstract: + * Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries. + * + * @description: + * The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType + * font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is + * mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the + * bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results. + */ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FT_GASP_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp + * function. + * + * @values: + * FT_GASP_NO_TABLE :: + * This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face. + * It is up to the client to decide what to do. + * + * FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT :: + * Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem. + * This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit + * is not set, no hinting gets applied. + * + * FT_GASP_DO_GRAY :: + * Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem. + * If not set, do monochrome rendering. + * + * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING :: + * If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType. + * + * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT :: + * Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing. + * + * @note: + * The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be + * used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that, + * `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to + * be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and + * `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored). + * + * `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly + * protected by patents. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ +#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1 +#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01 +#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02 +#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08 +#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10 + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @func: + * FT_Get_Gasp + * + * @description: + * Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and + * return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size. + * + * @input: + * face :: The source face handle. + * ppem :: The vertical character pixel size. + * + * @return: + * Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no + * `gasp' table in the face. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt ppem ); + +/* */ + +#endif /* _FT_GASP_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftglyph.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftglyph.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31dc331 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftglyph.h @@ -0,0 +1,620 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftglyph.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2011 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */ + /* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */ + /* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */ + /* */ + /* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */ + /* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */ + /* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTGLYPH_H__ +#define __FTGLYPH_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* glyph_management */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Glyph Management */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */ + /* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */ + /* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* forward declaration to a private type */ + typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */ + /* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */ + /* bitmap or pointer. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */ + /* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */ + /* @FT_Done_FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_GlyphRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */ + /* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */ + /* */ + /* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */ + /* */ + /* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */ + /* */ + /* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_ + { + FT_Library library; + const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz; + FT_Glyph_Format format; + FT_Vector advance; + + } FT_GlyphRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_BitmapGlyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */ + /* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */ + /* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */ + /* */ + /* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */ + /* from the current pen position to the left border of the */ + /* glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */ + /* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */ + /* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */ + /* */ + /* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */ + /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */ + /* the bitmap's contents easily. */ + /* */ + /* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */ + /* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_ + { + FT_GlyphRec root; + FT_Int left; + FT_Int top; + FT_Bitmap bitmap; + + } FT_BitmapGlyphRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_OutlineGlyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */ + /* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */ + /* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */ + /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */ + /* the outline's content easily. */ + /* */ + /* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */ + /* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */ + /* */ + /* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */ + /* destroyed with it. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_ + { + FT_GlyphRec root; + FT_Outline outline; + + } FT_OutlineGlyphRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */ + /* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_Glyph *aglyph ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Copy */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */ + /* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */ + /* error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source, + FT_Glyph *target ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */ + /* */ + /* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */ + /* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */ + /* advance vector. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_Matrix* matrix, + FT_Vector* delta ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */ + /* Return unscaled font units. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */ + /* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */ + /* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */ + /* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */ + /* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_ + { + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3 + + } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* ft_glyph_bbox_xxx */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding */ + /* @FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode values instead. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED. */ + /* ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS. */ + /* ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT. */ + /* ft_glyph_bbox_truncate :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */ + /* ft_glyph_bbox_pixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */ + /* */ +#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED +#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS +#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT +#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE +#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */ + /* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */ + /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */ + /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */ + /* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */ + /* */ + /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */ + /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */ + /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */ + /* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* mode :: The mode which indicates how to interpret the returned */ + /* bounding box values. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */ + /* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */ + /* convention. */ + /* */ + /* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */ + /* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */ + /* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */ + /* is another name for this constant. */ + /* */ + /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */ + /* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */ + /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */ + /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox */ + /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */ + /* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */ + /* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */ + /* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */ + /* which corresponds to: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */ + /* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */ + /* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */ + /* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */ + /* */ + /* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */ + /* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_UInt bbox_mode, + FT_BBox *acbox ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */ + /* rendered. */ + /* */ + /* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */ + /* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */ + /* translation). The origin is expressed in */ + /* 26.6 pixels. */ + /* */ + /* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */ + /* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */ + /* never destroyed in case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */ + /* */ + /* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */ + /* rendering. */ + /* */ + /* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */ + /* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */ + /* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Glyph glyph; */ + /* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* // load glyph */ + /* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */ + /* */ + /* // extract glyph image */ + /* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */ + /* */ + /* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */ + /* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */ + /* { */ + /* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */ + /* 0, 1 ); */ + /* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */ + /* ... */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* // access bitmap content by typecasting */ + /* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */ + /* */ + /* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Here another example, again without error handling: */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */ + /* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */ + /* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */ + /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph, + FT_Render_Mode render_mode, + FT_Vector* origin, + FT_Bool destroy ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a given glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph ); + + /* */ + + + /* other helpful functions */ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* computations */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a, + FT_Matrix* b ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Matrix_Invert */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */ + /* case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTGLYPH_H__ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftgxval.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftgxval.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..497015c --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftgxval.h @@ -0,0 +1,358 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftgxval.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by */ +/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */ +/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */ +/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTGXVAL_H__ +#define __FTGXVAL_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* gx_validation */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */ + /* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */ + /* trak, prop, lcar). */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */ + /* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + +#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0 +#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1 +#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2 +#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3 +#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4 +#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5 +#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6 +#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7 +#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8 +#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH + * + * @description: + * The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter + * for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate. + */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1) + + /* */ + + /* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid. + Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \ + ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX ) + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to + * indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated. + * + * @values: + * FT_VALIDATE_feat :: + * Validate `feat' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_mort :: + * Validate `mort' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_morx :: + * Validate `morx' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_bsln :: + * Validate `bsln' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_just :: + * Validate `just' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_kern :: + * Validate `kern' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_opbd :: + * Validate `opbd' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_trak :: + * Validate `trak' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_prop :: + * Validate `prop' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_lcar :: + * Validate `lcar' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GX :: + * Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, + * opbd, trak, prop and lcar). + * + */ + +#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar ) + +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \ + FT_VALIDATE_mort | \ + FT_VALIDATE_morx | \ + FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \ + FT_VALIDATE_just | \ + FT_VALIDATE_kern | \ + FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \ + FT_VALIDATE_trak | \ + FT_VALIDATE_prop | \ + FT_VALIDATE_lcar ) + + + /* */ + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate + * + * @description: + * Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and + * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which + * actually does the text layout can access those tables without + * error checking (which can be quite time consuming). + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * validation_flags :: + * A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See + * @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values. + * + * table_length :: + * The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH + * should be passed. + * + * @output: + * tables :: + * The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored. + * The array itself must be allocated by a client. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error + * otherwise. + * + * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by + * each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value + * indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the + * application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have + * the ability to validate the sfnt table. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt validation_flags, + FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH], + FT_UInt table_length ); + + + /* */ + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_TrueTypeGX_Free + * + * @description: + * Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * table :: + * The pointer to the buffer allocated by + * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate. + * + * @note: + * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by + * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face, + FT_Bytes table ); + + + /* */ + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate + * to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected + * type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as + * invalid. + * + * @values: + * FT_VALIDATE_MS :: + * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_APPLE :: + * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_CKERN :: + * Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table. + */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 ) + +#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ) + + + /* */ + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_ClassicKern_Validate + * + * @description: + * Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets + * and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which + * actually does the text layout can access those tables without error + * checking (which can be quite time consuming). + * + * The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both + * the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while + * FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * validation_flags :: + * A bit field which specifies the dialect to be validated. See + * @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values. + * + * @output: + * ckern_table :: + * A pointer to the kern table. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by + * `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value + * indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt validation_flags, + FT_Bytes *ckern_table ); + + + /* */ + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_ClassicKern_Free + * + * @description: + * Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * table :: + * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by + * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate. + * + * @note: + * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by + * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face, + FT_Bytes table ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTGXVAL_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftgzip.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftgzip.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..acbc4f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftgzip.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftgzip.h */ +/* */ +/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTGZIP_H__ +#define __FTGZIP_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* gzip */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* GZIP Streams */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Using gzip-compressed font files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Stream_OpenGzip + * + * @description: + * Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is + * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come + * with XFree86. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * The target embedding stream. + * + * source :: + * The source stream. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function. + * + * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will + * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream + * objects will be released to the heap. + * + * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression + * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream. + * + * In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is + * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face. + * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw + * compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from + * it and re-open the face with it. + * + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream, + FT_Stream source ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTGZIP_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftimage.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftimage.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7834303 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftimage.h @@ -0,0 +1,1313 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftimage.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType glyph image formats and default raster interface */ +/* (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, */ +/* 2010 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Note: A `raster' is simply a scan-line converter, used to render */ + /* FT_Outlines into FT_Bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTIMAGE_H__ +#define __FTIMAGE_H__ + + + /* _STANDALONE_ is from ftgrays.c */ +#ifndef _STANDALONE_ +#include <ft2build.h> +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Pos */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The type FT_Pos is used to store vectorial coordinates. Depending */ + /* on the context, these can represent distances in integer font */ + /* units, or 16.16, or 26.6 fixed-point pixel coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_Pos; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Vector */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of */ + /* the FT_Pos type. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x :: The horizontal coordinate. */ + /* y :: The vertical coordinate. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Vector_ + { + FT_Pos x; + FT_Pos y; + + } FT_Vector; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_BBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the */ + /* coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical */ + /* directions. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* xMin :: The horizontal minimum (left-most). */ + /* */ + /* yMin :: The vertical minimum (bottom-most). */ + /* */ + /* xMax :: The horizontal maximum (right-most). */ + /* */ + /* yMax :: The vertical maximum (top-most). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The bounding box is specified with the coordinates of the lower */ + /* left and the upper right corner. In PostScript, those values are */ + /* often called (llx,lly) and (urx,ury), respectively. */ + /* */ + /* If `yMin' is negative, this value gives the glyph's descender. */ + /* Otherwise, the glyph doesn't descend below the baseline. */ + /* Similarly, if `ymax' is positive, this value gives the glyph's */ + /* ascender. */ + /* */ + /* `xMin' gives the horizontal distance from the glyph's origin to */ + /* the left edge of the glyph's bounding box. If `xMin' is negative, */ + /* the glyph extends to the left of the origin. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_BBox_ + { + FT_Pos xMin, yMin; + FT_Pos xMax, yMax; + + } FT_BBox; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Pixel_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a */ + /* given bitmap. Note that additional formats may be added in the */ + /* future. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE :: */ + /* Value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO :: */ + /* A monochrome bitmap, using 1~bit per pixel. Note that pixels */ + /* are stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that */ + /* the left-most pixel in a byte has value 128. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY :: */ + /* An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph */ + /* images. Each pixel is stored in one byte. Note that the number */ + /* of `gray' levels is stored in the `num_grays' field of the */ + /* @FT_Bitmap structure (it generally is 256). */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 :: */ + /* A 2-bit per pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded */ + /* anti-aliased bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType */ + /* specification. We haven't found a single font using this */ + /* format, however. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 :: */ + /* A 4-bit per pixel bitmap, representing embedded anti-aliased */ + /* bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification. */ + /* We haven't found a single font using this format, however. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD :: */ + /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */ + /* used for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three times */ + /* wider than the original glyph image. See also */ + /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V :: */ + /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */ + /* used for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap is three */ + /* times taller than the original glyph image. See also */ + /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Pixel_Mode_ + { + FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE = 0, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V, + + FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX /* do not remove */ + + } FT_Pixel_Mode; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* ft_pixel_mode_xxx */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of deprecated constants. Use the corresponding */ + /* @FT_Pixel_Mode values instead. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* ft_pixel_mode_none :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE. */ + /* ft_pixel_mode_mono :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */ + /* ft_pixel_mode_grays :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY. */ + /* ft_pixel_mode_pal2 :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2. */ + /* ft_pixel_mode_pal4 :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4. */ + /* */ +#define ft_pixel_mode_none FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE +#define ft_pixel_mode_mono FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO +#define ft_pixel_mode_grays FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY +#define ft_pixel_mode_pal2 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 +#define ft_pixel_mode_pal4 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 + + /* */ + +#if 0 + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Palette_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT! */ + /* */ + /* An enumeration type to describe the format of a bitmap palette, */ + /* used with ft_pixel_mode_pal4 and ft_pixel_mode_pal8. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* ft_palette_mode_rgb :: The palette is an array of 3-byte RGB */ + /* records. */ + /* */ + /* ft_palette_mode_rgba :: The palette is an array of 4-byte RGBA */ + /* records. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* As ft_pixel_mode_pal2, pal4 and pal8 are currently unused by */ + /* FreeType, these types are not handled by the library itself. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Palette_Mode_ + { + ft_palette_mode_rgb = 0, + ft_palette_mode_rgba, + + ft_palette_mode_max /* do not remove */ + + } FT_Palette_Mode; + + /* */ + +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster. */ + /* Note that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the */ + /* `pixel_mode' field. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* rows :: The number of bitmap rows. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The number of pixels in bitmap row. */ + /* */ + /* pitch :: The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes */ + /* taken by one bitmap row, including padding. */ + /* However, the pitch is positive when the bitmap has */ + /* a `down' flow, and negative when it has an `up' */ + /* flow. In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add */ + /* to a bitmap pointer in order to go down one row. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `padding' means the alignment of a */ + /* bitmap to a byte border, and FreeType functions */ + /* normally align to the smallest possible integer */ + /* value. */ + /* */ + /* For the B/W rasterizer, `pitch' is always an even */ + /* number. */ + /* */ + /* To change the pitch of a bitmap (say, to make it a */ + /* multiple of 4), use @FT_Bitmap_Convert. */ + /* Alternatively, you might use callback functions to */ + /* directly render to the application's surface; see */ + /* the file `example2.cpp' in the tutorial for a */ + /* demonstration. */ + /* */ + /* buffer :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer. This */ + /* value should be aligned on 32-bit boundaries in */ + /* most cases. */ + /* */ + /* num_grays :: This field is only used with */ + /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY; it gives the number of gray */ + /* levels used in the bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* pixel_mode :: The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored. */ + /* See @FT_Pixel_Mode for possible values. */ + /* */ + /* palette_mode :: This field is intended for paletted pixel modes; */ + /* it indicates how the palette is stored. Not */ + /* used currently. */ + /* */ + /* palette :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; this */ + /* field is intended for paletted pixel modes. Not */ + /* used currently. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* For now, the only pixel modes supported by FreeType are mono and */ + /* grays. However, drivers might be added in the future to support */ + /* more `colorful' options. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Bitmap_ + { + int rows; + int width; + int pitch; + unsigned char* buffer; + short num_grays; + char pixel_mode; + char palette_mode; + void* palette; + + } FT_Bitmap; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* outline_processing */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Outline */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line */ + /* converter. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* n_contours :: The number of contours in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* n_points :: The number of points in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* points :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' @FT_Vector */ + /* elements, giving the outline's point coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* tags :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' chars, giving */ + /* each outline point's type. */ + /* */ + /* If bit~0 is unset, the point is `off' the curve, */ + /* i.e., a Bézier control point, while it is `on' if */ + /* set. */ + /* */ + /* Bit~1 is meaningful for `off' points only. If set, */ + /* it indicates a third-order Bézier arc control point; */ + /* and a second-order control point if unset. */ + /* */ + /* If bit~2 is set, bits 5-7 contain the drop-out mode */ + /* (as defined in the OpenType specification; the value */ + /* is the same as the argument to the SCANMODE */ + /* instruction). */ + /* */ + /* Bits 3 and~4 are reserved for internal purposes. */ + /* */ + /* contours :: An array of `n_contours' shorts, giving the end */ + /* point of each contour within the outline. For */ + /* example, the first contour is defined by the points */ + /* `0' to `contours[0]', the second one is defined by */ + /* the points `contours[0]+1' to `contours[1]', etc. */ + /* */ + /* flags :: A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline */ + /* and give hints to the scan-converter and hinter on */ + /* how to convert/grid-fit it. See @FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The B/W rasterizer only checks bit~2 in the `tags' array for the */ + /* first point of each contour. The drop-out mode as given with */ + /* @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, and */ + /* @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS in `flags' is then overridden. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Outline_ + { + short n_contours; /* number of contours in glyph */ + short n_points; /* number of points in the glyph */ + + FT_Vector* points; /* the outline's points */ + char* tags; /* the points flags */ + short* contours; /* the contour end points */ + + int flags; /* outline masks */ + + } FT_Outline; + + /* Following limits must be consistent with */ + /* FT_Outline.{n_contours,n_points} */ +#define FT_OUTLINE_CONTOURS_MAX SHRT_MAX +#define FT_OUTLINE_POINTS_MAX SHRT_MAX + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit-field constants use for the flags in an outline's */ + /* `flags' field. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_NONE :: */ + /* Value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_OWNER :: */ + /* If set, this flag indicates that the outline's field arrays */ + /* (i.e., `points', `flags', and `contours') are `owned' by the */ + /* outline object, and should thus be freed when it is destroyed. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL :: */ + /* By default, outlines are filled using the non-zero winding rule. */ + /* If set to 1, the outline will be filled using the even-odd fill */ + /* rule (only works with the smooth rasterizer). */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL :: */ + /* By default, outside contours of an outline are oriented in */ + /* clock-wise direction, as defined in the TrueType specification. */ + /* This flag is set if the outline uses the opposite direction */ + /* (typically for Type~1 fonts). This flag is ignored by the scan */ + /* converter. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS :: */ + /* By default, the scan converter will try to detect drop-outs in */ + /* an outline and correct the glyph bitmap to ensure consistent */ + /* shape continuity. If set, this flag hints the scan-line */ + /* converter to ignore such cases. See below for more information. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS :: */ + /* Select smart dropout control. If unset, use simple dropout */ + /* control. Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See */ + /* below for more information. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS :: */ + /* If set, turn pixels on for `stubs', otherwise exclude them. */ + /* Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See below for */ + /* more information. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION :: */ + /* This flag indicates that the scan-line converter should try to */ + /* convert this outline to bitmaps with the highest possible */ + /* quality. It is typically set for small character sizes. Note */ + /* that this is only a hint that might be completely ignored by a */ + /* given scan-converter. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS :: */ + /* This flag is set to force a given scan-converter to only use a */ + /* single pass over the outline to render a bitmap glyph image. */ + /* Normally, it is set for very large character sizes. It is only */ + /* a hint that might be completely ignored by a given */ + /* scan-converter. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The flags @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, */ + /* and @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS are ignored by the smooth */ + /* rasterizer. */ + /* */ + /* There exists a second mechanism to pass the drop-out mode to the */ + /* B/W rasterizer; see the `tags' field in @FT_Outline. */ + /* */ + /* Please refer to the description of the `SCANTYPE' instruction in */ + /* the OpenType specification (in file `ttinst1.doc') how simple */ + /* drop-outs, smart drop-outs, and stubs are defined. */ + /* */ +#define FT_OUTLINE_NONE 0x0 +#define FT_OUTLINE_OWNER 0x1 +#define FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL 0x2 +#define FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL 0x4 +#define FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS 0x8 +#define FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS 0x10 +#define FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS 0x20 + +#define FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION 0x100 +#define FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS 0x200 + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * ft_outline_flags + * + * @description: + * These constants are deprecated. Please use the corresponding + * @FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS values. + * + * @values: + * ft_outline_none :: See @FT_OUTLINE_NONE. + * ft_outline_owner :: See @FT_OUTLINE_OWNER. + * ft_outline_even_odd_fill :: See @FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL. + * ft_outline_reverse_fill :: See @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL. + * ft_outline_ignore_dropouts :: See @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS. + * ft_outline_high_precision :: See @FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION. + * ft_outline_single_pass :: See @FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS. + */ +#define ft_outline_none FT_OUTLINE_NONE +#define ft_outline_owner FT_OUTLINE_OWNER +#define ft_outline_even_odd_fill FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL +#define ft_outline_reverse_fill FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL +#define ft_outline_ignore_dropouts FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS +#define ft_outline_high_precision FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION +#define ft_outline_single_pass FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS + + /* */ + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG( flag ) ( flag & 3 ) + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_ON 1 +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC 0 +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC 2 + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_HAS_SCANMODE 4 + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X 8 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */ +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y 16 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */ + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH ( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X | \ + FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y ) + +#define FT_Curve_Tag_On FT_CURVE_TAG_ON +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Conic FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Cubic FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_X FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_Y FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `move */ + /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `move to' is emitted to start a new contour in an outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `move to'. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the */ + /* decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_MoveToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func FT_Outline_MoveToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `line */ + /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `line to' is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `line to'. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the */ + /* decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_LineToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_LineTo_Func FT_Outline_LineToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `conic */ + /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bézier arc in */ + /* the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* control :: An intermediate control point between the last position */ + /* and the new target in `to'. */ + /* */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of */ + /* the decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_ConicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control, + const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func FT_Outline_ConicToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `cubic */ + /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bézier arc. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* control1 :: A pointer to the first Bézier control point. */ + /* */ + /* control2 :: A pointer to the second Bézier control point. */ + /* */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target end point. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of */ + /* the decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_CubicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control1, + const FT_Vector* control2, + const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func FT_Outline_CubicToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Outline_Funcs */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline */ + /* decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Béziers. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* move_to :: The `move to' emitter. */ + /* */ + /* line_to :: The segment emitter. */ + /* */ + /* conic_to :: The second-order Bézier arc emitter. */ + /* */ + /* cubic_to :: The third-order Bézier arc emitter. */ + /* */ + /* shift :: The shift that is applied to coordinates before they */ + /* are sent to the emitter. */ + /* */ + /* delta :: The delta that is applied to coordinates before they */ + /* are sent to the emitter, but after the shift. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed */ + /* version of the original coordinates (this is important for high */ + /* accuracy during scan-conversion). The transformation is simple: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* x' = (x << shift) - delta */ + /* y' = (x << shift) - delta */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Set the values of `shift' and `delta' to~0 to get the original */ + /* point coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Outline_Funcs_ + { + FT_Outline_MoveToFunc move_to; + FT_Outline_LineToFunc line_to; + FT_Outline_ConicToFunc conic_to; + FT_Outline_CubicToFunc cubic_to; + + int shift; + FT_Pos delta; + + } FT_Outline_Funcs; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Macro> */ + /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */ + /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */ + /* this: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) value */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG +#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \ + value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \ + ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \ + ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8 ) | \ + (unsigned long)_x4 ) +#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Format */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph */ + /* image. Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image */ + /* formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register */ + /* their own format. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE :: */ + /* The value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE :: */ + /* The glyph image is a composite of several other images. This */ + /* format is _only_ used with @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to */ + /* report compound glyphs (like accented characters). */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP :: */ + /* The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an */ + /* @FT_Bitmap. You generally need to access the `bitmap' field of */ + /* the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE :: */ + /* The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments */ + /* and Bézier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you */ + /* generally want to access the `outline' field of the */ + /* @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER :: */ + /* The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside and outside */ + /* contours. Some Type~1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family, */ + /* contain glyphs in this format. These are described as */ + /* @FT_Outline, but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering */ + /* them correctly. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Glyph_Format_ + { + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), + + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p' ), + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, 'b', 'i', 't', 's' ), + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, 'o', 'u', 't', 'l' ), + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER, 'p', 'l', 'o', 't' ) + + } FT_Glyph_Format; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* ft_glyph_format_xxx */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of deprecated constants. Use the corresponding */ + /* @FT_Glyph_Format values instead. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* ft_glyph_format_none :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE. */ + /* ft_glyph_format_composite :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE. */ + /* ft_glyph_format_bitmap :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */ + /* ft_glyph_format_outline :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE. */ + /* ft_glyph_format_plotter :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER. */ + /* */ +#define ft_glyph_format_none FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE +#define ft_glyph_format_composite FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE +#define ft_glyph_format_bitmap FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP +#define ft_glyph_format_outline FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE +#define ft_glyph_format_plotter FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** R A S T E R D E F I N I T I O N S *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* A raster is a scan converter, in charge of rendering an outline into */ + /* a a bitmap. This section contains the public API for rasters. */ + /* */ + /* Note that in FreeType 2, all rasters are now encapsulated within */ + /* specific modules called `renderers'. See `freetype/ftrender.h' for */ + /* more details on renderers. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* raster */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Scanline Converter */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How vectorial outlines are converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains technical definitions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Raster */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle (pointer) to a raster object. Each object can be used */ + /* independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_RasterRec_* FT_Raster; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Span */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a single span of gray (or black) pixels */ + /* when rendering a monochrome or anti-aliased bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x :: The span's horizontal start position. */ + /* */ + /* len :: The span's length in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* coverage :: The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background) */ + /* to 255 (foreground). Only used for anti-aliased */ + /* rendering. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named */ + /* @FT_SpanFunc which takes the y~coordinate of the span as a */ + /* a parameter. */ + /* */ + /* The coverage value is always between 0 and 255. If you want less */ + /* gray values, the callback function has to reduce them. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Span_ + { + short x; + unsigned short len; + unsigned char coverage; + + } FT_Span; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_SpanFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in */ + /* order to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel */ + /* spans on each scan line. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* y :: The scanline's y~coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* count :: The number of spans to draw on this scanline. */ + /* */ + /* spans :: A table of `count' spans to draw on the scanline. */ + /* */ + /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This callback allows client applications to directly render the */ + /* gray spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces. */ + /* */ + /* This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a */ + /* given background bitmap, and even perform translucency. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the `count' field cannot be greater than a fixed value */ + /* defined by the `FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS' configuration macro in */ + /* `ftoption.h'. By default, this value is set to~32, which means */ + /* that if there are more than 32~spans on a given scanline, the */ + /* callback is called several times with the same `y' parameter in */ + /* order to draw all callbacks. */ + /* */ + /* Otherwise, the callback is only called once per scan-line, and */ + /* only for those scanlines that do have `gray' pixels on them. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_SpanFunc)( int y, + int count, + const FT_Span* spans, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Raster_Span_Func FT_SpanFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_BitTest_Func */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT. */ + /* */ + /* A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter */ + /* to test whether a given target pixel is already set to the drawing */ + /* `color'. These tests are crucial to implement drop-out control */ + /* per-se the TrueType spec. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* y :: The pixel's y~coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* x :: The pixel's x~coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* 1~if the pixel is `set', 0~otherwise. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_BitTest_Func)( int y, + int x, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_BitSet_Func */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT. */ + /* */ + /* A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter */ + /* to set an individual target pixel. This is crucial to implement */ + /* drop-out control according to the TrueType specification. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* y :: The pixel's y~coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* x :: The pixel's x~coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* 1~if the pixel is `set', 0~otherwise. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Raster_BitSet_Func)( int y, + int x, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flag constants as used in the `flags' field of a */ + /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT :: This value is 0. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA :: This flag is set to indicate that an */ + /* anti-aliased glyph image should be */ + /* generated. Otherwise, it will be */ + /* monochrome (1-bit). */ + /* */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT :: This flag is set to indicate direct */ + /* rendering. In this mode, client */ + /* applications must provide their own span */ + /* callback. This lets them directly */ + /* draw or compose over an existing bitmap. */ + /* If this bit is not set, the target */ + /* pixmap's buffer _must_ be zeroed before */ + /* rendering. */ + /* */ + /* Note that for now, direct rendering is */ + /* only possible with anti-aliased glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP :: This flag is only used in direct */ + /* rendering mode. If set, the output will */ + /* be clipped to a box specified in the */ + /* `clip_box' field of the */ + /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */ + /* */ + /* Note that by default, the glyph bitmap */ + /* is clipped to the target pixmap, except */ + /* in direct rendering mode where all spans */ + /* are generated if no clipping box is set. */ + /* */ +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT 0x0 +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA 0x1 +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT 0x2 +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP 0x4 + + /* deprecated */ +#define ft_raster_flag_default FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT +#define ft_raster_flag_aa FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA +#define ft_raster_flag_direct FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT +#define ft_raster_flag_clip FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Raster_Params */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render */ + /* function. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* target :: The target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* source :: A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an */ + /* @FT_Outline). */ + /* */ + /* flags :: The rendering flags. */ + /* */ + /* gray_spans :: The gray span drawing callback. */ + /* */ + /* black_spans :: The black span drawing callback. UNIMPLEMENTED! */ + /* */ + /* bit_test :: The bit test callback. UNIMPLEMENTED! */ + /* */ + /* bit_set :: The bit set callback. UNIMPLEMENTED! */ + /* */ + /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing */ + /* callback. */ + /* */ + /* clip_box :: An optional clipping box. It is only used in */ + /* direct rendering mode. Note that coordinates here */ + /* should be expressed in _integer_ pixels (and not in */ + /* 26.6 fixed-point units). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA */ + /* bit flag is set in the `flags' field, otherwise a monochrome */ + /* bitmap is generated. */ + /* */ + /* If the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in `flags', the */ + /* raster will call the `gray_spans' callback to draw gray pixel */ + /* spans, in the case of an aa glyph bitmap, it will call */ + /* `black_spans', and `bit_test' and `bit_set' in the case of a */ + /* monochrome bitmap. This allows direct composition over a */ + /* pre-existing bitmap through user-provided callbacks to perform the */ + /* span drawing/composition. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the `bit_test' and `bit_set' callbacks are required when */ + /* rendering a monochrome bitmap, as they are crucial to implement */ + /* correct drop-out control as defined in the TrueType specification. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Raster_Params_ + { + const FT_Bitmap* target; + const void* source; + int flags; + FT_SpanFunc gray_spans; + FT_SpanFunc black_spans; /* doesn't work! */ + FT_Raster_BitTest_Func bit_test; /* doesn't work! */ + FT_Raster_BitSet_Func bit_set; /* doesn't work! */ + void* user; + FT_BBox clip_box; + + } FT_Raster_Params; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_NewFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to create a new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* memory :: A handle to the memory allocator. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `memory' parameter is a typeless pointer in order to avoid */ + /* un-wanted dependencies on the rest of the FreeType code. In */ + /* practice, it is an @FT_Memory object, i.e., a handle to the */ + /* standard FreeType memory allocator. However, this field can be */ + /* completely ignored by a given raster implementation. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_NewFunc)( void* memory, + FT_Raster* raster ); + +#define FT_Raster_New_Func FT_Raster_NewFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_DoneFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to destroy a given raster object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Raster_DoneFunc)( FT_Raster raster ); + +#define FT_Raster_Done_Func FT_Raster_DoneFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_ResetFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType provides an area of memory called the `render pool', */ + /* available to all registered rasters. This pool can be freely used */ + /* during a given scan-conversion but is shared by all rasters. Its */ + /* content is thus transient. */ + /* */ + /* This function is called each time the render pool changes, or just */ + /* after a new raster object is created. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* pool_base :: The address in memory of the render pool. */ + /* */ + /* pool_size :: The size in bytes of the render pool. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Rasters can ignore the render pool and rely on dynamic memory */ + /* allocation if they want to (a handle to the memory allocator is */ + /* passed to the raster constructor). However, this is not */ + /* recommended for efficiency purposes. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Raster_ResetFunc)( FT_Raster raster, + unsigned char* pool_base, + unsigned long pool_size ); + +#define FT_Raster_Reset_Func FT_Raster_ResetFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_SetModeFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is a generic facility to change modes or attributes */ + /* in a given raster. This can be used for debugging purposes, or */ + /* simply to allow implementation-specific `features' in a given */ + /* raster module. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* mode :: A 4-byte tag used to name the mode or property. */ + /* */ + /* args :: A pointer to the new mode/property to use. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_SetModeFunc)( FT_Raster raster, + unsigned long mode, + void* args ); + +#define FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func FT_Raster_SetModeFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_RenderFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Invoke a given raster to scan-convert a given glyph image into a */ + /* target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */ + /* */ + /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */ + /* store the rendering parameters. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The exact format of the source image depends on the raster's glyph */ + /* format defined in its @FT_Raster_Funcs structure. It can be an */ + /* @FT_Outline or anything else in order to support a large array of */ + /* glyph formats. */ + /* */ + /* Note also that the render function can fail and return a */ + /* `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error code if the raster used does */ + /* not support direct composition. */ + /* */ + /* XXX: For now, the standard raster doesn't support direct */ + /* composition but this should change for the final release (see */ + /* the files `demos/src/ftgrays.c' and `demos/src/ftgrays2.c' */ + /* for examples of distinct implementations which support direct */ + /* composition). */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_RenderFunc)( FT_Raster raster, + const FT_Raster_Params* params ); + +#define FT_Raster_Render_Func FT_Raster_RenderFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Raster_Funcs */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to describe a given raster class to the library. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* glyph_format :: The supported glyph format for this raster. */ + /* */ + /* raster_new :: The raster constructor. */ + /* */ + /* raster_reset :: Used to reset the render pool within the raster. */ + /* */ + /* raster_render :: A function to render a glyph into a given bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* raster_done :: The raster destructor. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Raster_Funcs_ + { + FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format; + FT_Raster_NewFunc raster_new; + FT_Raster_ResetFunc raster_reset; + FT_Raster_SetModeFunc raster_set_mode; + FT_Raster_RenderFunc raster_render; + FT_Raster_DoneFunc raster_done; + + } FT_Raster_Funcs; + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTIMAGE_H__ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftincrem.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftincrem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aaf689f --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftincrem.h @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftincrem.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTINCREM_H__ +#define __FTINCREM_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * incremental + * + * @title: + * Incremental Loading + * + * @abstract: + * Custom Glyph Loading. + * + * @description: + * This section contains various functions used to perform so-called + * `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded + * from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application, + * + * Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font + * file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another + * engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor. + * + * To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an + * @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an + * @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for + * @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example. + * + */ + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental + * + * @description: + * An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement + * `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support + * embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters), + * where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by + * different values. + * + * @note: + * It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental + * objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods + * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc + * and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc. + * + * See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how + * to use incremental objects with FreeType. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_MetricsRec + * + * @description: + * A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned + * by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method. + * + * @fields: + * bearing_x :: + * Left bearing, in font units. + * + * bearing_y :: + * Top bearing, in font units. + * + * advance :: + * Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units. + * + * advance_v :: + * Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units. + * + * @note: + * These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the + * value of the `vertical' argument to the function + * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_ + { + FT_Long bearing_x; + FT_Long bearing_y; + FT_Long advance; + FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */ + + } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_Metrics + * + * @description: + * A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc + * + * @description: + * A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes + * during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is + * enabled. + * + * Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font + * file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within + * the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the + * *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is + * undefined for any other format. + * + * @input: + * incremental :: + * Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client + * application. + * + * glyph_index :: + * Index of relevant glyph. + * + * @output: + * adata :: + * A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be + * accessed as a read-only byte block). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If this function returns successfully the method + * @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release + * the data bytes. + * + * Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for + * compound glyphs. + * + */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Data* adata ); + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a + * successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc. + * + * @input: + * incremental :: + * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client + * application. + * + * data :: + * A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed + * as a read-only byte block). + * + */ + typedef void + (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental, + FT_Data* data ); + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index + * before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain + * formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from + * the glyph images proper. + * + * @input: + * incremental :: + * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client + * application. + * + * glyph_index :: + * Index of relevant glyph. + * + * vertical :: + * If true, return vertical metrics. + * + * ametrics :: + * This parameter is used for both input and output. + * The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are + * not available all the values must be set to zero. + * + * @output: + * ametrics :: + * The replacement glyph metrics in font units. + * + */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc) + ( FT_Incremental incremental, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Bool vertical, + FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_FuncsRec + * + * @description: + * A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data + * incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec. + * + * @fields: + * get_glyph_data :: + * The function to get glyph data. Must not be null. + * + * free_glyph_data :: + * The function to release glyph data. Must not be null. + * + * get_glyph_metrics :: + * The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does + * not provide overriding glyph metrics. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_ + { + FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data; + FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data; + FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics; + + } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec + * + * @description: + * A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user + * wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with + * @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example: + * + * { + * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int; + * FT_Parameter parameter; + * FT_Open_Args open_args; + * + * + * // set up incremental descriptor + * inc_int.funcs = my_funcs; + * inc_int.object = my_object; + * + * // set up optional parameter + * parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL; + * parameter.data = &inc_int; + * + * // set up FT_Open_Args structure + * open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS; + * open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname; + * open_args.num_params = 1; + * open_args.params = ¶meter; // we use one optional argument + * + * // open the font + * error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face ); + * ... + * } + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_ + { + const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs; + FT_Incremental object; + + } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_Interface + * + * @description: + * A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure. + * + */ + typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate + * an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' ) + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTINCREM_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b253f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftlcdfil.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */ +/* (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ +#define __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * lcd_filtering + * + * @title: + * LCD Filtering + * + * @abstract: + * Reduce color fringes of LCD-optimized bitmaps. + * + * @description: + * The @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API can be used to specify a low-pass + * filter which is then applied to LCD-optimized bitmaps generated + * through @FT_Render_Glyph. This is useful to reduce color fringes + * which would occur with unfiltered rendering. + * + * Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is + * *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to + * #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file + * in order to activate it. + * + * FreeType generates alpha coverage maps, which are linear by nature. + * For instance, the value 0x80 in bitmap representation means that + * (within numerical precision) 0x80/0xff fraction of that pixel is + * covered by the glyph's outline. The blending function for placing + * text over a background is + * + * { + * dst = alpha * src + (1 - alpha) * dst , + * } + * + * which is known as OVER. However, when calculating the output of the + * OVER operator, the source colors should first be transformed to a + * linear color space, then alpha blended in that space, and transformed + * back to the output color space. + * + * When linear light blending is used, the default FIR5 filtering + * weights (as given by FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT) are no longer optimal, as + * they have been designed for black on white rendering while lacking + * gamma correction. To preserve color neutrality, weights for a FIR5 + * filter should be chosen according to two free parameters `a' and `c', + * and the FIR weights should be + * + * { + * [a - c, a + c, 2 * a, a + c, a - c] . + * } + * + * This formula generates equal weights for all the color primaries + * across the filter kernel, which makes it colorless. One suggested + * set of weights is + * + * { + * [0x10, 0x50, 0x60, 0x50, 0x10] , + * } + * + * where `a' has value 0x30 and `b' value 0x20. The weights in filter + * may have a sum larger than 0x100, which increases coloration slightly + * but also improves contrast. + */ + + + /**************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_LcdFilter + * + * @description: + * A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters. + * + * @values: + * FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE :: + * Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this + * results in sometimes severe color fringes. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT :: + * The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost + * of a slight blurriness in the output. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT :: + * The light filter is a variant that produces less blurriness at the + * cost of slightly more color fringes than the default one. It might + * be better, depending on taste, your monitor, or your personal vision. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY :: + * This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It + * provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color + * fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid. + * In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode + * interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used. + * + * This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be + * disabled or stay unsupported in the future. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ + typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_ + { + FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0, + FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1, + FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2, + FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16, + + FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */ + + } FT_LcdFilter; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @func: + * FT_Library_SetLcdFilter + * + * @description: + * This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated + * bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with + * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the target library instance. + * + * filter :: + * The filter type. + * + * You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or + * @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work + * well on most LCD screens. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an + * explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than + * @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it. + * + * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't + * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the + * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not + * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all + * default builds of FreeType. + * + * The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph, + * @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char. + * + * It does _not_ affect the output of @FT_Outline_Render and + * @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap. + * + * If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are + * either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding + * outline with regards to the pixel grid. For example, for + * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3~pixels to the left, and + * up to 3~pixels to the right. + * + * The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't + * need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling + * the filter. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library, + FT_LcdFilter filter ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @func: + * FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights + * + * @description: + * Use this function to override the filter weights selected by + * @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter. By default, FreeType uses the quintuple + * (0x00, 0x55, 0x56, 0x55, 0x00) for FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT, and (0x10, + * 0x40, 0x70, 0x40, 0x10) for FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT and + * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the target library instance. + * + * weights :: + * A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and + * uses them to specify the filter weights. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't + * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the + * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not + * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all + * default builds of FreeType. + * + * This function must be called after @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter to have + * any effect. + * + * @since: + * 2.4.0 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library, + unsigned char *weights ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftlist.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftlist.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb6f7f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftlist.h */ +/* */ +/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2010 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */ + /* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTLIST_H__ +#define __FTLIST_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* list_processing */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* List Processing */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Simple management of lists. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains various definitions related to list */ + /* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_List */ + /* FT_ListNode */ + /* FT_ListRec */ + /* FT_ListNodeRec */ + /* */ + /* FT_List_Add */ + /* FT_List_Insert */ + /* FT_List_Find */ + /* FT_List_Remove */ + /* FT_List_Up */ + /* FT_List_Iterate */ + /* FT_List_Iterator */ + /* FT_List_Finalize */ + /* FT_List_Destructor */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Find */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Find the list node for a given listed object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* data :: The address of the listed object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode ) + FT_List_Find( FT_List list, + void* data ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Add */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Append an element to the end of a list. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* node :: The node to append. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Add( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Insert */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Insert an element at the head of a list. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to parent list. */ + /* node :: The node to insert. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Insert( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Remove */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */ + /* the node is in the list! */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* node :: The node to remove. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Remove( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Up */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */ + /* lists. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* node :: The node to move. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Up( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_List_Iterator */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list parse */ + /* by @FT_List_Iterate. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* node :: The current iteration list node. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */ + /* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */ + /* */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Iterate */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */ + /* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */ + /* returns a non-zero value. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* list :: A handle to the list. */ + /* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */ + /* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the second */ + /* argument to the iterator. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list, + FT_List_Iterator iterator, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_List_Destructor */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An @FT_List iterator function which is called during a list */ + /* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */ + /* given list. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* system :: The current system object. */ + /* */ + /* data :: The current object to destroy. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */ + /* be used to point to the iteration's state. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory, + void* data, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Finalize */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* list :: A handle to the list. */ + /* */ + /* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */ + /* of the list. */ + /* */ + /* memory :: The current memory object which handles deallocation. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the last */ + /* argument to the destructor. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */ + /* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list, + FT_List_Destructor destroy, + FT_Memory memory, + void* user ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTLIST_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftlzw.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftlzw.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..00d4016 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftlzw.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftlzw.h */ +/* */ +/* LZW-compressed stream support. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004, 2006 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTLZW_H__ +#define __FTLZW_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* lzw */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* LZW Streams */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Using LZW-compressed font files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Stream_OpenLZW + * + * @description: + * Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is + * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come + * with XFree86. + * + * @input: + * stream :: The target embedding stream. + * + * source :: The source stream. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function. + * + * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will + * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream + * objects will be released to the heap. + * + * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression + * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream + * + * In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is + * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face. + * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw + * compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it + * and re-open the face with it. + * + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream, + FT_Stream source ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTLZW_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftmac.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftmac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab5bab5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmac.h */ +/* */ +/* Additional Mac-specific API. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */ +/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* NOTE: Include this file after <freetype/freetype.h> and after any */ +/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */ +/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTMAC_H__ +#define __FTMAC_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + +/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */ +#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE +#if defined(__GNUC__) && \ + ((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1))) +#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated)) +#else +#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* mac_specific */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Mac Specific Interface */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Only available on the Macintosh. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */ + /* compiled on a Macintosh. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fond :: A FOND resource. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */ + /* case. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Notes> */ + /* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */ + /* that are installed in the system as follows. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */ + /* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library, + Handle fond, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */ + /* Bold). */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName, + FSSpec* pathSpec, + FT_Long* face_index ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName, + FSSpec* pathSpec, + FT_Long* face_index ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */ + /* name which is handled by ATS framework. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */ + /* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */ + /* buffer before calling this function. */ + /* */ + /* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName, + UInt8* path, + UInt32 maxPathSize, + FT_Long* face_index ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */ + /* using an FSSpec to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */ + /* first face has index~0. */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */ + /* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library, + const FSSpec *spec, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */ + /* using an FSRef to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */ + /* first face has index~0. */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */ + /* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library, + const FSRef *ref, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* __FTMAC_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftmm.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftmm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3aefb9e --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftmm.h @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmm.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTMM_H__ +#define __FTMM_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* multiple_masters */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Multiple Masters */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */ + /* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */ + /* setting design axis coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */ + /* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */ + /* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */ + /* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */ + /* consistent interface makes sense. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_MM_Axis */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */ + /* Multiple Masters fonts. */ + /* */ + /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* name :: The axis's name. */ + /* */ + /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_ + { + FT_String* name; + FT_Long minimum; + FT_Long maximum; + + } FT_MM_Axis; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Multi_Master */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */ + /* */ + /* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */ + /* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */ + /* allows for intermediate designs to be present. This */ + /* number cannot exceed~16. */ + /* */ + /* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_ + { + FT_UInt num_axis; + FT_UInt num_designs; + FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS]; + + } FT_Multi_Master; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Var_Axis */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */ + /* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* name :: The axis's name. */ + /* Not always meaningful for GX. */ + /* */ + /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */ + /* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */ + /* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */ + /* */ + /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */ + /* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */ + /* */ + /* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */ + /* `name'). */ + /* Not meaningful for MM. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_ + { + FT_String* name; + + FT_Fixed minimum; + FT_Fixed def; + FT_Fixed maximum; + + FT_ULong tag; + FT_UInt strid; + + } FT_Var_Axis; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Var_Named_Style */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */ + /* */ + /* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */ + /* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */ + /* */ + /* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_ + { + FT_Fixed* coords; + FT_UInt strid; + + } FT_Var_Named_Style; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_MM_Var */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */ + /* or GX var distortable font. */ + /* */ + /* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */ + /* MM; no limit in GX. */ + /* */ + /* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */ + /* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */ + /* (where every glyph could have a different */ + /* number of designs). */ + /* */ + /* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */ + /* GX which allows certain design coordinates to */ + /* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */ + /* associated with them. The font can tell the */ + /* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */ + /* */ + /* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */ + /* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */ + /* */ + /* namedstyles :: A table of named styles. */ + /* Only meaningful with GX. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_MM_Var_ + { + FT_UInt num_axis; + FT_UInt num_designs; + FT_UInt num_namedstyles; + FT_Var_Axis* axis; + FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle; + + } FT_MM_Var; + + + /* */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Multi_Master */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */ + /* */ + /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face, + FT_Multi_Master *amaster ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_MM_Var */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */ + /* Allocates a data structure, which the user must free */ + /* (a single call to FT_FREE will do it). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face, + FT_MM_Var* *amaster ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */ + /* through design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */ + /* the number of axes in the font). */ + /* */ + /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Long* coords ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */ + /* design through design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */ + /* the number of axes in the font). */ + /* */ + /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Fixed* coords ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */ + /* design through normalized blend coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */ + /* the number of axes in the font). */ + /* */ + /* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */ + /* between 0 and 1.0). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Fixed* coords ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Fixed* coords ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTMM_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aedfc54 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,634 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmodapi.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2006, 2008-2010, 2012 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTMODAPI_H__ +#define __FTMODAPI_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* module_management */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Module Management */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */ + /* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */ + /* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */ + /* */ + /* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */ + /* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* autofitter */ + /* bdf */ + /* cff */ + /* gxvalid */ + /* otvalid */ + /* pcf */ + /* pfr */ + /* psaux */ + /* pshinter */ + /* psnames */ + /* raster1, raster5 */ + /* sfnt */ + /* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */ + /* truetype */ + /* type1 */ + /* type42 */ + /* t1cid */ + /* winfonts */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* module bit flags */ +#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */ +#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */ +#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */ +#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */ + +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */ + /* scalable fonts */ +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */ + /* support vector outlines */ +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */ + /* own hinter */ + + + /* deprecated values */ +#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER +#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER +#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER +#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER + +#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE +#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES +#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER + + + typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Module_Constructor */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: The module to initialize. */ + /* */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Module_Destructor */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: The module to finalize. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Module_Requester */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: The module to be searched. */ + /* */ + /* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */ + /* */ + typedef FT_Module_Interface + (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module, + const char* name ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Module_Class */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The module class descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */ + /* */ + /* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */ + /* bytes. */ + /* */ + /* module_name :: The name of the module. */ + /* */ + /* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */ + /* (major.minor). */ + /* */ + /* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */ + /* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */ + /* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */ + /* */ + /* module_init :: The initializing function. */ + /* */ + /* module_done :: The finalizing function. */ + /* */ + /* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Module_Class_ + { + FT_ULong module_flags; + FT_Long module_size; + const FT_String* module_name; + FT_Fixed module_version; + FT_Fixed module_requires; + + const void* module_interface; + + FT_Module_Constructor module_init; + FT_Module_Destructor module_done; + FT_Module_Requester get_interface; + + } FT_Module_Class; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Add_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Add a new module to a given library instance. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */ + /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library, + const FT_Module_Class* clazz ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Find a module by its name. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */ + /* should look up the source code for details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Module ) + FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library, + const char* module_name ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Remove_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Remove a given module from a library instance. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: A handle to a module object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library, + FT_Module module ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Property_Set + * + * @description: + * Set a property for a given module. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the library the module is part of. + * + * module_name :: + * The module name. + * + * property_name :: + * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis' + * subsection of the module's documentation. + * + * Note that only a few modules have properties. + * + * value :: + * A generic pointer to a variable or structure which gives the new + * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is + * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the + * module's documentation. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name' + * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a + * valid value for the given property, an error is returned. + * + * The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in + * module `foo' to value~1. + * + * { + * FT_UInt bar; + * + * + * bar = 1; + * FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar ); + * } + * + * It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache + * sub-system with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set instead. + * + * @since: + * 2.4.11 + * + */ + FT_Error + FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library, + const FT_String* module_name, + const FT_String* property_name, + const void* value ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Property_Get + * + * @description: + * Get a module's property value. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the library the module is part of. + * + * module_name :: + * The module name. + * + * property_name :: + * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis' + * subsection of the module's documentation. + * + * @inout: + * value :: + * A generic pointer to a variable or structure which gives the + * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is + * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the + * module's documentation. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name' + * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a + * valid value for the given property, an error is returned. + * + * The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'. + * + * { + * typedef range_ + * { + * FT_Int32 min; + * FT_Int32 max; + * + * } range; + * + * range baz; + * + * + * FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz ); + * } + * + * It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache + * sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead. + * + * @since: + * 2.4.11 + * + */ + FT_Error + FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library, + const FT_String* module_name, + const FT_String* property_name, + void* value ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Reference_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */ + /* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */ + /* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */ + /* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */ + /* */ + /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures which */ + /* reference @FT_Library objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a target library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.4.2 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */ + /* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */ + /* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. */ + /* */ + /* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */ + /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */ + /* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */ + /* */ + /* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */ + /* library instance. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Library. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory, + FT_Library *alibrary ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */ + /* discards all resource objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the target library. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Library. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library ); + +/* */ + + typedef void + (*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */ + /* format. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */ + /* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */ + /* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */ + /* */ + /* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */ + /* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */ + /* */ + /* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */ + /* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */ + /* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library, + FT_UInt hook_index, + FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Add_Default_Modules */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */ + /* This is only useful when you create a library object with */ + /* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to a new library object. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library ); + + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * truetype_engine + * + * @title: + * The TrueType Engine + * + * @abstract: + * TrueType bytecode support. + * + * @description: + * This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType + * bytecode support compiled in this version of the library. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_TrueTypeEngineType + * + * @description: + * A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode + * engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used + * by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function. + * + * @values: + * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE :: + * The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter. + * + * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED :: + * The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't + * support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine. + * + * Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts which position and + * scale glyph components with bytecode instructions. It produces + * bad output for most other fonts. + * + * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED :: + * The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers + * the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this + * was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name). + * + * @since: + * 2.2 + * + */ + typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_ + { + FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0, + FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED, + FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED + + } FT_TrueTypeEngineType; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @func: + * FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type + * + * @description: + * Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of + * the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A library instance. + * + * @return: + * A value indicating which level is supported. + * + * @since: + * 2.2 + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType ) + FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTMODAPI_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a27db1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmoderr.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2001-2005, 2010, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */ + /* */ + /* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */ + /* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */ + /* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */ + /* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */ + /* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */ + /* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */ + /* including the high byte. */ + /* */ + /* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */ + /* an error value is set to zero. */ + /* */ + /* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */ + /* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERR( err ) */ + /* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */ + /* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */ + /* the line */ + /* */ + /* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */ + /* */ + /* expands to */ + /* */ + /* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */ + /* */ + /* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */ + /* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */ + /* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */ + /* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */ + /* and inequality, respectively. Example: */ + /* */ + /* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */ + /* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */ + /* the same as */ + /* */ + /* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */ + /* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */ + /* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */ + /* with something like */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #undef __FTMODERR_H__ */ + /* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */ + /* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */ + /* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */ + /* */ + /* const struct */ + /* { */ + /* int mod_err_offset; */ + /* const char* mod_err_msg */ + /* } ft_mod_errors[] = */ + /* */ + /* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTMODERR_H__ +#define __FTMODERR_H__ + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** SETUP MACROS *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + +#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF + +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS +#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v, +#else +#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0, +#endif + +#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum { +#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max }; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + extern "C" { +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */ + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST + FT_MODERR_START_LIST +#endif + + + FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" ) + + +#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST + FT_MODERR_END_LIST +#endif + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** CLEANUP *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + } +#endif + +#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST +#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST +#undef FT_MODERRDEF +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + + +#endif /* __FTMODERR_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftotval.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftotval.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..027f2e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftotval.h @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftotval.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* */ +/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */ +/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */ +/* OpenType specification. */ +/* */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTOTVAL_H__ +#define __FTOTVAL_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* ot_validation */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* OpenType Validation */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* An API to validate OpenType tables. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */ + /* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to + * indicate which OpenType tables should be validated. + * + * @values: + * FT_VALIDATE_BASE :: + * Validate BASE table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GDEF :: + * Validate GDEF table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GPOS :: + * Validate GPOS table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GSUB :: + * Validate GSUB table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_JSTF :: + * Validate JSTF table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_MATH :: + * Validate MATH table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_OT :: + * Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). + * + */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800 +#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000 +#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000 + +#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \ + FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \ + FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \ + FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \ + FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \ + FT_VALIDATE_MATH + + /* */ + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_OpenType_Validate + * + * @description: + * Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and + * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which + * actually does the text layout can access those tables without + * error checking (which can be quite time consuming). + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * validation_flags :: + * A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See + * @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values. + * + * @output: + * BASE_table :: + * A pointer to the BASE table. + * + * GDEF_table :: + * A pointer to the GDEF table. + * + * GPOS_table :: + * A pointer to the GPOS table. + * + * GSUB_table :: + * A pointer to the GSUB table. + * + * JSTF_table :: + * A pointer to the JSTF table. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error + * otherwise. + * + * After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with + * @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either + * doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for + * validation. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt validation_flags, + FT_Bytes *BASE_table, + FT_Bytes *GDEF_table, + FT_Bytes *GPOS_table, + FT_Bytes *GSUB_table, + FT_Bytes *JSTF_table ); + + /* */ + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_OpenType_Free + * + * @description: + * Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * table :: + * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by + * @FT_OpenType_Validate. + * + * @note: + * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by + * @FT_OpenType_Validate only. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face, + FT_Bytes table ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTOTVAL_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftoutln.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftoutln.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd69f28 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftoutln.h @@ -0,0 +1,560 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftoutln.h */ +/* */ +/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */ +/* most scalable font formats (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2005-2012 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTOUTLN_H__ +#define __FTOUTLN_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* outline_processing */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Outline Processing */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */ + /* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */ + /* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Outline */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS */ + /* FT_Outline_New */ + /* FT_Outline_Done */ + /* FT_Outline_Copy */ + /* FT_Outline_Translate */ + /* FT_Outline_Transform */ + /* FT_Outline_Embolden */ + /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */ + /* FT_Outline_Reverse */ + /* FT_Outline_Check */ + /* */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */ + /* */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */ + /* FT_Outline_Render */ + /* */ + /* FT_Outline_Decompose */ + /* FT_Outline_Funcs */ + /* FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func */ + /* FT_Outline_LineTo_Func */ + /* FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func */ + /* FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Decompose */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */ + /* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */ + /* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */ + /* */ + /* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */ + /* called during decomposition to indicate path */ + /* operations. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed to each */ + /* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */ + /* used to store the state during the */ + /* decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline, + const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new outline of a given size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */ + /* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */ + /* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */ + /* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */ + /* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */ + /* */ + /* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */ + /* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */ + /* to use the library's memory allocator. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library, + FT_UInt numPoints, + FT_Int numContours, + FT_Outline *anoutline ); + + + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory, + FT_UInt numPoints, + FT_Int numContours, + FT_Outline *anoutline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Done */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */ + /* outline. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */ + /* descriptor will be released. */ + /* */ + /* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */ + /* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Check */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */ + /* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */ + /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */ + /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */ + /* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */ + /* */ + /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */ + /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */ + /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */ + /* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acbox :: The outline's control box. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline, + FT_BBox *acbox ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Translate */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */ + /* */ + /* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Pos xOffset, + FT_Pos yOffset ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Copy */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */ + /* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */ + /* function is called. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* source :: A handle to the source outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: A handle to the target outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source, + FT_Outline *target ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */ + /* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */ + /* outline's points. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline, + const FT_Matrix* matrix ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Embolden */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */ + /* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */ + /* bottom borders as unchanged. */ + /* */ + /* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */ + /* possible also. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */ + /* 26.6 pixel format. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */ + /* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */ + /* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */ + /* handled incorrectly. */ + /* */ + /* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */ + /* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */ + /* */ + /* Example call: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */ + /* if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */ + /* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Pos strength ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */ + /* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */ + /* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */ + /* directions. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Pos xstrength, + FT_Pos ystrength ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Reverse */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */ + /* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */ + /* the outline's `flags' field. */ + /* */ + /* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */ + /* knows what it is doing. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */ + /* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */ + /* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */ + /* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */ + /* */ + /* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */ + /* */ + /* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */ + /* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */ + /* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library, + FT_Outline* outline, + const FT_Bitmap *abitmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Render */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */ + /* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */ + /* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */ + /* etc. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */ + /* describe the rendering operation. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */ + /* to use this function. */ + /* */ + /* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */ + /* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */ + /* actually ignored. */ + /* */ + /* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */ + /* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */ + /* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */ + /* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library, + FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Raster_Params* params ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_Orientation + * + * @description: + * A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation. + * + * The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions + * to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled. + * + * @values: + * FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE :: + * According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must + * be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT :: + * According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours + * must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT :: + * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to + * remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of + * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT :: + * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to + * remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of + * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_NONE :: + * The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of + * the glyph have different orientation. + * + */ + typedef enum FT_Orientation_ + { + FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0, + FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1, + FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, + FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, + FT_ORIENTATION_NONE + + } FT_Orientation; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Outline_Get_Orientation + * + * @description: + * This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its + * fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by computing + * the direction of each global horizontal and/or vertical extrema + * within the outline. + * + * Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty + * outlines. + * + * @input: + * outline :: + * A handle to the source outline. + * + * @return: + * The orientation. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation ) + FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTOUTLN_H__ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftpfr.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftpfr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b7b7d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftpfr.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftpfr.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTPFR_H__ +#define __FTPFR_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* pfr_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* PFR Fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PFR_Metrics + * + * @description: + * Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face. + * + * @input: + * face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face. + * + * @output: + * aoutline_resolution :: + * Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM' + * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL). + * + * ametrics_resolution :: + * Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution' + * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL). + * + * ametrics_x_scale :: + * A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed + * in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to + * `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter + * can be NULL). + * + * ametrics_y_scale :: + * Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction. + * optional (parameter can be NULL). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error. + * However, in all cases, it will return valid values. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution, + FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution, + FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale, + FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PFR_Kerning + * + * @description: + * Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face. + * The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of + * @FT_Get_Kerning. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * left :: Index of the left glyph. + * + * right :: Index of the right glyph. + * + * @output: + * avector :: A kerning vector. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function always return distances in original PFR metrics + * units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED + * mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units. + * + * You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters + * returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt left, + FT_UInt right, + FT_Vector *avector ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PFR_Advance + * + * @description: + * Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units, + * from a PFR font. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * gindex :: The glyph index. + * + * @output: + * aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics + * to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels). + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Pos *aadvance ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTPFR_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftrender.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftrender.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd0229b --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftrender.h @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftrender.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2005, 2006, 2010 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTRENDER_H__ +#define __FTRENDER_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_MODULE_H +#include FT_GLYPH_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* module_management */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* create a new glyph object */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + /* destroys a given glyph object */ + typedef void + (*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph ); + + typedef void + (*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + const FT_Matrix* matrix, + const FT_Vector* delta ); + + typedef void + (*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_BBox* abbox ); + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source, + FT_Glyph target ); + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + +/* deprecated */ +#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc +#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc + + + struct FT_Glyph_Class_ + { + FT_Long glyph_size; + FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format; + FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init; + FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done; + FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy; + FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform; + FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox; + FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare; + }; + + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_UInt mode, + const FT_Vector* origin ); + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_GlyphSlot slot, + const FT_Matrix* matrix, + const FT_Vector* delta ); + + + typedef void + (*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_BBox* cbox ); + + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_ULong mode_tag, + FT_Pointer mode_ptr ); + +/* deprecated identifiers */ +#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc +#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc +#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc +#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Renderer_Class */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The renderer module class descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */ + /* */ + /* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */ + /* */ + /* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */ + /* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */ + /* a given glyph slot. */ + /* */ + /* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */ + /* */ + /* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */ + /* */ + /* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */ + /* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_ + { + FT_Module_Class root; + + FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format; + + FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph; + FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph; + FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox; + FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode; + + FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class; + + } FT_Renderer_Class; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* format :: The glyph format. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */ + /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */ + /* */ + /* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */ + /* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer ) + FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library, + FT_Glyph_Format format ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */ + /* */ + /* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */ + /* */ + /* parameters :: Additional parameters. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */ + /* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */ + /* */ + /* Currently, only the B/W renderer, if compiled with */ + /* FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING (providing a 5-levels */ + /* anti-aliasing mode; this option must be set directly in */ + /* `ftraster.c' and is undefined by default) accepts a single tag */ + /* `pal5' to set its gray palette as a character string with */ + /* 5~elements. Consequently, the third and fourth argument are zero */ + /* normally. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library, + FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_UInt num_params, + FT_Parameter* parameters ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTRENDER_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftsizes.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftsizes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e548cc --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftsizes.h @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsizes.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */ + /* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */ + /* where they are needed. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTSIZES_H__ +#define __FTSIZES_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* sizes_management */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Size Management */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Managing multiple sizes per face. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */ + /* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */ + /* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */ + /* field. */ + /* */ + /* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */ + /* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */ + /* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */ + /* */ + /* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */ + /* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */ + /* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */ + /* */ + /* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */ + /* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */ + /* when using these. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new size object from a given face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */ + /* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */ + /* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_Size* size ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */ + /* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */ + /* @FT_New_Size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Activate_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */ + /* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */ + /* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one which has been */ + /* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */ + /* */ + /* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */ + /* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTSIZES_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftsnames.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftsnames.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..485e4e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftsnames.h @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsnames.h */ +/* */ +/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */ +/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */ +/* */ +/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2009, 2010 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ +#define __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* sfnt_names */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* SFNT Names */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */ + /* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */ + /* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */ + /* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */ + /* */ + /* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */ + /* */ + /* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_SfntName */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */ + /* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */ + /* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */ + /* */ + /* Generally speaking, the string is not */ + /* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */ + /* specification for details. */ + /* */ + /* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */ + /* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */ + /* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */ + /* */ + /* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */ + /* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SfntName_ + { + FT_UShort platform_id; + FT_UShort encoding_id; + FT_UShort language_id; + FT_UShort name_id; + + FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */ + FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */ + + } FT_SfntName; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The number of strings in the `name' table. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */ + /* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */ + /* longer in use. */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */ + /* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */ + /* platform, encoding, and name ID. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt idx, + FT_SfntName *aname ); + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make + * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name' + * table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with + * legacy systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' ) + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make + * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since + * OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy + * systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' ) + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftstroke.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftstroke.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a498e4a --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftstroke.h @@ -0,0 +1,751 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftstroke.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2006, 2008, 2009, 2011-2012 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FT_STROKE_H__ +#define __FT_STROKE_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_OUTLINE_H +#include FT_GLYPH_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @section: + * glyph_stroker + * + * @title: + * Glyph Stroker + * + * @abstract: + * Generating bordered and stroked glyphs. + * + * @description: + * This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial + * glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the + * `inside' borders of the stroke. + * + * This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs + * displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their + * shape. + */ + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Stroker + * + * @description: + * Opaque handler to a path stroker object. + */ + typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_Stroker_LineJoin + * + * @description: + * These values determine how two joining lines are rendered + * in a stroker. + * + * @values: + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND :: + * Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used + * to join two lines smoothly. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL :: + * Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of + * the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular + * region of the corner with a straight line between the + * outer corners of each stroke. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED :: + * Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the + * miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes + * for the two segments are extended until they meet at an + * angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such + * that the miter would extend from the intersection of the + * segments a distance greater than the product of the miter + * limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see + * above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being + * created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter + * line join as used in PostScript and PDF. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE :: + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER :: + * Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if + * the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the + * strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector + * of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the + * intersection of the segments equal to the product of the + * miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents + * long spikes being created. + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line + * join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias + * for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for + * backwards compatibility. + */ + typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_ + { + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3 + + } FT_Stroker_LineJoin; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_Stroker_LineCap + * + * @description: + * These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are + * rendered in a stroke. + * + * @values: + * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT :: + * The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last + * point itself. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND :: + * The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the + * last point. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE :: + * The end of lines is rendered as a square around the + * last point. + */ + typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_ + { + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0, + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND, + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE + + } FT_Stroker_LineCap; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_StrokerBorder + * + * @description: + * These values are used to select a given stroke border + * in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder. + * + * @values: + * FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT :: + * Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction. + * + * FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT :: + * Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction. + * + * @note: + * Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside' + * borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the + * `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's + * drawing orientation, which varies between font formats. + * + * You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and + * @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these. + */ + typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_ + { + FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0, + FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT + + } FT_StrokerBorder; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the + * `inside' borders of a given outline. + * + * @input: + * outline :: + * The source outline handle. + * + * @return: + * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid + * outlines. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder ) + FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the + * `outside' borders of a given outline. + * + * @input: + * outline :: + * The source outline handle. + * + * @return: + * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid + * outlines. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder ) + FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_New + * + * @description: + * Create a new stroker object. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * FreeType library handle. + * + * @output: + * astroker :: + * A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library, + FT_Stroker *astroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Set + * + * @description: + * Reset a stroker object's attributes. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * radius :: + * The border radius. + * + * line_cap :: + * The line cap style. + * + * line_join :: + * The line join style. + * + * miter_limit :: + * The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles, + * expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value. + * + * @note: + * The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline + * coordinates. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Fixed radius, + FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap, + FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join, + FT_Fixed miter_limit ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Rewind + * + * @description: + * Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes. + * You should call this function before beginning a new + * series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_ParseOutline + * + * @description: + * A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with + * the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved + * later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * outline :: + * The source outline. + * + * opened :: + * A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead + * of a closed one. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed + * path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines. + * + * If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the + * stroker generates a single `stroke' outline. + * + * This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Bool opened ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath + * + * @description: + * Start a new sub-path in the stroker. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the start vector. + * + * open :: + * A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is + * not stored as an @FT_Outline object. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* to, + FT_Bool open ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_EndSubPath + * + * @description: + * Close the current sub-path in the stroker. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath. + * If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a + * single line segment to the start position when needed. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_LineTo + * + * @description: + * `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path, + * from the last position. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the destination point. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* to ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_ConicTo + * + * @description: + * `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path, + * from the last position. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * control :: + * A pointer to a Bézier control point. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the destination point. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* control, + FT_Vector* to ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_CubicTo + * + * @description: + * `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path, + * from the last position. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * control1 :: + * A pointer to the first Bézier control point. + * + * control2 :: + * A pointer to second Bézier control point. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the destination point. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* control1, + FT_Vector* control2, + FT_Vector* to ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts + * + * @description: + * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths + * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and + * contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke' + * outlines generated by the stroker. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * border :: + * The border index. + * + * @output: + * anum_points :: + * The number of points. + * + * anum_contours :: + * The number of contours. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates + * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'. + * + * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges + * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all + * points, while the `right' border becomes empty. + * + * Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to + * retrieve the counts associated to both borders. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_StrokerBorder border, + FT_UInt *anum_points, + FT_UInt *anum_contours ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_ExportBorder + * + * @description: + * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to + * export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline + * structure. + * + * Note that this function appends the border points and + * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its + * arrays. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * border :: + * The border index. + * + * outline :: + * The target outline handle. + * + * @note: + * Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to + * get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to + * receive all new data. + * + * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates + * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right' + * + * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges + * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all + * points, while the `right' border becomes empty. + * + * Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to + * retrieve all borders at once. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_StrokerBorder border, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_GetCounts + * + * @description: + * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths + * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and + * contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked + * outline/path. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * @output: + * anum_points :: + * The number of points. + * + * anum_contours :: + * The number of contours. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_UInt *anum_points, + FT_UInt *anum_contours ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Export + * + * @description: + * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to + * export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure. + * + * Note that this function appends the border points and + * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its + * arrays. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * outline :: + * The target outline handle. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Done + * + * @description: + * Destroy a stroker object. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * A stroker handle. Can be NULL. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Glyph_Stroke + * + * @description: + * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker. + * + * @inout: + * pglyph :: + * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * A stroker handle. + * + * destroy :: + * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed + * on success. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source glyph is untouched in case of error. + * + * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph + * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You + * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts + * to account for this added size. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph, + FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Bool destroy ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder + * + * @description: + * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but + * only return either its inside or outside border. + * + * @inout: + * pglyph :: + * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * A stroker handle. + * + * inside :: + * A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise + * the outside border. + * + * destroy :: + * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed + * on success. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source glyph is untouched in case of error. + * + * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph + * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You + * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts + * to account for this added size. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph, + FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Bool inside, + FT_Bool destroy ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FT_STROKE_H__ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftsynth.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftsynth.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2074503 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftsynth.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsynth.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */ +/* (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2012 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /********* *********/ + /********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/ + /********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/ + /********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/ + /********* *********/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */ + /* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */ + /* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */ + /* code resource which should be copied into the application and */ + /* adapted to the particular needs. */ + + +#ifndef __FTSYNTH_H__ +#define __FTSYNTH_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */ + /* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */ + /* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */ + /* */ + /* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */ + /* increased by the strength of the emboldening. You can also call */ + /* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + /* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTSYNTH_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftsystem.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftsystem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e07460c --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftsystem.h @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsystem.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2010 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTSYSTEM_H__ +#define __FTSYSTEM_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* system_interface */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* System Interface */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains various definitions related to memory */ + /* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */ + /* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */ + /* i/o streams. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FT_Memory + * + * @description: + * A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an + * @FT_MemoryRec structure. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Alloc_Func + * + * @description: + * A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A handle to the source memory manager. + * + * size :: + * The size in bytes to allocate. + * + * @return: + * Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure. + * + */ + typedef void* + (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory, + long size ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Free_Func + * + * @description: + * A function used to release a given block of memory. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A handle to the source memory manager. + * + * block :: + * The address of the target memory block. + * + */ + typedef void + (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory, + void* block ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Realloc_Func + * + * @description: + * A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A handle to the source memory manager. + * + * cur_size :: + * The block's current size in bytes. + * + * new_size :: + * The block's requested new size. + * + * block :: + * The block's current address. + * + * @return: + * New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage. + * + * @note: + * In case of error, the old block must still be available. + * + */ + typedef void* + (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory, + long cur_size, + long new_size, + void* block ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FT_MemoryRec + * + * @description: + * A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2. + * + * @fields: + * user :: + * A generic typeless pointer for user data. + * + * alloc :: + * A pointer type to an allocation function. + * + * free :: + * A pointer type to an memory freeing function. + * + * realloc :: + * A pointer type to a reallocation function. + * + */ + struct FT_MemoryRec_ + { + void* user; + FT_Alloc_Func alloc; + FT_Free_Func free; + FT_Realloc_Func realloc; + }; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FT_Stream + * + * @description: + * A handle to an input stream. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FT_StreamDesc + * + * @description: + * A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used + * to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream. + * + */ + typedef union FT_StreamDesc_ + { + long value; + void* pointer; + + } FT_StreamDesc; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Stream_IoFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * A handle to the source stream. + * + * offset :: + * The offset of read in stream (always from start). + * + * buffer :: + * The address of the read buffer. + * + * count :: + * The number of bytes to read from the stream. + * + * @return: + * The number of bytes effectively read by the stream. + * + * @note: + * This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation + * with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an + * error. + * + */ + typedef unsigned long + (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream, + unsigned long offset, + unsigned char* buffer, + unsigned long count ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Stream_CloseFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to close a given input stream. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * A handle to the target stream. + * + */ + typedef void + (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FT_StreamRec + * + * @description: + * A structure used to describe an input stream. + * + * @input: + * base :: + * For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream + * byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for + * disk-based streams. + * + * size :: + * The stream size in bytes. + * + * pos :: + * The current position within the stream. + * + * descriptor :: + * This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is + * used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*' + * pointers. + * + * pathname :: + * This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often + * useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename + * (where available). + * + * read :: + * The stream's input function. + * + * close :: + * The stream's close function. + * + * memory :: + * The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set + * internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream + * implementations. + * + * cursor :: + * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing + * frames. + * + * limit :: + * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing + * frames. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_StreamRec_ + { + unsigned char* base; + unsigned long size; + unsigned long pos; + + FT_StreamDesc descriptor; + FT_StreamDesc pathname; + FT_Stream_IoFunc read; + FT_Stream_CloseFunc close; + + FT_Memory memory; + unsigned char* cursor; + unsigned char* limit; + + } FT_StreamRec; + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTSYSTEM_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/fttrigon.h b/libs/include/freetype/fttrigon.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65143cb --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/fttrigon.h @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fttrigon.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2001, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTTRIGON_H__ +#define __FTTRIGON_H__ + +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* computations */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FT_Angle + * + * @description: + * This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the + * angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees. + * + */ + typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_PI + * + * @description: + * The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_2PI + * + * @description: + * The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_PI2 + * + * @description: + * The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_PI4 + * + * @description: + * The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Sin + * + * @description: + * Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + * @return: + * The sinus value. + * + * @note: + * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the + * function @FT_Vector_Unit. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Cos + * + * @description: + * Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + * @return: + * The cosinus value. + * + * @note: + * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the + * function @FT_Vector_Unit. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Tan + * + * @description: + * Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + * @return: + * The tangent value. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Atan2 + * + * @description: + * Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in + * the 2d plane. + * + * @input: + * x :: + * The horizontal vector coordinate. + * + * y :: + * The vertical vector coordinate. + * + * @return: + * The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle). + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle ) + FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x, + FT_Fixed y ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Angle_Diff + * + * @description: + * Return the difference between two angles. The result is always + * constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval. + * + * @input: + * angle1 :: + * First angle. + * + * angle2 :: + * Second angle. + * + * @return: + * Constrained value of `value2-value1'. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle ) + FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1, + FT_Angle angle2 ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Unit + * + * @description: + * Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the + * call, the value of `vec.x' will be `sin(angle)', and the value of + * `vec.y' will be `cos(angle)'. + * + * This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a + * given angle quickly. + * + * @output: + * vec :: + * The address of target vector. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The address of angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Rotate + * + * @description: + * Rotate a vector by a given angle. + * + * @inout: + * vec :: + * The address of target vector. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The address of angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Length + * + * @description: + * Return the length of a given vector. + * + * @input: + * vec :: + * The address of target vector. + * + * @return: + * The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original + * vector coordinates. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Polarize + * + * @description: + * Compute both the length and angle of a given vector. + * + * @input: + * vec :: + * The address of source vector. + * + * @output: + * length :: + * The vector length. + * + * angle :: + * The vector angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Fixed *length, + FT_Angle *angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_From_Polar + * + * @description: + * Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle. + * + * @output: + * vec :: + * The address of source vector. + * + * @input: + * length :: + * The vector length. + * + * angle :: + * The vector angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Fixed length, + FT_Angle angle ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTTRIGON_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/fttypes.h b/libs/include/freetype/fttypes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..027e59c --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/fttypes.h @@ -0,0 +1,598 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fttypes.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2002, 2004, 2006-2009, 2012, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTTYPES_H__ +#define __FTTYPES_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H +#include FT_SYSTEM_H +#include FT_IMAGE_H + +#include <stddef.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Basic Data Types */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* The basic data types defined by the library. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */ + /* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */ + /* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Byte */ + /* FT_Bytes */ + /* FT_Char */ + /* FT_Int */ + /* FT_UInt */ + /* FT_Int16 */ + /* FT_UInt16 */ + /* FT_Int32 */ + /* FT_UInt32 */ + /* FT_Short */ + /* FT_UShort */ + /* FT_Long */ + /* FT_ULong */ + /* FT_Bool */ + /* FT_Offset */ + /* FT_PtrDist */ + /* FT_String */ + /* FT_Tag */ + /* FT_Error */ + /* FT_Fixed */ + /* FT_Pointer */ + /* FT_Pos */ + /* FT_Vector */ + /* FT_BBox */ + /* FT_Matrix */ + /* FT_FWord */ + /* FT_UFWord */ + /* FT_F2Dot14 */ + /* FT_UnitVector */ + /* FT_F26Dot6 */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_Generic */ + /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */ + /* */ + /* FT_Bitmap */ + /* FT_Pixel_Mode */ + /* FT_Palette_Mode */ + /* FT_Glyph_Format */ + /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Bool */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */ + /* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned char FT_Bool; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_FWord */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */ + /* units. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_UFWord */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */ + /* font units. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */ + /* */ + typedef signed char FT_Char; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Byte */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned char FT_Byte; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Bytes */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for constant memory areas. */ + /* */ + typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Tag */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */ + /* */ + typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_String */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */ + /* */ + typedef char FT_String; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Short */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for signed short. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_Short; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_UShort */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for unsigned short. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned short FT_UShort; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Int */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for the int type. */ + /* */ + typedef signed int FT_Int; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_UInt */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned int FT_UInt; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Long */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for signed long. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_Long; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_ULong */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for unsigned long. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned long FT_ULong; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_F2Dot14 */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_F26Dot6 */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */ + /* coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Fixed */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */ + /* values or matrix coefficients. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_Fixed; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Error */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */ + /* as a successful operation. */ + /* */ + typedef int FT_Error; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Pointer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */ + /* */ + typedef void* FT_Pointer; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Offset */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */ + /* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */ + /* or a memory block size. */ + /* */ + typedef size_t FT_Offset; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_PtrDist */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */ + /* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */ + /* between two pointers. */ + /* */ + typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_UnitVector */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */ + /* FT_F2Dot14 types. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* y :: Vertical coordinate. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_UnitVector_ + { + FT_F2Dot14 x; + FT_F2Dot14 y; + + } FT_UnitVector; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Matrix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */ + /* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* x' = x*xx + y*xy */ + /* y' = x*yx + y*yy */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + /* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + /* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + /* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Matrix_ + { + FT_Fixed xx, xy; + FT_Fixed yx, yy; + + } FT_Matrix; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Data */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* pointer :: The data. */ + /* */ + /* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Data_ + { + const FT_Byte* pointer; + FT_Int length; + + } FT_Data; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */ + /* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */ + /* details of usage. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* The address of the FreeType object which is under finalization. */ + /* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */ + /* */ + typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Generic */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */ + /* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */ + /* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */ + /* */ + /* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */ + /* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */ + /* servers. */ + /* */ + /* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */ + /* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */ + /* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */ + /* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */ + /* in the `finalizer' field). */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */ + /* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */ + /* */ + /* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */ + /* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */ + /* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Generic_ + { + void* data; + FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer; + + } FT_Generic; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Macro> */ + /* FT_MAKE_TAG */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This macro converts four-letter tags which are used to label */ + /* TrueType tables into an unsigned long to be used within FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */ + /* this macro. */ + /* */ +#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \ + (FT_Tag) \ + ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \ + ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \ + ( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \ + (FT_ULong)_x4 ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* list_processing */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_ListNode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */ + /* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */ + /* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_List */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_ListNodeRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to hold a single list element. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */ + /* */ + /* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */ + /* */ + /* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_ + { + FT_ListNode prev; + FT_ListNode next; + void* data; + + } FT_ListNodeRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_ListRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */ + /* used in many parts of FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */ + /* */ + /* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListRec_ + { + FT_ListNode head; + FT_ListNode tail; + + } FT_ListRec; + + + /* */ + +#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 ) +#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) ) + + /* concatenate C tokens */ +#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y +#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) + + /* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */ + +#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ) + +#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF ) +#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U ) + +#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \ + ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) ) +#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \ + ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) ) + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTTYPES_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea33353 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftwinfnt.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2003, 2004, 2008 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTWINFNT_H__ +#define __FTWINFNT_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* winfnt_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Window FNT Files */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Windows FNT specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */ + /* functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in + * @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX + * encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at ftp://ftp.unicode.org + * in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS subdirectory. cp1361 is + * roughly a superset of MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT. + * + * @values: + * FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT :: + * This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a + * `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value. + * When querying for information about the character set of the font + * that is currently selected into a specified device context, this + * return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL :: + * There is no known mapping table available. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC :: + * Mac Roman encoding. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM :: + * From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>: + * + * The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM + * is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon', + * `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows. + * + * The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value + * specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent. + * + * The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver + * Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific + * character set. The OEM character set is system dependent. + * + * In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the + * second default codepage that most international versions of + * Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from + * + * http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/cphome.mspx, + * + * and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications. + * A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage + * 1252 and OEM codepage 850. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 :: + * A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 :: + * A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 :: + * A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different + * ordering and minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 :: + * A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different + * ordering and minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 :: + * A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different + * ordering and minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 :: + * A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different + * ordering). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 :: + * A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 :: + * ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 :: + * A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 :: + * A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 :: + * A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 :: + * A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 :: + * A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 :: + * For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary + * characters. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 :: + * Korean (Johab). + */ + +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Windows FNT Header info. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_ + { + FT_UShort version; + FT_ULong file_size; + FT_Byte copyright[60]; + FT_UShort file_type; + FT_UShort nominal_point_size; + FT_UShort vertical_resolution; + FT_UShort horizontal_resolution; + FT_UShort ascent; + FT_UShort internal_leading; + FT_UShort external_leading; + FT_Byte italic; + FT_Byte underline; + FT_Byte strike_out; + FT_UShort weight; + FT_Byte charset; + FT_UShort pixel_width; + FT_UShort pixel_height; + FT_Byte pitch_and_family; + FT_UShort avg_width; + FT_UShort max_width; + FT_Byte first_char; + FT_Byte last_char; + FT_Byte default_char; + FT_Byte break_char; + FT_UShort bytes_per_row; + FT_ULong device_offset; + FT_ULong face_name_offset; + FT_ULong bits_pointer; + FT_ULong bits_offset; + FT_Byte reserved; + FT_ULong flags; + FT_UShort A_space; + FT_UShort B_space; + FT_UShort C_space; + FT_UShort color_table_offset; + FT_ULong reserved1[4]; + + } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_WinFNT_Header */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_WinFNT_Header + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * aheader :: The WinFNT header. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error + * otherwise. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face, + FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader ); + + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTWINFNT_H__ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ftxf86.h b/libs/include/freetype/ftxf86.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c68afd --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ftxf86.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftxf86.h */ +/* */ +/* Support functions for X11. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTXF86_H__ +#define __FTXF86_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* font_formats */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Font Formats */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Getting the font format. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */ + /* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */ + /* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */ + /* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */ + /* */ + /* This function is in the X11/xf86 namespace for historical reasons */ + /* and in no way depends on that windowing system. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_X11_Font_Format */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a string describing the format of a given face, using values */ + /* which can be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. Possible values are */ + /* `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', `CID~Type~1', `CFF', */ + /* `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* Input face handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( const char* ) + FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTXF86_H__ */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/t1tables.h b/libs/include/freetype/t1tables.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a14255e --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/t1tables.h @@ -0,0 +1,662 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* t1tables.h */ +/* */ +/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */ +/* only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2011 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __T1TABLES_H__ +#define __T1TABLES_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* type1_tables */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Type 1 Tables */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */ + /* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */ + /* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_FontInfoRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */ + /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */ + /* FontInfo dictionary. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_ + { + FT_String* version; + FT_String* notice; + FT_String* full_name; + FT_String* family_name; + FT_String* weight; + FT_Long italic_angle; + FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch; + FT_Short underline_position; + FT_UShort underline_thickness; + + } PS_FontInfoRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_FontInfo */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* T1_FontInfo */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_PrivateRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */ + /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */ + /* Private dictionary. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_ + { + FT_Int unique_id; + FT_Int lenIV; + + FT_Byte num_blue_values; + FT_Byte num_other_blues; + FT_Byte num_family_blues; + FT_Byte num_family_other_blues; + + FT_Short blue_values[14]; + FT_Short other_blues[10]; + + FT_Short family_blues [14]; + FT_Short family_other_blues[10]; + + FT_Fixed blue_scale; + FT_Int blue_shift; + FT_Int blue_fuzz; + + FT_UShort standard_width[1]; + FT_UShort standard_height[1]; + + FT_Byte num_snap_widths; + FT_Byte num_snap_heights; + FT_Bool force_bold; + FT_Bool round_stem_up; + + FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */ + FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */ + + FT_Fixed expansion_factor; + + FT_Long language_group; + FT_Long password; + + FT_Short min_feature[2]; + + } PS_PrivateRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_Private */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* T1_Private */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* T1_Blend_Flags */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */ + /* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */ + /* Multiple Masters fonts. */ + /* */ + typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_ + { + /*# required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */ + T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0, + T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, + T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE, + + /*# required fields in a Private blend dictionary */ + T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES, + T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES, + T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH, + T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT, + T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS, + T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS, + T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE, + T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT, + T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES, + T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, + T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD, + + /*# never remove */ + T1_BLEND_MAX + + } T1_Blend_Flags; + + /* */ + + + /*# backwards compatible definitions */ +#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION +#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS +#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE +#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES +#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES +#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH +#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT +#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS +#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS +#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE +#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT +#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES +#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES +#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD +#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX + + + /* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */ +#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16 + + /* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */ +#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4 + + /* maximum number of elements in a design map */ +#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20 + + + /* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */ + typedef struct PS_DesignMap_ + { + FT_Byte num_points; + FT_Long* design_points; + FT_Fixed* blend_points; + + } PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap; + + /* backwards-compatible definition */ + typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap; + + + typedef struct PS_BlendRec_ + { + FT_UInt num_designs; + FT_UInt num_axis; + + FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS]; + FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS]; + PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS]; + + FT_Fixed* weight_vector; + FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector; + + PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1]; + PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1]; + + FT_ULong blend_bitflags; + + FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1]; + + /* since 2.3.0 */ + + /* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */ + /* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */ + /* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */ + /* in the font and associated metrics files */ + FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS]; + FT_UInt num_default_design_vector; + + } PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend; + + + /* backwards-compatible definition */ + typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceDictRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_ + { + PS_PrivateRec private_dict; + + FT_UInt len_buildchar; + FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold; + FT_Pos stroke_width; + FT_Fixed expansion_factor; + + FT_Byte paint_type; + FT_Byte font_type; + FT_Matrix font_matrix; + FT_Vector font_offset; + + FT_UInt num_subrs; + FT_ULong subrmap_offset; + FT_Int sd_bytes; + + } CID_FaceDictRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceDict */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict; + + /* */ + + + /* backwards-compatible definition */ + typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceInfoRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_ + { + FT_String* cid_font_name; + FT_Fixed cid_version; + FT_Int cid_font_type; + + FT_String* registry; + FT_String* ordering; + FT_Int supplement; + + PS_FontInfoRec font_info; + FT_BBox font_bbox; + FT_ULong uid_base; + + FT_Int num_xuid; + FT_ULong xuid[16]; + + FT_ULong cidmap_offset; + FT_Int fd_bytes; + FT_Int gd_bytes; + FT_ULong cid_count; + + FT_Int num_dicts; + CID_FaceDict font_dicts; + + FT_ULong data_offset; + + } CID_FaceInfoRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceInfo */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_Info */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info; + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names + * + * @description: + * Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph + * names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro, + * except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect + * glyph name tables. + * + * When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph + * names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * face handle + * + * @return: + * Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PS_Font_Info + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given + * PostScript font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * PostScript face handle. + * + * @output: + * afont_info :: + * Output font info structure pointer. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by + * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller. + * + * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will + * return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face, + PS_FontInfo afont_info ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PS_Font_Private + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given + * PostScript font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * PostScript face handle. + * + * @output: + * afont_private :: + * Output private dictionary structure pointer. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by + * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller. + * + * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns + * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face, + PS_Private afont_private ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* T1_EncodingType */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1 */ + /* dictionary. */ + /* */ + typedef enum T1_EncodingType_ + { + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT + + } T1_EncodingType; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* PS_Dict_Keys */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify */ + /* the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve. */ + /* */ + typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_ + { + /* conventionally in the font dictionary */ + PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */ + PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */ + PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */ + PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */ + + /* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */ + PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */ + PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */ + PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */ + PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */ + + /* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */ + PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */ + PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */ + + PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE + + } PS_Dict_Keys; + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PS_Font_Value + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * PostScript face handle. + * + * key :: + * An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve. + * + * idx :: + * For array values, this specifies the index to be returned. + * + * value :: + * A pointer to memory into which to write the value. + * + * valen_len :: + * The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value. + * + * @output: + * value :: + * The value matching the above key, if it exists. + * + * @return: + * The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested + * value (if it exists, -1 otherwise). + * + * @note: + * The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of + * the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them + * belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the + * `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be + * used to manipulate the face. + * + * `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of + * various types. + * + * If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the + * required memory size for the requested entry is returned. + * + * The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for + * example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys + * from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It + * is ignored for atomic values. + * + * PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To + * get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by + * 65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale). + * + * IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can + * be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP, + * ND, and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be + * available either. + * + * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns + * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face, + PS_Dict_Keys key, + FT_UInt idx, + void *value, + FT_Long value_len ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __T1TABLES_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ttnameid.h b/libs/include/freetype/ttnameid.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..173f88c --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ttnameid.h @@ -0,0 +1,1237 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ttnameid.h */ +/* */ +/* TrueType name ID definitions (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006-2008, 2012 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __TTNAMEID_H__ +#define __TTNAMEID_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* truetype_tables */ + /* */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values for the `platform' identifier code in the name */ + /* records of the TTF `name' table. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_PLATFORM_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `platform_id' identifier code in + * @FT_CharMapRec and @FT_SfntName structures. + * + * @values: + * TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE :: + * Used by Apple to indicate a Unicode character map and/or name entry. + * See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note + * that name entries in this format are coded as big-endian UCS-2 + * character codes _only_. + * + * TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH :: + * Used by Apple to indicate a MacOS-specific charmap and/or name entry. + * See @TT_MAC_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note that + * most TrueType fonts contain an Apple roman charmap to be usable on + * MacOS systems (even if they contain a Microsoft charmap as well). + * + * TT_PLATFORM_ISO :: + * This value was used to specify ISO/IEC 10646 charmaps. It is however + * now deprecated. See @TT_ISO_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding + * `encoding_id' values. + * + * TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT :: + * Used by Microsoft to indicate Windows-specific charmaps. See + * @TT_MS_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding `encoding_id' values. + * Note that most fonts contain a Unicode charmap using + * (TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT, @TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS). + * + * TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM :: + * Used to indicate application-specific charmaps. + * + * TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE :: + * This value isn't part of any font format specification, but is used + * by FreeType to report Adobe-specific charmaps in an @FT_CharMapRec + * structure. See @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX. + */ + +#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE 0 +#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH 1 +#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO 2 /* deprecated */ +#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT 3 +#define TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM 4 +#define TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE 7 /* artificial */ + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_APPLE_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE charmaps and name entries. + * + * @values: + * TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT :: + * Unicode version 1.0. + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 :: + * Unicode 1.1; specifies Hangul characters starting at U+34xx. + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 :: + * Deprecated (identical to preceding). + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 :: + * Unicode 2.0 and beyond (UTF-16 BMP only). + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 :: + * Unicode 3.1 and beyond, using UTF-32. + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR :: + * From Adobe, not Apple. Not a normal cmap. Specifies variations + * on a real cmap. + */ + +#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT 0 /* Unicode 1.0 */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 1 /* specify Hangul at U+34xx */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 2 /* deprecated */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 3 /* or later */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 4 /* 2.0 or later, full repertoire */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR 5 /* variation selector data */ + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_MAC_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH charmaps and name entries. + * + * @values: + * TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC :: + * TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GREEK :: + * TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL :: + * TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA :: + * TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU :: + * TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA :: + * TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_KHMER :: + * TT_MAC_ID_THAI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC :: + * TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP :: + */ + +#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN 0 +#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE 1 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE 2 +#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN 3 +#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC 4 +#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW 5 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK 6 +#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN 7 +#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL 8 +#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI 9 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI 10 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI 11 +#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA 12 +#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI 13 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL 14 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU 15 +#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA 16 +#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM 17 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE 18 +#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE 19 +#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER 20 +#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI 21 +#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN 22 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN 23 +#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN 24 +#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN 25 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE 25 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN 26 +#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN 27 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ 28 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC 29 +#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE 30 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI 31 +#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP 32 + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_ISO_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_ISO charmaps and name entries. + * + * Their use is now deprecated. + * + * @values: + * TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII :: + * ASCII. + * TT_ISO_ID_10646 :: + * ISO/10646. + * TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 :: + * Also known as Latin-1. + */ + +#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII 0 +#define TT_ISO_ID_10646 1 +#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 2 + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_MS_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT charmaps and name entries. + * + * @values: + * TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS :: + * Corresponds to Microsoft symbol encoding. See + * @FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL. + * + * TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS :: + * Corresponds to a Microsoft WGL4 charmap, matching Unicode. See + * @FT_ENCODING_UNICODE. + * + * TT_MS_ID_SJIS :: + * Corresponds to SJIS Japanese encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_SJIS. + * + * TT_MS_ID_GB2312 :: + * Corresponds to Simplified Chinese as used in Mainland China. See + * @FT_ENCODING_GB2312. + * + * TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 :: + * Corresponds to Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong. + * See @FT_ENCODING_BIG5. + * + * TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG :: + * Corresponds to Korean Wansung encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG. + * + * TT_MS_ID_JOHAB :: + * Corresponds to Johab encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_JOHAB. + * + * TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 :: + * Corresponds to UCS-4 or UTF-32 charmaps. This has been added to + * the OpenType specification version 1.4 (mid-2001.) + */ + +#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS 0 +#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS 1 +#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS 2 +#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312 3 +#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 4 +#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG 5 +#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB 6 +#define TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 10 + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE charmaps. This is a FreeType-specific extension! + * + * @values: + * TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD :: + * Adobe standard encoding. + * TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT :: + * Adobe expert encoding. + * TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM :: + * Adobe custom encoding. + * TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 :: + * Adobe Latin~1 encoding. + */ + +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD 0 +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT 1 +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM 2 +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 3 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */ + /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */ + /* TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH. These values are also used as return values */ + /* for function @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID. */ + /* */ + /* The canonical source for the Apple assigned Language ID's is at */ + /* */ + /* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6name.html */ + /* */ +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH 0 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FRENCH 1 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GERMAN 2 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ITALIAN 3 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DUTCH 4 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWEDISH 5 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SPANISH 6 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DANISH 7 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PORTUGUESE 8 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NORWEGIAN 9 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HEBREW 10 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAPANESE 11 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARABIC 12 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FINNISH 13 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK 14 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ICELANDIC 15 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALTESE 16 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKISH 17 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CROATIAN 18 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 19 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_URDU 20 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HINDI 21 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_THAI 22 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KOREAN 23 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LITHUANIAN 24 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_POLISH 25 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HUNGARIAN 26 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESTONIAN 27 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LETTISH 28 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SAAMISK 29 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FAEROESE 30 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI 31 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUSSIAN 32 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED 33 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FLEMISH 34 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH 35 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ALBANIAN 36 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ROMANIAN 37 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CZECH 38 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVAK 39 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVENIAN 40 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_YIDDISH 41 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SERBIAN 42 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MACEDONIAN 43 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BULGARIAN 44 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UKRAINIAN 45 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BYELORUSSIAN 46 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UZBEK 47 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KAZAKH 48 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI 49 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 49 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ARABIC_SCRIPT 50 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARMENIAN 51 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GEORGIAN 52 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN 53 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KIRGHIZ 54 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAJIKI 55 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKMEN 56 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN 57 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIAN_SCRIPT 57 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 58 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PASHTO 59 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KURDISH 60 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KASHMIRI 61 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINDHI 62 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIBETAN 63 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NEPALI 64 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SANSKRIT 65 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MARATHI 66 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BENGALI 67 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ASSAMESE 68 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUJARATI 69 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PUNJABI 70 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ORIYA 71 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAYALAM 72 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KANNADA 73 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAMIL 74 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TELUGU 75 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINHALESE 76 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BURMESE 77 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KHMER 78 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LAO 79 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_VIETNAMESE 80 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INDONESIAN 81 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAGALOG 82 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ROMAN_SCRIPT 83 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ARABIC_SCRIPT 84 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AMHARIC 85 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIGRINYA 86 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALLA 87 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SOMALI 88 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWAHILI 89 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUANDA 90 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUNDI 91 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHEWA 92 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAGASY 93 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESPERANTO 94 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_WELSH 128 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BASQUE 129 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CATALAN 130 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LATIN 131 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_QUECHUA 132 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUARANI 133 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AYMARA 134 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TATAR 135 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UIGHUR 136 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DZONGKHA 137 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAVANESE 138 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SUNDANESE 139 + + +#if 0 /* these seem to be errors that have been dropped */ + +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 140 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 141 + +#endif + + + /* The following codes are new as of 2000-03-10 */ +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALICIAN 140 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AFRIKAANS 141 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BRETON 142 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INUKTITUT 143 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 144 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MANX_GAELIC 145 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 146 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TONGAN 147 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK_POLYTONIC 148 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREELANDIC 149 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ROMAN_SCRIPT 150 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */ + /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */ + /* TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT. */ + /* */ + /* The canonical source for the MS assigned LCIDs is */ + /* */ + /* http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/lcid-all.mspx */ + /* */ + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_GENERAL 0x0001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x0401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x0801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x0c01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x1001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x1401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x1801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x1c01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_OMAN 0x2001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x2401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x2801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x2c01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x3001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x3401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_UAE 0x3801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x3c01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_QATAR 0x4001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BULGARIAN_BULGARIA 0x0402 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_SPAIN 0x0403 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_GENERAL 0x0004 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TAIWAN 0x0404 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_PRC 0x0804 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG 0x0c04 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_SINGAPORE 0x1004 + +#if 1 /* this looks like the correct value */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU 0x1404 +#else /* but beware, Microsoft may change its mind... + the most recent Word reference has the following: */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG +#endif + +#if 0 /* used only with .NET `cultures'; commented out */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 0x7C04 +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CZECH_CZECH_REPUBLIC 0x0405 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DANISH_DENMARK 0x0406 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_GERMANY 0x0407 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0807 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_AUSTRIA 0x0c07 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x1007 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEI 0x1407 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE 0x0408 + + /* don't ask what this one means... It is commented out currently. */ +#if 0 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE2 0x2008 +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_GENERAL 0x0009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_STATES 0x0409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x0809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA 0x0c09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CANADA 0x1009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND 0x1409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_IRELAND 0x1809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x1c09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x2009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x2409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x2809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x2c09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x3009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x3409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDONESIA 0x3809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_HONG_KONG 0x3c09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDIA 0x4009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA 0x4409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE 0x4809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_TRADITIONAL_SORT 0x040a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_MEXICO 0x080a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_INTERNATIONAL_SORT 0x0c0a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x100a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x140a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x180a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x1c0a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x200a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x240a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PERU 0x280a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x2c0a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x300a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_CHILE 0x340a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x380a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x3c0a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x400a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x440a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x480a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x4c0a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x500a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_UNITED_STATES 0x540a + /* The following ID blatantly violate MS specs by using a */ + /* sublanguage > 0x1F. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_LATIN_AMERICA 0xE40aU +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FINNISH_FINLAND 0x040b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_FRANCE 0x040c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_BELGIUM 0x080c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CANADA 0x0c0c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SWITZERLAND 0x100c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x140c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MONACO 0x180c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_WEST_INDIES 0x1c0c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_REUNION 0x200c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO 0x240c + /* which was formerly: */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_ZAIRE TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SENEGAL 0x280c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CAMEROON 0x2c0c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_COTE_D_IVOIRE 0x300c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MALI 0x340c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MOROCCO 0x380c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_HAITI 0x3c0c + /* and another violation of the spec (see 0xE40aU) */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_NORTH_AFRICA 0xE40cU +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HEBREW_ISRAEL 0x040d +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUNGARIAN_HUNGARY 0x040e +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ICELANDIC_ICELAND 0x040f +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_ITALY 0x0410 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0810 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_JAPANESE_JAPAN 0x0411 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_EXTENDED_WANSUNG_KOREA 0x0412 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_JOHAB_KOREA 0x0812 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_NETHERLANDS 0x0413 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_BELGIUM 0x0813 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_BOKMAL 0x0414 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_NYNORSK 0x0814 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_POLISH_POLAND 0x0415 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_BRAZIL 0x0416 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_PORTUGAL 0x0816 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_RHAETO_ROMANIC_SWITZERLAND 0x0417 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x0418 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0818 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_RUSSIA 0x0419 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0819 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_CROATIA 0x041a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_LATIN 0x081a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_CYRILLIC 0x0c1a + +#if 0 /* this used to be this value, but it looks like we were wrong */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101a +#else /* current sources say */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x141a + /* and XPsp2 Platform SDK added (2004-07-26) */ + /* Names are shortened to be significant within 40 chars. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_LATIN 0x181a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_CYRILLIC 0x181a +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVAK_SLOVAKIA 0x041b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALBANIAN_ALBANIA 0x041c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_SWEDEN 0x041d +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x081d +#define TT_MS_LANGID_THAI_THAILAND 0x041e +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKISH_TURKEY 0x041f +#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x0420 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_INDIA 0x0820 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_INDONESIAN_INDONESIA 0x0421 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UKRAINIAN_UKRAINE 0x0422 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BELARUSIAN_BELARUS 0x0423 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENE_SLOVENIA 0x0424 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ESTONIAN_ESTONIA 0x0425 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATVIAN_LATVIA 0x0426 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0427 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CLASSIC_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0827 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAJIK_TAJIKISTAN 0x0428 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FARSI_IRAN 0x0429 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_VIETNAMESE_VIET_NAM 0x042a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARMENIAN_ARMENIA 0x042b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_LATIN 0x042c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_CYRILLIC 0x082c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_SPAIN 0x042d +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SORBIAN_GERMANY 0x042e +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MACEDONIAN_MACEDONIA 0x042f +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SUTU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0430 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSONGA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0431 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0432 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_VENDA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0433 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_XHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0434 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0435 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AFRIKAANS_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0436 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GEORGIAN_GEORGIA 0x0437 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FAEROESE_FAEROE_ISLANDS 0x0438 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HINDI_INDIA 0x0439 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALTESE_MALTA 0x043a + /* Added by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_NORWAY 0x043b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_SWEDEN 0x083b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_FINLAND 0x0C3b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_NORWAY 0x103b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_SWEDEN 0x143b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_NORWAY 0x183b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_SWEDEN 0x1C3b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SKOLT_FINLAND 0x203b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_INARI_FINLAND 0x243b + /* ... and we also keep our old identifier... */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAAMI_LAPONIA 0x043b + +#if 0 /* this seems to be a previous inversion */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083c +#else +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043c +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_YIDDISH_GERMANY 0x043d +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x043e +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x083e +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAK_KAZAKSTAN 0x043f +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN /* Cyrillic*/ 0x0440 + /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZ_REPUBLIC \ + TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWAHILI_KENYA 0x0441 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKMEN_TURKMENISTAN 0x0442 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_LATIN 0x0443 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_CYRILLIC 0x0843 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_TATARSTAN 0x0444 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_INDIA 0x0445 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_BANGLADESH 0x0845 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x0446 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_ARABIC_PAKISTAN 0x0846 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUJARATI_INDIA 0x0447 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ORIYA_INDIA 0x0448 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMIL_INDIA 0x0449 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TELUGU_INDIA 0x044a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANNADA_INDIA 0x044b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAYALAM_INDIA 0x044c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ASSAMESE_INDIA 0x044d +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MARATHI_INDIA 0x044e +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SANSKRIT_INDIA 0x044f +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA /* Cyrillic */ 0x0450 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA_MONGOLIAN 0x0850 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_CHINA 0x0451 + /* Don't use the next constant! It has */ + /* (1) the wrong spelling (Dzonghka) */ + /* (2) Microsoft doesn't officially define it -- */ + /* at least it is not in the List of Local */ + /* ID Values. */ + /* (3) Dzongkha is not the same language as */ + /* Tibetan, so merging it is wrong anyway. */ + /* */ + /* TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN is correct, BTW. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN 0x0851 + +#if 0 + /* the following used to be defined */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN 0x0451 + /* ... but it was changed; */ +#else + /* So we will continue to #define it, but with the correct value */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_WALES 0x0452 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KHMER_CAMBODIA 0x0453 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LAO_LAOS 0x0454 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BURMESE_MYANMAR 0x0455 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_SPAIN 0x0456 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KONKANI_INDIA 0x0457 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MANIPURI_INDIA /* Bengali */ 0x0458 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_INDIA /* Arabic */ 0x0459 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_PAKISTAN 0x0859 + /* Missing a LCID for Sindhi in Devanagari script */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SYRIAC_SYRIA 0x045a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALESE_SRI_LANKA 0x045b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHEROKEE_UNITED_STATES 0x045c +#define TT_MS_LANGID_INUKTITUT_CANADA 0x045d +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AMHARIC_ETHIOPIA 0x045e +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO /* Arabic */ 0x045f +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO_LATIN 0x085f + /* Missing a LCID for Tifinagh script */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_PAKISTAN /* Arabic */ 0x0460 + /* Spelled this way by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */ + /* script is yet unclear... might be Arabic, Nagari or Sharada */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA 0x0860 + /* ... and aliased (by MS) for compatibility reasons. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_INDIA TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_NEPAL 0x0461 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_INDIA 0x0861 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRISIAN_NETHERLANDS 0x0462 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PASHTO_AFGHANISTAN 0x0463 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FILIPINO_PHILIPPINES 0x0464 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES 0x0465 + /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DIVEHI_MALDIVES TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES +#define TT_MS_LANGID_EDO_NIGERIA 0x0466 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FULFULDE_NIGERIA 0x0467 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAUSA_NIGERIA 0x0468 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IBIBIO_NIGERIA 0x0469 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_YORUBA_NIGERIA 0x046a +#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_BOLIVIA 0x046b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_ECUADOR 0x086b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_PERU 0x0c6b +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x046c + /* Also spelled by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOTHO_SOUTHERN_SOUTH_AFRICA \ + TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA + /* language codes 0x046d, 0x046e and 0x046f are (still) unknown. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IGBO_NIGERIA 0x0470 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANURI_NIGERIA 0x0471 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_OROMO_ETHIOPIA 0x0472 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ETHIOPIA 0x0473 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA 0x0873 + /* also spelled in the `Passport SDK' list as: */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTREA TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUARANI_PARAGUAY 0x0474 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAWAIIAN_UNITED_STATES 0x0475 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATIN 0x0476 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOMALI_SOMALIA 0x0477 + /* Note: Yi does not have a (proper) ISO 639-2 code, since it is mostly */ + /* not written (but OTOH the peculiar writing system is worth */ + /* studying). */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_YI_CHINA 0x0478 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PAPIAMENTU_NETHERLANDS_ANTILLES 0x0479 + /* language codes from 0x047a to 0x047f are (still) unknown. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_CHINA 0x0480 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAORI_NEW_ZEALAND 0x0481 + +#if 0 /* not deemed useful for fonts */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE 0x04ff +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values of the `name' identifier field in the name records of */ + /* the TTF `name' table. These values are platform independent. */ + /* */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_COPYRIGHT 0 +#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY 1 +#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY 2 +#define TT_NAME_ID_UNIQUE_ID 3 +#define TT_NAME_ID_FULL_NAME 4 +#define TT_NAME_ID_VERSION_STRING 5 +#define TT_NAME_ID_PS_NAME 6 +#define TT_NAME_ID_TRADEMARK 7 + + /* the following values are from the OpenType spec */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_MANUFACTURER 8 +#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER 9 +#define TT_NAME_ID_DESCRIPTION 10 +#define TT_NAME_ID_VENDOR_URL 11 +#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER_URL 12 +#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE 13 +#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE_URL 14 + /* number 15 is reserved */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY 16 +#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY 17 +#define TT_NAME_ID_MAC_FULL_NAME 18 + + /* The following code is new as of 2000-01-21 */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_SAMPLE_TEXT 19 + + /* This is new in OpenType 1.3 */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_CID_FINDFONT_NAME 20 + + /* This is new in OpenType 1.5 */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_FAMILY 21 +#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_SUBFAMILY 22 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Bit mask values for the Unicode Ranges from the TTF `OS2 ' table. */ + /* */ + /* Updated 08-Nov-2008. */ + /* */ + + /* Bit 0 Basic Latin */ +#define TT_UCR_BASIC_LATIN (1L << 0) /* U+0020-U+007E */ + /* Bit 1 C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN1_SUPPLEMENT (1L << 1) /* U+0080-U+00FF */ + /* Bit 2 Latin Extended-A */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_A (1L << 2) /* U+0100-U+017F */ + /* Bit 3 Latin Extended-B */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_B (1L << 3) /* U+0180-U+024F */ + /* Bit 4 IPA Extensions */ + /* Phonetic Extensions */ + /* Phonetic Extensions Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_IPA_EXTENSIONS (1L << 4) /* U+0250-U+02AF */ + /* U+1D00-U+1D7F */ + /* U+1D80-U+1DBF */ + /* Bit 5 Spacing Modifier Letters */ + /* Modifier Tone Letters */ +#define TT_UCR_SPACING_MODIFIER (1L << 5) /* U+02B0-U+02FF */ + /* U+A700-U+A71F */ + /* Bit 6 Combining Diacritical Marks */ + /* Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS (1L << 6) /* U+0300-U+036F */ + /* U+1DC0-U+1DFF */ + /* Bit 7 Greek and Coptic */ +#define TT_UCR_GREEK (1L << 7) /* U+0370-U+03FF */ + /* Bit 8 Coptic */ +#define TT_UCR_COPTIC (1L << 8) /* U+2C80-U+2CFF */ + /* Bit 9 Cyrillic */ + /* Cyrillic Supplement */ + /* Cyrillic Extended-A */ + /* Cyrillic Extended-B */ +#define TT_UCR_CYRILLIC (1L << 9) /* U+0400-U+04FF */ + /* U+0500-U+052F */ + /* U+2DE0-U+2DFF */ + /* U+A640-U+A69F */ + /* Bit 10 Armenian */ +#define TT_UCR_ARMENIAN (1L << 10) /* U+0530-U+058F */ + /* Bit 11 Hebrew */ +#define TT_UCR_HEBREW (1L << 11) /* U+0590-U+05FF */ + /* Bit 12 Vai */ +#define TT_UCR_VAI (1L << 12) /* U+A500-U+A63F */ + /* Bit 13 Arabic */ + /* Arabic Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC (1L << 13) /* U+0600-U+06FF */ + /* U+0750-U+077F */ + /* Bit 14 NKo */ +#define TT_UCR_NKO (1L << 14) /* U+07C0-U+07FF */ + /* Bit 15 Devanagari */ +#define TT_UCR_DEVANAGARI (1L << 15) /* U+0900-U+097F */ + /* Bit 16 Bengali */ +#define TT_UCR_BENGALI (1L << 16) /* U+0980-U+09FF */ + /* Bit 17 Gurmukhi */ +#define TT_UCR_GURMUKHI (1L << 17) /* U+0A00-U+0A7F */ + /* Bit 18 Gujarati */ +#define TT_UCR_GUJARATI (1L << 18) /* U+0A80-U+0AFF */ + /* Bit 19 Oriya */ +#define TT_UCR_ORIYA (1L << 19) /* U+0B00-U+0B7F */ + /* Bit 20 Tamil */ +#define TT_UCR_TAMIL (1L << 20) /* U+0B80-U+0BFF */ + /* Bit 21 Telugu */ +#define TT_UCR_TELUGU (1L << 21) /* U+0C00-U+0C7F */ + /* Bit 22 Kannada */ +#define TT_UCR_KANNADA (1L << 22) /* U+0C80-U+0CFF */ + /* Bit 23 Malayalam */ +#define TT_UCR_MALAYALAM (1L << 23) /* U+0D00-U+0D7F */ + /* Bit 24 Thai */ +#define TT_UCR_THAI (1L << 24) /* U+0E00-U+0E7F */ + /* Bit 25 Lao */ +#define TT_UCR_LAO (1L << 25) /* U+0E80-U+0EFF */ + /* Bit 26 Georgian */ + /* Georgian Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_GEORGIAN (1L << 26) /* U+10A0-U+10FF */ + /* U+2D00-U+2D2F */ + /* Bit 27 Balinese */ +#define TT_UCR_BALINESE (1L << 27) /* U+1B00-U+1B7F */ + /* Bit 28 Hangul Jamo */ +#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_JAMO (1L << 28) /* U+1100-U+11FF */ + /* Bit 29 Latin Extended Additional */ + /* Latin Extended-C */ + /* Latin Extended-D */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL (1L << 29) /* U+1E00-U+1EFF */ + /* U+2C60-U+2C7F */ + /* U+A720-U+A7FF */ + /* Bit 30 Greek Extended */ +#define TT_UCR_GREEK_EXTENDED (1L << 30) /* U+1F00-U+1FFF */ + /* Bit 31 General Punctuation */ + /* Supplemental Punctuation */ +#define TT_UCR_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION (1L << 31) /* U+2000-U+206F */ + /* U+2E00-U+2E7F */ + /* Bit 32 Superscripts And Subscripts */ +#define TT_UCR_SUPERSCRIPTS_SUBSCRIPTS (1L << 0) /* U+2070-U+209F */ + /* Bit 33 Currency Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS (1L << 1) /* U+20A0-U+20CF */ + /* Bit 34 Combining Diacritical Marks For Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB (1L << 2) /* U+20D0-U+20FF */ + /* Bit 35 Letterlike Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS (1L << 3) /* U+2100-U+214F */ + /* Bit 36 Number Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_NUMBER_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+2150-U+218F */ + /* Bit 37 Arrows */ + /* Supplemental Arrows-A */ + /* Supplemental Arrows-B */ + /* Miscellaneous Symbols and Arrows */ +#define TT_UCR_ARROWS (1L << 5) /* U+2190-U+21FF */ + /* U+27F0-U+27FF */ + /* U+2900-U+297F */ + /* U+2B00-U+2BFF */ + /* Bit 38 Mathematical Operators */ + /* Supplemental Mathematical Operators */ + /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A */ + /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B */ +#define TT_UCR_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS (1L << 6) /* U+2200-U+22FF */ + /* U+2A00-U+2AFF */ + /* U+27C0-U+27EF */ + /* U+2980-U+29FF */ + /* Bit 39 Miscellaneous Technical */ +#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL (1L << 7) /* U+2300-U+23FF */ + /* Bit 40 Control Pictures */ +#define TT_UCR_CONTROL_PICTURES (1L << 8) /* U+2400-U+243F */ + /* Bit 41 Optical Character Recognition */ +#define TT_UCR_OCR (1L << 9) /* U+2440-U+245F */ + /* Bit 42 Enclosed Alphanumerics */ +#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS (1L << 10) /* U+2460-U+24FF */ + /* Bit 43 Box Drawing */ +#define TT_UCR_BOX_DRAWING (1L << 11) /* U+2500-U+257F */ + /* Bit 44 Block Elements */ +#define TT_UCR_BLOCK_ELEMENTS (1L << 12) /* U+2580-U+259F */ + /* Bit 45 Geometric Shapes */ +#define TT_UCR_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES (1L << 13) /* U+25A0-U+25FF */ + /* Bit 46 Miscellaneous Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS (1L << 14) /* U+2600-U+26FF */ + /* Bit 47 Dingbats */ +#define TT_UCR_DINGBATS (1L << 15) /* U+2700-U+27BF */ + /* Bit 48 CJK Symbols and Punctuation */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_SYMBOLS (1L << 16) /* U+3000-U+303F */ + /* Bit 49 Hiragana */ +#define TT_UCR_HIRAGANA (1L << 17) /* U+3040-U+309F */ + /* Bit 50 Katakana */ + /* Katakana Phonetic Extensions */ +#define TT_UCR_KATAKANA (1L << 18) /* U+30A0-U+30FF */ + /* U+31F0-U+31FF */ + /* Bit 51 Bopomofo */ + /* Bopomofo Extended */ +#define TT_UCR_BOPOMOFO (1L << 19) /* U+3100-U+312F */ + /* U+31A0-U+31BF */ + /* Bit 52 Hangul Compatibility Jamo */ +#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO (1L << 20) /* U+3130-U+318F */ + /* Bit 53 Phags-Pa */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_MISC (1L << 21) /* U+A840-U+A87F */ +#define TT_UCR_KANBUN TT_UCR_CJK_MISC /* deprecated */ +#define TT_UCR_PHAGSPA + /* Bit 54 Enclosed CJK Letters and Months */ +#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_MONTHS (1L << 22) /* U+3200-U+32FF */ + /* Bit 55 CJK Compatibility */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY (1L << 23) /* U+3300-U+33FF */ + /* Bit 56 Hangul Syllables */ +#define TT_UCR_HANGUL (1L << 24) /* U+AC00-U+D7A3 */ + /* Bit 57 High Surrogates */ + /* High Private Use Surrogates */ + /* Low Surrogates */ + /* */ + /* According to OpenType specs v.1.3+, */ + /* setting bit 57 implies that there is */ + /* at least one codepoint beyond the */ + /* Basic Multilingual Plane that is */ + /* supported by this font. So it really */ + /* means >= U+10000 */ +#define TT_UCR_SURROGATES (1L << 25) /* U+D800-U+DB7F */ + /* U+DB80-U+DBFF */ + /* U+DC00-U+DFFF */ +#define TT_UCR_NON_PLANE_0 TT_UCR_SURROGATES + /* Bit 58 Phoenician */ +#define TT_UCR_PHOENICIAN (1L << 26) /*U+10900-U+1091F*/ + /* Bit 59 CJK Unified Ideographs */ + /* CJK Radicals Supplement */ + /* Kangxi Radicals */ + /* Ideographic Description Characters */ + /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A */ + /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B */ + /* Kanbun */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 27) /* U+4E00-U+9FFF */ + /* U+2E80-U+2EFF */ + /* U+2F00-U+2FDF */ + /* U+2FF0-U+2FFF */ + /* U+3400-U+4DB5 */ + /*U+20000-U+2A6DF*/ + /* U+3190-U+319F */ + /* Bit 60 Private Use */ +#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE (1L << 28) /* U+E000-U+F8FF */ + /* Bit 61 CJK Strokes */ + /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */ + /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 29) /* U+31C0-U+31EF */ + /* U+F900-U+FAFF */ + /*U+2F800-U+2FA1F*/ + /* Bit 62 Alphabetic Presentation Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS (1L << 30) /* U+FB00-U+FB4F */ + /* Bit 63 Arabic Presentation Forms-A */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A (1L << 31) /* U+FB50-U+FDFF */ + /* Bit 64 Combining Half Marks */ +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS (1L << 0) /* U+FE20-U+FE2F */ + /* Bit 65 Vertical forms */ + /* CJK Compatibility Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_FORMS (1L << 1) /* U+FE10-U+FE1F */ + /* U+FE30-U+FE4F */ + /* Bit 66 Small Form Variants */ +#define TT_UCR_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS (1L << 2) /* U+FE50-U+FE6F */ + /* Bit 67 Arabic Presentation Forms-B */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B (1L << 3) /* U+FE70-U+FEFE */ + /* Bit 68 Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_HALFWIDTH_FULLWIDTH_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+FF00-U+FFEF */ + /* Bit 69 Specials */ +#define TT_UCR_SPECIALS (1L << 5) /* U+FFF0-U+FFFD */ + /* Bit 70 Tibetan */ +#define TT_UCR_TIBETAN (1L << 6) /* U+0F00-U+0FFF */ + /* Bit 71 Syriac */ +#define TT_UCR_SYRIAC (1L << 7) /* U+0700-U+074F */ + /* Bit 72 Thaana */ +#define TT_UCR_THAANA (1L << 8) /* U+0780-U+07BF */ + /* Bit 73 Sinhala */ +#define TT_UCR_SINHALA (1L << 9) /* U+0D80-U+0DFF */ + /* Bit 74 Myanmar */ +#define TT_UCR_MYANMAR (1L << 10) /* U+1000-U+109F */ + /* Bit 75 Ethiopic */ + /* Ethiopic Supplement */ + /* Ethiopic Extended */ +#define TT_UCR_ETHIOPIC (1L << 11) /* U+1200-U+137F */ + /* U+1380-U+139F */ + /* U+2D80-U+2DDF */ + /* Bit 76 Cherokee */ +#define TT_UCR_CHEROKEE (1L << 12) /* U+13A0-U+13FF */ + /* Bit 77 Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics */ +#define TT_UCR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL_SYLLABICS (1L << 13) /* U+1400-U+167F */ + /* Bit 78 Ogham */ +#define TT_UCR_OGHAM (1L << 14) /* U+1680-U+169F */ + /* Bit 79 Runic */ +#define TT_UCR_RUNIC (1L << 15) /* U+16A0-U+16FF */ + /* Bit 80 Khmer */ + /* Khmer Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_KHMER (1L << 16) /* U+1780-U+17FF */ + /* U+19E0-U+19FF */ + /* Bit 81 Mongolian */ +#define TT_UCR_MONGOLIAN (1L << 17) /* U+1800-U+18AF */ + /* Bit 82 Braille Patterns */ +#define TT_UCR_BRAILLE (1L << 18) /* U+2800-U+28FF */ + /* Bit 83 Yi Syllables */ + /* Yi Radicals */ +#define TT_UCR_YI (1L << 19) /* U+A000-U+A48F */ + /* U+A490-U+A4CF */ + /* Bit 84 Tagalog */ + /* Hanunoo */ + /* Buhid */ + /* Tagbanwa */ +#define TT_UCR_PHILIPPINE (1L << 20) /* U+1700-U+171F */ + /* U+1720-U+173F */ + /* U+1740-U+175F */ + /* U+1760-U+177F */ + /* Bit 85 Old Italic */ +#define TT_UCR_OLD_ITALIC (1L << 21) /*U+10300-U+1032F*/ + /* Bit 86 Gothic */ +#define TT_UCR_GOTHIC (1L << 22) /*U+10330-U+1034F*/ + /* Bit 87 Deseret */ +#define TT_UCR_DESERET (1L << 23) /*U+10400-U+1044F*/ + /* Bit 88 Byzantine Musical Symbols */ + /* Musical Symbols */ + /* Ancient Greek Musical Notation */ +#define TT_UCR_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS (1L << 24) /*U+1D000-U+1D0FF*/ + /*U+1D100-U+1D1FF*/ + /*U+1D200-U+1D24F*/ + /* Bit 89 Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_MATH_ALPHANUMERIC_SYMBOLS (1L << 25) /*U+1D400-U+1D7FF*/ + /* Bit 90 Private Use (plane 15) */ + /* Private Use (plane 16) */ +#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE_SUPPLEMENTARY (1L << 26) /*U+F0000-U+FFFFD*/ + /*U+100000-U+10FFFD*/ + /* Bit 91 Variation Selectors */ + /* Variation Selectors Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_VARIATION_SELECTORS (1L << 27) /* U+FE00-U+FE0F */ + /*U+E0100-U+E01EF*/ + /* Bit 92 Tags */ +#define TT_UCR_TAGS (1L << 28) /*U+E0000-U+E007F*/ + /* Bit 93 Limbu */ +#define TT_UCR_LIMBU (1L << 29) /* U+1900-U+194F */ + /* Bit 94 Tai Le */ +#define TT_UCR_TAI_LE (1L << 30) /* U+1950-U+197F */ + /* Bit 95 New Tai Lue */ +#define TT_UCR_NEW_TAI_LUE (1L << 31) /* U+1980-U+19DF */ + /* Bit 96 Buginese */ +#define TT_UCR_BUGINESE (1L << 0) /* U+1A00-U+1A1F */ + /* Bit 97 Glagolitic */ +#define TT_UCR_GLAGOLITIC (1L << 1) /* U+2C00-U+2C5F */ + /* Bit 98 Tifinagh */ +#define TT_UCR_TIFINAGH (1L << 2) /* U+2D30-U+2D7F */ + /* Bit 99 Yijing Hexagram Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_YIJING (1L << 3) /* U+4DC0-U+4DFF */ + /* Bit 100 Syloti Nagri */ +#define TT_UCR_SYLOTI_NAGRI (1L << 4) /* U+A800-U+A82F */ + /* Bit 101 Linear B Syllabary */ + /* Linear B Ideograms */ + /* Aegean Numbers */ +#define TT_UCR_LINEAR_B (1L << 5) /*U+10000-U+1007F*/ + /*U+10080-U+100FF*/ + /*U+10100-U+1013F*/ + /* Bit 102 Ancient Greek Numbers */ +#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_GREEK_NUMBERS (1L << 6) /*U+10140-U+1018F*/ + /* Bit 103 Ugaritic */ +#define TT_UCR_UGARITIC (1L << 7) /*U+10380-U+1039F*/ + /* Bit 104 Old Persian */ +#define TT_UCR_OLD_PERSIAN (1L << 8) /*U+103A0-U+103DF*/ + /* Bit 105 Shavian */ +#define TT_UCR_SHAVIAN (1L << 9) /*U+10450-U+1047F*/ + /* Bit 106 Osmanya */ +#define TT_UCR_OSMANYA (1L << 10) /*U+10480-U+104AF*/ + /* Bit 107 Cypriot Syllabary */ +#define TT_UCR_CYPRIOT_SYLLABARY (1L << 11) /*U+10800-U+1083F*/ + /* Bit 108 Kharoshthi */ +#define TT_UCR_KHAROSHTHI (1L << 12) /*U+10A00-U+10A5F*/ + /* Bit 109 Tai Xuan Jing Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_TAI_XUAN_JING (1L << 13) /*U+1D300-U+1D35F*/ + /* Bit 110 Cuneiform */ + /* Cuneiform Numbers and Punctuation */ +#define TT_UCR_CUNEIFORM (1L << 14) /*U+12000-U+123FF*/ + /*U+12400-U+1247F*/ + /* Bit 111 Counting Rod Numerals */ +#define TT_UCR_COUNTING_ROD_NUMERALS (1L << 15) /*U+1D360-U+1D37F*/ + /* Bit 112 Sundanese */ +#define TT_UCR_SUNDANESE (1L << 16) /* U+1B80-U+1BBF */ + /* Bit 113 Lepcha */ +#define TT_UCR_LEPCHA (1L << 17) /* U+1C00-U+1C4F */ + /* Bit 114 Ol Chiki */ +#define TT_UCR_OL_CHIKI (1L << 18) /* U+1C50-U+1C7F */ + /* Bit 115 Saurashtra */ +#define TT_UCR_SAURASHTRA (1L << 19) /* U+A880-U+A8DF */ + /* Bit 116 Kayah Li */ +#define TT_UCR_KAYAH_LI (1L << 20) /* U+A900-U+A92F */ + /* Bit 117 Rejang */ +#define TT_UCR_REJANG (1L << 21) /* U+A930-U+A95F */ + /* Bit 118 Cham */ +#define TT_UCR_CHAM (1L << 22) /* U+AA00-U+AA5F */ + /* Bit 119 Ancient Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_SYMBOLS (1L << 23) /*U+10190-U+101CF*/ + /* Bit 120 Phaistos Disc */ +#define TT_UCR_PHAISTOS_DISC (1L << 24) /*U+101D0-U+101FF*/ + /* Bit 121 Carian */ + /* Lycian */ + /* Lydian */ +#define TT_UCR_OLD_ANATOLIAN (1L << 25) /*U+102A0-U+102DF*/ + /*U+10280-U+1029F*/ + /*U+10920-U+1093F*/ + /* Bit 122 Domino Tiles */ + /* Mahjong Tiles */ +#define TT_UCR_GAME_TILES (1L << 26) /*U+1F030-U+1F09F*/ + /*U+1F000-U+1F02F*/ + /* Bit 123-127 Reserved for process-internal usage */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Some compilers have a very limited length of identifiers. */ + /* */ +#if defined( __TURBOC__ ) && __TURBOC__ < 0x0410 || defined( __PACIFIC__ ) +#define HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS +#endif + + +#ifndef HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Here some alias #defines in order to be clearer. */ + /* */ + /* These are not always #defined to stay within the 31~character limit */ + /* which some compilers have. */ + /* */ + /* Credits go to Dave Hoo <dhoo@flash.net> for pointing out that modern */ + /* Borland compilers (read: from BC++ 3.1 on) can increase this limit. */ + /* If you get a warning with such a compiler, use the -i40 switch. */ + /* */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A \ + TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B \ + TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B + +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS \ + TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB \ + TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB + + +#endif /* !HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __TTNAMEID_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/tttables.h b/libs/include/freetype/tttables.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe07117 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/tttables.h @@ -0,0 +1,777 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* tttables.h */ +/* */ +/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */ +/* (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2005, 2008-2012 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __TTTABLES_H__ +#define __TTTABLES_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* truetype_tables */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* TrueType Tables */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* TrueType specific table types and functions. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables */ + /* as well as some routines used to access and process them. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_Header */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All */ + /* fields follow the TrueType specification. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_Header_ + { + FT_Fixed Table_Version; + FT_Fixed Font_Revision; + + FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust; + FT_Long Magic_Number; + + FT_UShort Flags; + FT_UShort Units_Per_EM; + + FT_Long Created [2]; + FT_Long Modified[2]; + + FT_Short xMin; + FT_Short yMin; + FT_Short xMax; + FT_Short yMax; + + FT_UShort Mac_Style; + FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM; + + FT_Short Font_Direction; + FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format; + FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format; + + } TT_Header; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_HoriHeader */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */ + /* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */ + /* i.e., the `hmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* Version :: The table version. */ + /* */ + /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the top-most of all */ + /* glyph points found in the font. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of the */ + /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */ + /* of the OS/2 table instead if you want */ + /* the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */ + /* all glyph points found in the font. It */ + /* is negative. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of the */ + /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */ + /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */ + /* want the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */ + /* to add to the ascender and descender to */ + /* get the BTB, i.e., the */ + /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */ + /* widths found in the font. It can be */ + /* used to compute the maximum width of an */ + /* arbitrary string of text. */ + /* */ + /* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */ + /* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */ + /* all glyphs in the font. */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope. */ + /* */ + /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */ + /* */ + /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */ + /* */ + /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */ + /* table -- this value can be smaller than */ + /* the total number of glyphs in the font. */ + /* */ + /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */ + /* be identical except for the names of their fields which */ + /* are different. */ + /* */ + /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */ + /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */ + /* headers. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_ + { + FT_Fixed Version; + FT_Short Ascender; + FT_Short Descender; + FT_Short Line_Gap; + + FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */ + + FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */ + FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */ + FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */ + FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise; + FT_Short caret_Slope_Run; + FT_Short caret_Offset; + + FT_Short Reserved[4]; + + FT_Short metric_Data_Format; + FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics; + + /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */ + /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */ + /* `HMTX' table. */ + + void* long_metrics; + void* short_metrics; + + } TT_HoriHeader; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_VertHeader */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */ + /* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., */ + /* the `vmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* Version :: The table version. */ + /* */ + /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the top-most of */ + /* all glyph points found in the font. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of */ + /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */ + /* ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */ + /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */ + /* want the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */ + /* distance from the baseline to the */ + /* bottom-most of all glyph points found */ + /* in the font. It is negative. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of */ + /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */ + /* ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */ + /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */ + /* want the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */ + /* to add to the ascender and descender to */ + /* get the BTB, i.e., the */ + /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */ + /* advance heights found in the font. It */ + /* can be used to compute the maximum */ + /* height of an arbitrary string of text. */ + /* */ + /* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */ + /* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */ + /* all glyphs in the font. */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope. */ + /* */ + /* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */ + /* This value is `reserved' in vmtx */ + /* version 1.0. */ + /* */ + /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */ + /* */ + /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */ + /* */ + /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */ + /* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */ + /* smaller than the total number of glyphs */ + /* in the font. */ + /* */ + /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */ + /* be identical except for the names of their fields which */ + /* are different. */ + /* */ + /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */ + /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */ + /* headers. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_VertHeader_ + { + FT_Fixed Version; + FT_Short Ascender; + FT_Short Descender; + FT_Short Line_Gap; + + FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */ + + FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb or top-sb */ + FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb */ + FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* xmax or ymax extents */ + FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise; + FT_Short caret_Slope_Run; + FT_Short caret_Offset; + + FT_Short Reserved[4]; + + FT_Short metric_Data_Format; + FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics; + + /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */ + /* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */ + /* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table. */ + + void* long_metrics; + void* short_metrics; + + } TT_VertHeader; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_OS2 */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. This is the long */ + /* table version. All fields comply to the TrueType specification. */ + /* */ + /* Note that we now support old Mac fonts which do not include an */ + /* OS/2 table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to */ + /* 0xFFFF. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_OS2_ + { + FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */ + FT_Short xAvgCharWidth; + FT_UShort usWeightClass; + FT_UShort usWidthClass; + FT_Short fsType; + FT_Short ySubscriptXSize; + FT_Short ySubscriptYSize; + FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset; + FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset; + FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize; + FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize; + FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset; + FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset; + FT_Short yStrikeoutSize; + FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition; + FT_Short sFamilyClass; + + FT_Byte panose[10]; + + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */ + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */ + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */ + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */ + + FT_Char achVendID[4]; + + FT_UShort fsSelection; + FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex; + FT_UShort usLastCharIndex; + FT_Short sTypoAscender; + FT_Short sTypoDescender; + FT_Short sTypoLineGap; + FT_UShort usWinAscent; + FT_UShort usWinDescent; + + /* only version 1 tables: */ + + FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */ + FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */ + + /* only version 2 tables: */ + + FT_Short sxHeight; + FT_Short sCapHeight; + FT_UShort usDefaultChar; + FT_UShort usBreakChar; + FT_UShort usMaxContext; + + } TT_OS2; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_Postscript */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields */ + /* comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not */ + /* reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless */ + /* accessed with the `ttpost' module. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_Postscript_ + { + FT_Fixed FormatType; + FT_Fixed italicAngle; + FT_Short underlinePosition; + FT_Short underlineThickness; + FT_ULong isFixedPitch; + FT_ULong minMemType42; + FT_ULong maxMemType42; + FT_ULong minMemType1; + FT_ULong maxMemType1; + + /* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't */ + /* load them by default. See the ttpost.c file. */ + + } TT_Postscript; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_PCLT */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields */ + /* comply to the TrueType specification. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_PCLT_ + { + FT_Fixed Version; + FT_ULong FontNumber; + FT_UShort Pitch; + FT_UShort xHeight; + FT_UShort Style; + FT_UShort TypeFamily; + FT_UShort CapHeight; + FT_UShort SymbolSet; + FT_Char TypeFace[16]; + FT_Char CharacterComplement[8]; + FT_Char FileName[6]; + FT_Char StrokeWeight; + FT_Char WidthType; + FT_Byte SerifStyle; + FT_Byte Reserved; + + } TT_PCLT; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_MaxProfile */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The maximum profile is a table containing many max values which */ + /* can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory */ + /* allocation occurs during a glyph load. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* version :: The version number. */ + /* */ + /* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */ + /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */ + /* the structure element */ + /* `maxCompositePoints'. */ + /* */ + /* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */ + /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */ + /* the structure element */ + /* `maxCompositeContours'. */ + /* */ + /* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */ + /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */ + /* structure element `maxPoints'. */ + /* */ + /* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */ + /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */ + /* structure element `maxContours'. */ + /* */ + /* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */ + /* glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */ + /* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */ + /* storage area used for glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */ + /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */ + /* this font. */ + /* */ + /* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */ + /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */ + /* this font. */ + /* */ + /* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */ + /* during bytecode interpretation. */ + /* */ + /* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */ + /* used for glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */ + /* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */ + /* */ + /* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */ + /* glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This structure is only used during font loading. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_ + { + FT_Fixed version; + FT_UShort numGlyphs; + FT_UShort maxPoints; + FT_UShort maxContours; + FT_UShort maxCompositePoints; + FT_UShort maxCompositeContours; + FT_UShort maxZones; + FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints; + FT_UShort maxStorage; + FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs; + FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs; + FT_UShort maxStackElements; + FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions; + FT_UShort maxComponentElements; + FT_UShort maxComponentDepth; + + } TT_MaxProfile; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Sfnt_Tag */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. */ + /* Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_ + { + ft_sfnt_head = 0, /* TT_Header */ + ft_sfnt_maxp = 1, /* TT_MaxProfile */ + ft_sfnt_os2 = 2, /* TT_OS2 */ + ft_sfnt_hhea = 3, /* TT_HoriHeader */ + ft_sfnt_vhea = 4, /* TT_VertHeader */ + ft_sfnt_post = 5, /* TT_Postscript */ + ft_sfnt_pclt = 6, /* TT_PCLT */ + + sfnt_max /* internal end mark */ + + } FT_Sfnt_Tag; + + /* */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source. */ + /* */ + /* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be~0 in case of */ + /* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */ + /* from the file. */ + /* */ + /* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */ + /* elements. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */ + /* */ + /* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */ + /* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */ + /* a list. */ + /* */ + /* Here an example how to access the `vhea' table: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* TT_VertHeader* vert_header; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* vert_header = */ + /* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, ft_sfnt_vhea ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void* ) + FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face, + FT_Sfnt_Tag tag ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Load_Sfnt_Table + * + * @description: + * Load any font table into client memory. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the source face. + * + * tag :: + * The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value~0 if you want + * to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the + * definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new + * one with @FT_MAKE_TAG. + * + * offset :: + * The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0). + * + * @output: + * buffer :: + * The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory + * array is big enough to hold the data. + * + * @inout: + * length :: + * If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table. + * Return an error code if it fails. + * + * Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the + * table's (or file) full size in it. + * + * Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the + * starting offset. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this + * function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example: + * + * { + * FT_ULong length = 0; + * + * + * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length ); + * if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... } + * + * buffer = malloc( length ); + * if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... } + * + * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length ); + * if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... } + * } + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong tag, + FT_Long offset, + FT_Byte* buffer, + FT_ULong* length ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Sfnt_Table_Info + * + * @description: + * Return information on an SFNT table. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the source face. + * + * table_index :: + * The index of an SFNT table. The function returns + * FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value. + * + * @inout: + * tag :: + * The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is NULL, `table_index' + * is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the + * font. + * + * @output: + * length :: + * The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending + * on `tag'). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as + * missing. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt table_index, + FT_ULong *tag, + FT_ULong *length ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of */ + /* language ID values are in `freetype/ttnameid.h'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* charmap :: */ + /* The target charmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */ + /* TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value. */ + /* */ + /* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is */ + /* 0xFFFFFFFF. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong ) + FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Format */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* charmap :: */ + /* The target charmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */ + /* TrueType/sfnt face, return -1. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __TTTABLES_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/tttags.h b/libs/include/freetype/tttags.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..307ce4b --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/tttags.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* tttags.h */ +/* */ +/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __TTAGS_H__ +#define __TTAGS_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + +#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' ) +#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' ) +#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' ) +#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' ) +#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' ) +#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' ) +#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' ) +#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' ) +#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' ) +#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' ) +#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' ) +#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' ) +#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' ) +#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' ) +#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' ) +#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' ) +#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' ) +#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' ) +#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' ) +#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' ) +#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' ) +#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' ) +#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' ) +#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' ) +#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' ) +#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' ) +#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' ) +#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' ) +#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' ) +#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' ) +#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' ) +#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' ) +#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' ) +#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' ) +#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' ) +#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' ) +#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' ) +#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' ) +#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' ) +#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' ) +#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' ) +#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' ) +#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' ) + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __TTAGS_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/freetype/ttunpat.h b/libs/include/freetype/ttunpat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a016275 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/freetype/ttunpat.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ttunpat.h */ +/* */ +/* Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2003, 2006 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com> */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __TTUNPAT_H__ +#define __TTUNPAT_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to indicate + * that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType bytecode + * interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' ) + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* __TTUNPAT_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/ft2build.h b/libs/include/ft2build.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a3b8d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/ft2build.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ft2build.h */ +/* */ +/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2006 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This is a Unix-specific version of <ft2build.h> that should be used */ + /* exclusively *after* installation of the library. */ + /* */ + /* It assumes that `/usr/local/include/freetype2' (or whatever is */ + /* returned by the `freetype-config --cflags' or `pkg-config --cflags' */ + /* command) is in your compilation include path. */ + /* */ + /* We don't need to do anything special in this release. However, for */ + /* a future FreeType 2 release, the following installation changes will */ + /* be performed: */ + /* */ + /* - The contents of `freetype-2.x/include/freetype' will be installed */ + /* to `/usr/local/include/freetype2' instead of */ + /* `/usr/local/include/freetype2/freetype'. */ + /* */ + /* - This file will #include <freetype2/config/ftheader.h>, instead */ + /* of <freetype/config/ftheader.h>. */ + /* */ + /* - The contents of `ftheader.h' will be processed with `sed' to */ + /* replace all `<freetype/xxx>' with `<freetype2/xxx>'. */ + /* */ + /* - Adding `/usr/local/include/freetype2' to your compilation include */ + /* path will not be necessary anymore. */ + /* */ + /* These changes will be transparent to client applications which use */ + /* freetype-config (or pkg-config). No modifications will be necessary */ + /* to compile with the new scheme. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__ +#define __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__ + + /* `<prefix>/include/freetype2' must be in your current inclusion path */ +#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> + +#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib.h b/libs/include/grrlib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87ad36a --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @file GRRLIB.h + * GRRLIB user include file. + */ +/** + * @defgroup AllFunc Everything in GRRLIB + * This is the complete list of functions, structures, defines, typedefs, enumerations and variables you may want to used to make your homebrew with GRRLIB. + * You simply need to include grrlib.h in your project to have access to all of these. + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef __GRRLIB_H__ +#define __GRRLIB_H__ + +/** + * Version information for GRRLIB. + */ +#define GRRLIB_VER_STRING "4.3.2" + +//============================================================================== +// Includes +//============================================================================== +#include <gccore.h> +//============================================================================== + +//============================================================================== +// C++ header +//============================================================================== +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +//============================================================================== +// Extra standard declarations +//============================================================================== +typedef unsigned int uint;/**< The uint keyword signifies an integral type. */ + +//============================================================================== +// Primitive colour macros +//============================================================================== +#define R(c) (((c) >>24) &0xFF) /**< Extract red component of colour. */ +#define G(c) (((c) >>16) &0xFF) /**< Extract green component of colour. */ +#define B(c) (((c) >> 8) &0xFF) /**< Extract blue component of colour. */ +#define A(c) ( (c) &0xFF) /**< Extract alpha component of colour. */ + +/** + * Build an RGB pixel from components. + * @param r Red component. + * @param g Green component. + * @param b Blue component. + * @param a Alpha component. + */ +#define RGBA(r,g,b,a) ( (u32)( ( ((u32)(r)) <<24) | \ + ((((u32)(g)) &0xFF) <<16) | \ + ((((u32)(b)) &0xFF) << 8) | \ + ( ((u32)(a)) &0xFF ) ) ) + +//============================================================================== +// typedefs, enumerators & structs +//============================================================================== +/** + * GRRLIB Blending Modes. + */ +typedef enum GRRLIB_blendMode { + GRRLIB_BLEND_ALPHA = 0, /**< Alpha Blending. */ + GRRLIB_BLEND_ADD = 1, /**< Additive Blending. */ + GRRLIB_BLEND_SCREEN = 2, /**< Alpha Light Blending. */ + GRRLIB_BLEND_MULTI = 3, /**< Multiply Blending. */ + GRRLIB_BLEND_INV = 4, /**< Invert Color Blending. */ +} GRRLIB_blendMode; + +#define GRRLIB_BLEND_NONE (GRRLIB_BLEND_ALPHA) /**< Alias for GRRLIB_BLEND_ALPHA. */ +#define GRRLIB_BLEND_LIGHT (GRRLIB_BLEND_ADD) /**< Alias for GRRLIB_BLEND_ADD. */ +#define GRRLIB_BLEND_SHADE (GRRLIB_BLEND_MULTI) /**< Alias for GRRLIB_BLEND_MULTI. */ + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +/** + * Structure to hold the current drawing settings. + */ +typedef struct GRRLIB_drawSettings { + bool antialias; /**< AntiAlias is enabled when set to true. */ + GRRLIB_blendMode blend; /**< Blending Mode. */ + int lights; /**< Active lights. */ +} GRRLIB_drawSettings; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +/** + * Structure to hold the texture information. + */ +typedef struct GRRLIB_texImg { + uint w; /**< The width of the texture in pixels. */ + uint h; /**< The height of the texture in pixels. */ + int handlex; /**< Texture handle x. */ + int handley; /**< Texture handle y. */ + int offsetx; /**< Texture offset x. */ + int offsety; /**< Texture offset y. */ + + bool tiledtex; /**< Texture is tiled if set to true. */ + uint tilew; /**< The width of one tile in pixels. */ + uint tileh; /**< The height of one tile in pixels. */ + uint nbtilew; /**< Number of tiles for the x axis. */ + uint nbtileh; /**< Number of tiles for the y axis. */ + uint tilestart; /**< Offset to tile starting position. */ + f32 ofnormaltexx;/**< Offset of normalized texture on x. */ + f32 ofnormaltexy;/**< Offset of normalized texture on y. */ + + void *data; /**< Pointer to the texture data. */ +} GRRLIB_texImg; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +/** + * Structure to hold the bytemap character information. + */ +typedef struct GRRLIB_bytemapChar { + u8 width; /**< Character width. */ + u8 height; /**< Character height. */ + s8 relx; /**< Horizontal offset relative to cursor (-128 to 127). */ + s8 rely; /**< Vertical offset relative to cursor (-128 to 127). */ + u8 kerning; /**< Kerning (Horizontal cursor shift after drawing the character). */ + u8 *data; /**< Character data (uncompressed, 8 bits per pixel). */ +} GRRLIB_bytemapChar; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +/** + * Structure to hold the bytemap font information. + */ +typedef struct GRRLIB_bytemapFont { + char *name; /**< Font name. */ + u32 *palette; /**< Font palette. */ + u16 nbChar; /**< Number of characters in font. */ + u8 version; /**< Version. */ + s8 tracking; /**< Tracking (Add-space after each char) (-128 to 127). */ + + GRRLIB_bytemapChar charDef[256]; /**< Array of bitmap characters. */ +} GRRLIB_bytemapFont; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +/** + * Structure to hold the TTF information. + */ +typedef struct GRRLIB_Font { + void *face; /**< A TTF face object. */ + bool kerning; /**< true whenever a face object contains kerning data that can be accessed with FT_Get_Kerning. */ +} GRRLIB_ttfFont; + +//============================================================================== +// Allow general access to screen and frame information +//============================================================================== +#if defined __GRRLIB_CORE__ +# define GRR_EXTERN +# define GRR_INIT(v) = v +# define GRR_INITS(...) = { __VA_ARGS__ } +#else +# define GRR_EXTERN extern +# define GRR_INIT(v) +# define GRR_INITS(...) +#endif + +GRR_EXTERN GXRModeObj *rmode; +GRR_EXTERN void *xfb[2] GRR_INITS(NULL, NULL); +GRR_EXTERN u32 fb GRR_INIT(0); +//============================================================================== +// procedure and function prototypes +// Inline function handling - http://www.greenend.org.uk/rjk/2003/03/inline.html +//============================================================================== +#include "grrlib/GRRLIB__lib.h" + +#if defined __GRRLIB_CORE__ +# define INLINE +#else +# if __GNUC__ && !__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ +# define INLINE static inline +# else +# define INLINE inline +# endif +#endif +#include "grrlib/GRRLIB__inline.h" + +//============================================================================== +// C++ footer +//============================================================================== +#ifdef __cplusplus + } +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif // __GRRLIB_H__ +/** @} */ // end of group +/** + * @mainpage GRRLIB Documentation + * @image html grrlib_logo.png + * Welcome to the GRRLIB documentation. + * A complete list of functions is available from this \ref AllFunc "page". + * + * @section Introduction + * GRRLIB is a C/C++ 2D/3D graphics library for Wii application developers. + * It is essentially a wrapper which presents a friendly interface to the Nintendo GX core. + * + * @section Links + * Forum: http://grrlib.santo.fr/forum\n + * Code: http://code.google.com/p/grrlib\n + * IRC: <a href="irc://irc.efnet.net/grrlib">#GRRLIB</a> on EFnet + * + * @section Credits + * Project Leader : NoNameNo\n + * Documentation : Crayon, BlueChip\n + * Lead Coder : NoNameNo\n + * Support Coders : Crayon, Xane, DragonMinded, BlueChip\n + * Advisors : RedShade, Jespa\n + * + * @section Licence + * Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy + * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal + * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights + * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in + * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, + * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN + * THE SOFTWARE. + * + * @example template/source/main.c + * This example shows the minimum code required to use GRRLIB. + * It could be used as a template to start a new project. + * More elaborate examples can be found inside the \e examples folder. + */ diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB__inline.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB__inline.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c1021e --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB__inline.h @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @file GRRLIB__inline.h + * GRRLIB inline function prototypes. + * Do not include GRRLIB__inline.h directly, include only GRRLIB.h. + */ +/** + * @addtogroup AllFunc + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef __GRRLIB_H__ +# error Do not include GRRLIB__inline.h directly, include only GRRLIB.h +#endif + +#ifndef __GRRLIB_FNINLINE_H__ +#define __GRRLIB_FNINLINE_H__ + +//============================================================================== +// Prototypes for inlined functions +//============================================================================== + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_clipping.h - Clipping control +INLINE void GRRLIB_ClipReset (void); +INLINE void GRRLIB_ClipDrawing (const int x, const int y, + const int width, const int height); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_collision.h - Collision detection +INLINE bool GRRLIB_PtInRect (const int hotx, const int hoty, + const int hotw, const int hoth, + const int wpadx, const int wpady); + +INLINE bool GRRLIB_RectInRect (const int rect1x, const int rect1y, + const int rect1w, const int rect1h, + const int rect2x, const int rect2y, + const int rect2w, const int rect2h); + +INLINE bool GRRLIB_RectOnRect (const int rect1x, const int rect1y, + const int rect1w, const int rect1h, + const int rect2x, const int rect2y, + const int rect2w, const int rect2h); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_fbComplex.h - +INLINE void GRRLIB_NPlot (const guVector v[], const u32 color[], + const long n); +INLINE void GRRLIB_NGone (const guVector v[], const u32 color[], + const long n); +INLINE void GRRLIB_NGoneFilled (const guVector v[], const u32 color[], + const long n); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_fbGX.h - +INLINE void GRRLIB_GXEngine (const guVector v[], const u32 color[], + const long n, const u8 fmt); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_fbSimple.h - +INLINE void GRRLIB_FillScreen (const u32 color); +INLINE void GRRLIB_Plot (const f32 x, const f32 y, const u32 color); +INLINE void GRRLIB_Line (const f32 x1, const f32 y1, + const f32 x2, const f32 y2, const u32 color); +INLINE void GRRLIB_Rectangle (const f32 x, const f32 y, + const f32 width, const f32 height, + const u32 color, const bool filled); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_handle.h - Texture handle manipulation +INLINE void GRRLIB_SetHandle (GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const int x, const int y); +INLINE void GRRLIB_SetMidHandle (GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const bool enabled); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_pixel.h - Pixel manipulation +INLINE u32 GRRLIB_GetPixelFromtexImg (const int x, const int y, + const GRRLIB_texImg *tex); + +INLINE void GRRLIB_SetPixelTotexImg (const int x, const int y, + GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const u32 color); + +INLINE u32 GRRLIB_GetPixelFromFB (int x, int y); +INLINE void GRRLIB_SetPixelToFB (int x, int y, u32 pokeColor); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_settings.h - Rendering functions +INLINE void GRRLIB_SetBlend (const GRRLIB_blendMode blendmode); +INLINE GRRLIB_blendMode GRRLIB_GetBlend (void); +INLINE void GRRLIB_SetAntiAliasing (const bool aa); +INLINE bool GRRLIB_GetAntiAliasing (void); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_texSetup.h - Create and setup textures +INLINE GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_CreateEmptyTexture (const uint w, const uint h); +INLINE void GRRLIB_ClearTex (GRRLIB_texImg* tex); +INLINE void GRRLIB_FlushTex (GRRLIB_texImg *tex); +INLINE void GRRLIB_FreeTexture (GRRLIB_texImg *tex); + +//============================================================================== +// Definitions of inlined functions +//============================================================================== +#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_clipping.h> // Clipping control +#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_collision.h> // Collision detection +#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_fbComplex.h> // Render to framebuffer: Complex primitives +#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_fbGX.h> // Render to framebuffer: Simple GX wrapper +#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_fbSimple.h> // Render to framebuffer: Simple primitives +#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_handle.h> // Texture handle manipulation +#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_pixel.h> // Pixel manipulation +#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_settings.h> // GRRLIB Settings +#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_texSetup.h> // Setup for textures + +#endif // __GRRLIB_FNINLINE_H__ +/** @} */ // end of group diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB__lib.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB__lib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b67bdf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB__lib.h @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @file GRRLIB__lib.h + * GRRLIB library function prototypes. + * Do not include GRRLIB__lib.h directly, include only GRRLIB.h. + */ +/** + * @addtogroup AllFunc + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef __GRRLIB_H__ +# error Do not include GRRLIB__lib.h directly, include only GRRLIB.h +#endif + +#ifndef __GRRLIB_FNLIB_H__ +#define __GRRLIB_FNLIB_H__ + +//============================================================================== +// Prototypes for library contained functions +//============================================================================== + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_bmf.c - BitMapFont functions +GRRLIB_bytemapFont* GRRLIB_LoadBMF (const u8 my_bmf[] ); +void GRRLIB_FreeBMF (GRRLIB_bytemapFont *bmf); + +void GRRLIB_InitTileSet (GRRLIB_texImg *tex, + const uint tilew, const uint tileh, + const uint tilestart); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_bmfx.c - Bitmap f/x +void GRRLIB_BMFX_FlipH (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc, + GRRLIB_texImg *texdest); + +void GRRLIB_BMFX_FlipV (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc, + GRRLIB_texImg *texdest); + +void GRRLIB_BMFX_Grayscale (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc, + GRRLIB_texImg *texdest); + +void GRRLIB_BMFX_Sepia (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc, + GRRLIB_texImg *texdest); + +void GRRLIB_BMFX_Invert (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc, + GRRLIB_texImg *texdest); + +void GRRLIB_BMFX_Blur (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc, + GRRLIB_texImg *texdest, const u32 factor); + +void GRRLIB_BMFX_Scatter (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc, + GRRLIB_texImg *texdest, const u32 factor); + +void GRRLIB_BMFX_Pixelate (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc, + GRRLIB_texImg *texdest, const u32 factor); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_core.c - GRRLIB core functions +int GRRLIB_Init (void); +void GRRLIB_Exit (void); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_fbAdvanced.c - Render to framebuffer: Advanced primitives +void GRRLIB_Circle (const f32 x, const f32 y, const f32 radius, + const u32 color, const u8 filled); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_fileIO - File I/O (SD Card) +int GRRLIB_LoadFile (const char* filename, + unsigned char* *data); +GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_LoadTextureFromFile (const char* filename); +bool GRRLIB_ScrShot (const char* filename); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_print.c - Will someone please tell me what these are :) +void GRRLIB_Printf (const f32 xpos, const f32 ypos, + const GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const u32 color, + const f32 zoom, const char *text, ...); + +void GRRLIB_PrintBMF (const f32 xpos, const f32 ypos, + const GRRLIB_bytemapFont *bmf, + const char *text, ...); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_render.c - Rendering functions +void GRRLIB_DrawImg (const f32 xpos, const f32 ypos, const GRRLIB_texImg *tex, + const f32 degrees, const f32 scaleX, const f32 scaleY, + const u32 color); + +void GRRLIB_DrawImgQuad (const guVector pos[4], GRRLIB_texImg *tex, + const u32 color); + +void GRRLIB_DrawTile (const f32 xpos, const f32 ypos, const GRRLIB_texImg *tex, + const f32 degrees, const f32 scaleX, const f32 scaleY, + const u32 color, const int frame); + +void GRRLIB_DrawPart (const f32 xpos, const f32 ypos, const f32 partx, const f32 party, + const f32 partw, const f32 parth, const GRRLIB_texImg *tex, + const f32 degrees, const f32 scaleX, const f32 scaleY, + const u32 color); + +void GRRLIB_DrawTileQuad (const guVector pos[4], GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const u32 color, const int frame); + +void GRRLIB_Render (void); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_snapshot.c - Create a texture containing a snapshot of a part of the framebuffer +void GRRLIB_Screen2Texture (int posx, int posy, GRRLIB_texImg *tex, bool clear); +void GRRLIB_CompoStart (void); +void GRRLIB_CompoEnd(int posx, int posy, GRRLIB_texImg *tex); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_texEdit.c - Modifying the content of a texture +GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_LoadTexture (const u8 *my_img); +GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_LoadTexturePNG (const u8 *my_png); +GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_LoadTextureJPG (const u8 *my_jpg); +GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_LoadTextureJPGEx (const u8 *my_jpg, const int); +GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_LoadTextureBMP (const u8 *my_bmp); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_gecko.c - USB_Gecko output facilities +bool GRRLIB_GeckoInit(); +void GRRLIB_GeckoPrintf (const char *text, ...); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_3D.c - 3D functions for GRRLIB +void GRRLIB_SetBackgroundColour(u8 r, u8 g, u8 b, u8 a); +void GRRLIB_Camera3dSettings(f32 posx, f32 posy, f32 posz, f32 upx, f32 upy, f32 upz, f32 lookx, f32 looky, f32 lookz); +void GRRLIB_3dMode(f32 minDist, f32 maxDist, f32 fov, bool texturemode, bool normalmode); +void GRRLIB_2dMode(); +void GRRLIB_ObjectViewBegin(void); +void GRRLIB_ObjectViewScale(f32 scalx, f32 scaly, f32 scalz); +void GRRLIB_ObjectViewRotate(f32 angx, f32 angy, f32 angz); +void GRRLIB_ObjectViewTrans(f32 posx, f32 posy, f32 posz); +void GRRLIB_ObjectViewEnd(void); +void GRRLIB_ObjectView(f32 posx, f32 posy, f32 posz, f32 angx, f32 angy, f32 angz, f32 scalx, f32 scaly, f32 scalz); +void GRRLIB_ObjectViewInv(f32 posx, f32 posy, f32 posz, f32 angx, f32 angy, f32 angz, f32 scalx, f32 scaly, f32 scalz); +void GRRLIB_SetTexture(GRRLIB_texImg *tex, bool rep); +void GRRLIB_DrawTorus(f32 r, f32 R, int nsides, int rings, bool filled, u32 col); +void GRRLIB_DrawSphere(f32 r, int lats, int longs, bool filled, u32 col); +void GRRLIB_DrawCube(f32 size, bool filled, u32 col); +void GRRLIB_DrawCylinder(f32 r, f32 h, int d, bool filled, u32 col); +void GRRLIB_DrawCone(f32 r, f32 h, int d, bool filled, u32 col); +void GRRLIB_DrawTessPanel(f32 w, f32 wstep, f32 h, f32 hstep, bool filled, u32 col); +void GRRLIB_SetLightAmbient(u32 ambientcolor); +void GRRLIB_SetLightDiff(u8 num, guVector pos, f32 distattn, f32 brightness, u32 lightcolor); +void GRRLIB_SetLightSpec(u8 num, guVector dir, f32 shy, u32 lightcolor, u32 speccolor); +void GRRLIB_SetLightSpot(u8 num, guVector pos, guVector lookat, f32 angAttn0, f32 angAttn1, f32 angAttn2, f32 distAttn0, f32 distAttn1, f32 distAttn2, u32 lightcolor); +void GRRLIB_SetLightOff(void); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_ttf.c - FreeType function for GRRLIB +GRRLIB_ttfFont* GRRLIB_LoadTTF(const u8* file_base, s32 file_size); +void GRRLIB_FreeTTF(GRRLIB_ttfFont *myFont); +void GRRLIB_PrintfTTF(int x, int y, GRRLIB_ttfFont *myFont, const char *string, unsigned int fontSize, const u32 color); +void GRRLIB_PrintfTTFW(int x, int y, GRRLIB_ttfFont *myFont, const wchar_t *string, unsigned int fontSize, const u32 color); +unsigned int GRRLIB_WidthTTF(GRRLIB_ttfFont *myFont, const char *, unsigned int); +unsigned int GRRLIB_WidthTTFW(GRRLIB_ttfFont *myFont, const wchar_t *, unsigned int); + +#endif // __GRRLIB_FNLIB_H__ +/** @} */ // end of group diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_cExtn.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_cExtn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a374f57 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_cExtn.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2010 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * @file GRRLIB_cExtn.h + * Inline functions to offer additional C primitives. + */ + +#include <math.h> + +/** + * A helper function for the YCbCr -> RGB conversion. + * Clamps the given value into a range of 0 - 255 and thus preventing an overflow. + * @param Value The value to clamp. Using float to increase the precision. This makes a full spectrum (0 - 255) possible. + * @return Returns a clean, clamped unsigned char. + */ +INLINE +u8 GRRLIB_ClampVar8 (f32 Value) { + Value = roundf(Value); + if (Value < 0) Value = 0; + else if (Value > 255) Value = 255; + + return (u8)Value; +} diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_clipping.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_clipping.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c9df0f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_clipping.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * @file GRRLIB_clipping.h + * Inline functions to control clipping. + */ + +/** + * Reset the clipping to normal. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_ClipReset (void) { + GX_SetClipMode( GX_CLIP_ENABLE ); + GX_SetScissor( 0, 0, rmode->fbWidth, rmode->efbHeight ); +} + +/** + * Clip the drawing area to an rectangle. + * @param x The x-coordinate of the rectangle. + * @param y The y-coordinate of the rectangle. + * @param width The width of the rectangle. + * @param height The height of the rectangle. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_ClipDrawing (const int x, const int y, + const int width, const int height) { + GX_SetClipMode( GX_CLIP_ENABLE ); + GX_SetScissor( x, y, width, height ); +} diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_collision.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_collision.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9879825 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_collision.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * @file GRRLIB_collision.h + * Inline functions for collision detection. + */ + +/** + * Determine whether the specified point lies within the specified rectangle. + * @param hotx Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + * @param hoty Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + * @param hotw The width of the rectangle. + * @param hoth The height of the rectangle. + * @param wpadx Specifies the x-coordinate of the point. + * @param wpady Specifies the y-coordinate of the point. + * @return If the specified point lies within the rectangle, the return value is true otherwise it's false. + */ +INLINE +bool GRRLIB_PtInRect (const int hotx, const int hoty, + const int hotw, const int hoth, + const int wpadx, const int wpady) { + return( ((wpadx>=hotx) && (wpadx<=(hotx+hotw))) && + ((wpady>=hoty) && (wpady<=(hoty+hoth))) ); +} + +/** + * Determine whether a specified rectangle lies within another rectangle. + * @param rect1x Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + * @param rect1y Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + * @param rect1w Specifies the width of the rectangle. + * @param rect1h Specifies the height of the rectangle. + * @param rect2x Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + * @param rect2y Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + * @param rect2w Specifies the width of the rectangle. + * @param rect2h Specifies the height of the rectangle. + * @return If the specified rectangle lies within the other rectangle, the return value is true otherwise it's false. + */ +INLINE +bool GRRLIB_RectInRect (const int rect1x, const int rect1y, + const int rect1w, const int rect1h, + const int rect2x, const int rect2y, + const int rect2w, const int rect2h) { + return ( (rect1x >= rect2x) && (rect1y >= rect2y) && + (rect1x+rect1w <= rect2x+rect2w) && + (rect1y+rect1h <= rect2y+rect2h) ); +} + +/** + * Determine whether a part of a specified rectangle lies on another rectangle. + * @param rect1x Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the first rectangle. + * @param rect1y Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the first rectangle. + * @param rect1w Specifies the width of the first rectangle. + * @param rect1h Specifies the height of the first rectangle. + * @param rect2x Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the second rectangle. + * @param rect2y Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the second rectangle. + * @param rect2w Specifies the width of the second rectangle. + * @param rect2h Specifies the height of the second rectangle. + * @return If the specified rectangle lies on the other rectangle, the return value is true otherwise it's false. + */ +INLINE +bool GRRLIB_RectOnRect (const int rect1x, const int rect1y, + const int rect1w, const int rect1h, + const int rect2x, const int rect2y, + const int rect2w, const int rect2h) { + return GRRLIB_PtInRect(rect1x, rect1y, rect1w, rect1h, rect2x, rect2y) || + GRRLIB_PtInRect(rect1x, rect1y, rect1w, rect1h, rect2x+rect2w, rect2y) || + GRRLIB_PtInRect(rect1x, rect1y, rect1w, rect1h, rect2x+rect2w, rect2y+rect2h) || + GRRLIB_PtInRect(rect1x, rect1y, rect1w, rect1h, rect2x, rect2y+rect2h); +} diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbComplex.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbComplex.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0e1dbc --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbComplex.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * @file GRRLIB_fbComplex.h + * Inline functions for complex (N-point) shape drawing. + */ + +/** + * Draw an array of points. + * @param v Array containing the points. + * @param color The color of the points in RGBA format. + * @param n Number of points in the vector array. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_NPlot (const guVector v[], const u32 color[], const long n) { + GRRLIB_GXEngine(v, color, n, GX_POINTS); +} + +/** + * Draw a polygon. + * @param v The vector containing the coordinates of the polygon. + * @param color The color of the filled polygon in RGBA format. + * @param n Number of points in the vector. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_NGone (const guVector v[], const u32 color[], const long n) { + GRRLIB_GXEngine(v, color, n, GX_LINESTRIP); +} + +/** + * Draw a filled polygon. + * @param v The vector containing the coordinates of the polygon. + * @param color The color of the filled polygon in RGBA format. + * @param n Number of points in the vector. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_NGoneFilled (const guVector v[], const u32 color[], const long n) { + GRRLIB_GXEngine(v, color, n, GX_TRIANGLEFAN); +} diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbGX.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbGX.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8379f14 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbGX.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * @file GRRLIB_fbGX.h + * Inline functions for interfacing directly to the GX Engine. + */ + +/** + * Draws a vector. + * @param v The vector to draw. + * @param color The color of the vector in RGBA format. + * @param n Number of points in the vector. + * @param fmt Type of primitive. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_GXEngine (const guVector v[], const u32 color[], const long n, + const u8 fmt) { + int i; + + GX_Begin(fmt, GX_VTXFMT0, n); + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { + GX_Position3f32(v[i].x, v[i].y, v[i].z); + GX_Color1u32(color[i]); + } + GX_End(); +} diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbSimple.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbSimple.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b89f8bc --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbSimple.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * @file GRRLIB_fbSimple.h + * Inline functions for primitive point and line drawing. + */ + +/** + * Clear screen with a specific color. + * @param color The color to use to fill the screen. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_FillScreen (const u32 color) { + GRRLIB_Rectangle(-40.0f, -40.0f, rmode->fbWidth + 80.0f, rmode->xfbHeight + 80.0f, color, true); +} + +/** + * Draw a dot. + * @param x Specifies the x-coordinate of the dot. + * @param y Specifies the y-coordinate of the dot. + * @param color The color of the dot in RGBA format. + * @author Jespa + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_Plot (const f32 x, const f32 y, const u32 color) { + GX_Begin(GX_POINTS, GX_VTXFMT0, 1); + GX_Position3f32(x, y, 0.0f); + GX_Color1u32(color); + GX_End(); +} + +/** + * Draw a line. + * @param x1 Starting point for line for the x coordinate. + * @param y1 Starting point for line for the y coordinate. + * @param x2 Ending point for line for the x coordinate. + * @param y2 Ending point for line for the x coordinate. + * @param color Line color in RGBA format. + * @author JESPA + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_Line (const f32 x1, const f32 y1, + const f32 x2, const f32 y2, const u32 color) { + GX_Begin(GX_LINES, GX_VTXFMT0, 2); + GX_Position3f32(x1, y1, 0.0f); + GX_Color1u32(color); + GX_Position3f32(x2, y2, 0.0f); + GX_Color1u32(color); + GX_End(); +} + +/** + * Draw a rectangle. + * @param x Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + * @param y Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. + * @param width The width of the rectangle. + * @param height The height of the rectangle. + * @param color The color of the rectangle in RGBA format. + * @param filled Set to true to fill the rectangle. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_Rectangle (const f32 x, const f32 y, + const f32 width, const f32 height, + const u32 color, const bool filled) { + f32 x2 = x + width; + f32 y2 = y + height; + + if (filled) { + GX_Begin(GX_QUADS, GX_VTXFMT0, 4); + GX_Position3f32(x, y, 0.0f); + GX_Color1u32(color); + GX_Position3f32(x2, y, 0.0f); + GX_Color1u32(color); + GX_Position3f32(x2, y2, 0.0f); + GX_Color1u32(color); + GX_Position3f32(x, y2, 0.0f); + GX_Color1u32(color); + GX_End(); + } + else { + GX_Begin(GX_LINESTRIP, GX_VTXFMT0, 5); + GX_Position3f32(x, y, 0.0f); + GX_Color1u32(color); + GX_Position3f32(x2, y, 0.0f); + GX_Color1u32(color); + GX_Position3f32(x2, y2, 0.0f); + GX_Color1u32(color); + GX_Position3f32(x, y2, 0.0f); + GX_Color1u32(color); + GX_Position3f32(x, y, 0.0f); + GX_Color1u32(color); + GX_End(); + } +} diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_handle.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_handle.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a47a32b --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_handle.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * @file GRRLIB_handle.h + * Inline functions for manipulating texture handles. + */ + +/** + * Set a texture's X and Y handles. + * For example, it could be used for the rotation of a texture. + * @param tex The texture to set the handle on. + * @param x The x-coordinate of the handle. + * @param y The y-coordinate of the handle. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_SetHandle (GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const int x, const int y) { + if (tex->tiledtex) { + tex->handlex = -(((int)tex->tilew)/2) + x; + tex->handley = -(((int)tex->tileh)/2) + y; + } else { + tex->handlex = -(((int)tex->w)/2) + x; + tex->handley = -(((int)tex->h)/2) + y; + } +} + +/** + * Center a texture's handles. + * For example, it could be used for the rotation of a texture. + * @param tex The texture to center. + * @param enabled + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_SetMidHandle (GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const bool enabled) { + if (enabled) { + if (tex->tiledtex) { + tex->offsetx = (((int)tex->tilew)/2); + tex->offsety = (((int)tex->tileh)/2); + } else { + tex->offsetx = (((int)tex->w)/2); + tex->offsety = (((int)tex->h)/2); + } + GRRLIB_SetHandle(tex, tex->offsetx, tex->offsety); + } else { + GRRLIB_SetHandle(tex, 0, 0); + tex->offsetx = 0; + tex->offsety = 0; + } +} diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_pixel.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_pixel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4f6327 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_pixel.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * @file GRRLIB_pixel.h + * Inline functions for manipulating pixels in textures. + */ + +#define _SHIFTL(v, s, w) \ + ((u32) (((u32)(v) & ((0x01 << (w)) - 1)) << (s))) +#define _SHIFTR(v, s, w) \ + ((u32)(((u32)(v) >> (s)) & ((0x01 << (w)) - 1))) + +/** + * Return the color value of a pixel from a GRRLIB_texImg. + * @param x Specifies the x-coordinate of the pixel in the texture. + * @param y Specifies the y-coordinate of the pixel in the texture. + * @param tex The texture to get the color from. + * @return The color of a pixel in RGBA format. + */ +INLINE +u32 GRRLIB_GetPixelFromtexImg (const int x, const int y, + const GRRLIB_texImg *tex) { + register u32 offs; + register u32 ar; + register u8* bp = (u8*)tex->data; + + offs = (((y&(~3))<<2)*tex->w) + ((x&(~3))<<4) + ((((y&3)<<2) + (x&3)) <<1); + + ar = (u32)(*((u16*)(bp+offs ))); + return (ar<<24) | ( ((u32)(*((u16*)(bp+offs+32)))) <<8) | (ar>>8); // Wii is big-endian +} + +/** + * Set the color value of a pixel to a GRRLIB_texImg. + * @see GRRLIB_FlushTex + * @param x Specifies the x-coordinate of the pixel in the texture. + * @param y Specifies the y-coordinate of the pixel in the texture. + * @param tex The texture to set the color to. + * @param color The color of the pixel in RGBA format. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_SetPixelTotexImg (const int x, const int y, + GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const u32 color) { + register u32 offs; + register u8* bp = (u8*)tex->data; + + offs = (((y&(~3))<<2)*tex->w) + ((x&(~3))<<4) + ((((y&3)<<2) + (x&3)) <<1); + + *((u16*)(bp+offs )) = (u16)((color <<8) | (color >>24)); + *((u16*)(bp+offs+32)) = (u16) (color >>8); +} + +/** + * Reads a pixel directly from the FrontBuffer. + * @param x The x-coordinate within the FB. + * @param y The y-coordinate within the FB. + * @return The color of a pixel in RGBA format. + */ +INLINE +u32 GRRLIB_GetPixelFromFB (int x, int y) { + u32 regval,val; + + regval = 0xc8000000|(_SHIFTL(x,2,10)); + regval = (regval&~0x3FF000)|(_SHIFTL(y,12,10)); + val = *(u32*)regval; + + return RGBA(_SHIFTR(val,16,8), _SHIFTR(val,8,8), val&0xff, _SHIFTR(val,24,8)); +} + +/** + * Writes a pixel directly from the FrontBuffer. + * @param x The x-coordinate within the FB. + * @param y The y-coordinate within the FB. + * @param pokeColor The color of the pixel in RGBA format. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_SetPixelToFB (int x, int y, u32 pokeColor) { + u32 regval; + + regval = 0xc8000000|(_SHIFTL(x,2,10)); + regval = (regval&~0x3FF000)|(_SHIFTL(y,12,10)); + *(u32*)regval = _SHIFTL(A(pokeColor),24,8) | _SHIFTL(R(pokeColor),16,8) | _SHIFTL(G(pokeColor),8,8) | (B(pokeColor)&0xff); +} diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_private.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_private.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c9f315 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_private.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * @file GRRLIB_private.h + * The symbols declared in this file are PRIVATE. + * They are not part of the GRRLIB public + * interface, and are not recommended for use by regular applications. + * Some of them may become public in the future; others may stay private, + * change in an incompatible way, or even disappear. + */ + +#ifndef __GRRLIB_PRIVATE_H__ +#define __GRRLIB_PRIVATE_H__ + +#include <ogc/libversion.h> + +/** + * Used for version checking. + * @param a Major version number. + * @param b Minor version number. + * @param c Revision version number. + */ +#define GRRLIB_VERSION(a,b,c) ((a)*65536+(b)*256+(c)) + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// GRRLIB_ttf.c - FreeType function for GRRLIB +int GRRLIB_InitTTF(); +void GRRLIB_ExitTTF(); + +#endif // __GRRLIB_PRIVATE_H__ diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_settings.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_settings.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2884bc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_settings.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * @file GRRLIB_settings.h + * Inline functions for configuring the GRRLIB settings. + */ + +#ifndef GX_BM_SUBTRACT + /** + * Blending type. + * libogc revision 4170 fixed a typographical error. GX_BM_SUBSTRACT was renamed GX_BM_SUBTRACT. + * But for previous versions this define is needed. + */ + #define GX_BM_SUBTRACT GX_BM_SUBSTRACT +#endif + +extern GRRLIB_drawSettings GRRLIB_Settings; + +/** + * Set a blending mode. + * @param blendmode The blending mode to use (Default: GRRLIB_BLEND_ALPHA). + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_SetBlend (const GRRLIB_blendMode blendmode) { + GRRLIB_Settings.blend = blendmode; + switch (GRRLIB_Settings.blend) { + case GRRLIB_BLEND_ALPHA: + GX_SetBlendMode(GX_BM_BLEND, GX_BL_SRCALPHA, GX_BL_INVSRCALPHA, GX_LO_CLEAR); + break; + case GRRLIB_BLEND_ADD: + GX_SetBlendMode(GX_BM_BLEND, GX_BL_SRCALPHA, GX_BL_DSTALPHA, GX_LO_CLEAR); + break; + case GRRLIB_BLEND_SCREEN: + GX_SetBlendMode(GX_BM_BLEND, GX_BL_SRCCLR, GX_BL_DSTALPHA, GX_LO_CLEAR); + break; + case GRRLIB_BLEND_MULTI: + GX_SetBlendMode(GX_BM_SUBTRACT, GX_BL_SRCALPHA, GX_BL_INVSRCALPHA, GX_LO_CLEAR); + break; + case GRRLIB_BLEND_INV: + GX_SetBlendMode(GX_BM_BLEND, GX_BL_INVSRCCLR, GX_BL_INVSRCCLR, GX_LO_CLEAR); + break; + } +} + +/** + * Get the current blending mode. + * @return The current blending mode. + */ +INLINE +GRRLIB_blendMode GRRLIB_GetBlend (void) { + return GRRLIB_Settings.blend; +} + +/** + * Turn anti-aliasing on/off. + * @param aa Set to true to enable anti-aliasing (Default: Enabled). + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_SetAntiAliasing (const bool aa) { + GRRLIB_Settings.antialias = aa; +} + +/** + * Get current anti-aliasing setting. + * @return True if anti-aliasing is enabled. + */ +INLINE +bool GRRLIB_GetAntiAliasing (void) { + return GRRLIB_Settings.antialias; +} + diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_texSetup.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_texSetup.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f19691e --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_texSetup.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * @file GRRLIB_texSetup.h + * Inline functions for the basic manipulation of textures. + */ + +#include <malloc.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> + +/** + * Create an empty texture. + * @param w Width of the new texture to create. + * @param h Height of the new texture to create. + * @return A GRRLIB_texImg structure newly created. + */ +INLINE +GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_CreateEmptyTexture (const uint w, const uint h) +{ + GRRLIB_texImg *my_texture = (struct GRRLIB_texImg *)calloc(1, sizeof(GRRLIB_texImg)); + + if(my_texture != NULL) { + my_texture->data = memalign(32, h * w * 4); + my_texture->w = w; + my_texture->h = h; + + // Initialize the texture + memset(my_texture->data, '\0', (h * w) << 2); + + GRRLIB_SetHandle(my_texture, 0, 0); + GRRLIB_FlushTex(my_texture); + } + return my_texture; +} + +/** + * Write the contents of a texture in the data cache down to main memory. + * For performance the CPU holds a data cache where modifications are stored before they get written down to main memory. + * @param tex The texture to flush. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_FlushTex (GRRLIB_texImg *tex) { + DCFlushRange(tex->data, tex->w * tex->h * 4); +} + +/** + * Free memory allocated for texture. + * @param tex A GRRLIB_texImg structure. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_FreeTexture (GRRLIB_texImg *tex) { + if(tex != NULL) { + if (tex->data != NULL) free(tex->data); + free(tex); + tex = NULL; + } +} + +/** + * Clear a texture to transparent black. + * @param tex Texture to clear. + */ +INLINE +void GRRLIB_ClearTex(GRRLIB_texImg* tex) { + bzero(tex->data, (tex->h * tex->w) << 2); + GRRLIB_FlushTex(tex); +} diff --git a/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_ttf.h b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_ttf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfab5e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_ttf.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Copyright (c) 2010 The GRRLIB Team + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +int GRRLIB_InitTTF(); +void GRRLIB_ExitTTF(); diff --git a/libs/include/jconfig.h b/libs/include/jconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..97ca026 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/jconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* jconfig.h. Generated from jconfig.cfg by configure. */ +/* jconfig.cfg --- source file edited by configure script */ +/* see jconfig.txt for explanations */ + +#define HAVE_PROTOTYPES 1 +#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR 1 +#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT 1 +/* #undef void */ +/* #undef const */ +/* #undef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ +#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1 +#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 +#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1 +/* #undef NEED_BSD_STRINGS */ +/* #undef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H */ +/* #undef NEED_FAR_POINTERS */ +/* #undef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */ +/* Define this if you get warnings about undefined structures. */ +/* #undef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */ + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS + +/* #undef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED */ +#define INLINE __inline__ +/* These are for configuring the JPEG memory manager. */ +/* #undef DEFAULT_MAX_MEM */ +/* #undef NO_MKTEMP */ + +#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */ + +#ifdef JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG + +#define BMP_SUPPORTED /* BMP image file format */ +#define GIF_SUPPORTED /* GIF image file format */ +#define PPM_SUPPORTED /* PBMPLUS PPM/PGM image file format */ +/* #undef RLE_SUPPORTED */ +#define TARGA_SUPPORTED /* Targa image file format */ + +/* #undef TWO_FILE_COMMANDLINE */ +/* #undef NEED_SIGNAL_CATCHER */ +/* #undef DONT_USE_B_MODE */ + +/* Define this if you want percent-done progress reports from cjpeg/djpeg. */ +/* #undef PROGRESS_REPORT */ + +#endif /* JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG */ diff --git a/libs/include/jmorecfg.h b/libs/include/jmorecfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c085c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/jmorecfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,369 @@ +/* + * jmorecfg.h + * + * Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane. + * Modified 1997-2011 by Guido Vollbeding. + * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file. + * + * This file contains additional configuration options that customize the + * JPEG software for special applications or support machine-dependent + * optimizations. Most users will not need to touch this file. + */ + + +/* + * Define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE as either + * 8 for 8-bit sample values (the usual setting) + * 12 for 12-bit sample values + * Only 8 and 12 are legal data precisions for lossy JPEG according to the + * JPEG standard, and the IJG code does not support anything else! + * We do not support run-time selection of data precision, sorry. + */ + +#define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE 8 /* use 8 or 12 */ + + +/* + * Maximum number of components (color channels) allowed in JPEG image. + * To meet the letter of the JPEG spec, set this to 255. However, darn + * few applications need more than 4 channels (maybe 5 for CMYK + alpha + * mask). We recommend 10 as a reasonable compromise; use 4 if you are + * really short on memory. (Each allowed component costs a hundred or so + * bytes of storage, whether actually used in an image or not.) + */ + +#define MAX_COMPONENTS 10 /* maximum number of image components */ + + +/* + * Basic data types. + * You may need to change these if you have a machine with unusual data + * type sizes; for example, "char" not 8 bits, "short" not 16 bits, + * or "long" not 32 bits. We don't care whether "int" is 16 or 32 bits, + * but it had better be at least 16. + */ + +/* Representation of a single sample (pixel element value). + * We frequently allocate large arrays of these, so it's important to keep + * them small. But if you have memory to burn and access to char or short + * arrays is very slow on your hardware, you might want to change these. + */ + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..255. + * You can use a signed char by having GETJSAMPLE mask it with 0xFF. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR + +typedef unsigned char JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +typedef char JSAMPLE; +#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) +#else +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value) & 0xFF) +#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ + +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 255 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 128 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 */ + + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..4095. + * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely. + */ + +typedef short JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 4095 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 2048 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 */ + + +/* Representation of a DCT frequency coefficient. + * This should be a signed value of at least 16 bits; "short" is usually OK. + * Again, we allocate large arrays of these, but you can change to int + * if you have memory to burn and "short" is really slow. + */ + +typedef short JCOEF; + + +/* Compressed datastreams are represented as arrays of JOCTET. + * These must be EXACTLY 8 bits wide, at least once they are written to + * external storage. Note that when using the stdio data source/destination + * managers, this is also the data type passed to fread/fwrite. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR + +typedef unsigned char JOCTET; +#define GETJOCTET(value) (value) + +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +typedef char JOCTET; +#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED +#define GETJOCTET(value) (value) +#else +#define GETJOCTET(value) ((value) & 0xFF) +#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ + +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + + +/* These typedefs are used for various table entries and so forth. + * They must be at least as wide as specified; but making them too big + * won't cost a huge amount of memory, so we don't provide special + * extraction code like we did for JSAMPLE. (In other words, these + * typedefs live at a different point on the speed/space tradeoff curve.) + */ + +/* UINT8 must hold at least the values 0..255. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR +typedef unsigned char UINT8; +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ +#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED +typedef char UINT8; +#else /* not CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ +typedef short UINT8; +#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +/* UINT16 must hold at least the values 0..65535. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT +typedef unsigned short UINT16; +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */ +typedef unsigned int UINT16; +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */ + +/* INT16 must hold at least the values -32768..32767. */ + +#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT16 */ +typedef short INT16; +#endif + +/* INT32 must hold at least signed 32-bit values. */ + +#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT32 */ +#ifndef _BASETSD_H_ /* Microsoft defines it in basetsd.h */ +#ifndef _BASETSD_H /* MinGW is slightly different */ +#ifndef QGLOBAL_H /* Qt defines it in qglobal.h */ +typedef long INT32; +#endif +#endif +#endif +#endif + +/* Datatype used for image dimensions. The JPEG standard only supports + * images up to 64K*64K due to 16-bit fields in SOF markers. Therefore + * "unsigned int" is sufficient on all machines. However, if you need to + * handle larger images and you don't mind deviating from the spec, you + * can change this datatype. + */ + +typedef unsigned int JDIMENSION; + +#define JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION 65500L /* a tad under 64K to prevent overflows */ + + +/* These macros are used in all function definitions and extern declarations. + * You could modify them if you need to change function linkage conventions; + * in particular, you'll need to do that to make the library a Windows DLL. + * Another application is to make all functions global for use with debuggers + * or code profilers that require it. + */ + +/* a function called through method pointers: */ +#define METHODDEF(type) static type +/* a function used only in its module: */ +#define LOCAL(type) static type +/* a function referenced thru EXTERNs: */ +#define GLOBAL(type) type +/* a reference to a GLOBAL function: */ +#define EXTERN(type) extern type + + +/* This macro is used to declare a "method", that is, a function pointer. + * We want to supply prototype parameters if the compiler can cope. + * Note that the arglist parameter must be parenthesized! + * Again, you can customize this if you need special linkage keywords. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES +#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) arglist +#else +#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) () +#endif + + +/* Here is the pseudo-keyword for declaring pointers that must be "far" + * on 80x86 machines. Most of the specialized coding for 80x86 is handled + * by just saying "FAR *" where such a pointer is needed. In a few places + * explicit coding is needed; see uses of the NEED_FAR_POINTERS symbol. + */ + +#ifndef FAR +#ifdef NEED_FAR_POINTERS +#define FAR far +#else +#define FAR +#endif +#endif + + +/* + * On a few systems, type boolean and/or its values FALSE, TRUE may appear + * in standard header files. Or you may have conflicts with application- + * specific header files that you want to include together with these files. + * Defining HAVE_BOOLEAN before including jpeglib.h should make it work. + */ + +#ifndef HAVE_BOOLEAN +typedef int boolean; +#endif +#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */ +#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */ +#endif +#ifndef TRUE +#define TRUE 1 +#endif + + +/* + * The remaining options affect code selection within the JPEG library, + * but they don't need to be visible to most applications using the library. + * To minimize application namespace pollution, the symbols won't be + * defined unless JPEG_INTERNALS or JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS has been defined. + */ + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS +#define JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS +#endif + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS + + +/* + * These defines indicate whether to include various optional functions. + * Undefining some of these symbols will produce a smaller but less capable + * library. Note that you can leave certain source files out of the + * compilation/linking process if you've #undef'd the corresponding symbols. + * (You may HAVE to do that if your compiler doesn't like null source files.) + */ + +/* Capability options common to encoder and decoder: */ + +#define DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */ +#define DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED /* faster, less accurate integer method */ +#define DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */ + +/* Encoder capability options: */ + +#define C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */ +#define C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */ +#define C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/ +#define DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Input rescaling via DCT? (Requires DCT_ISLOW)*/ +#define ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED /* Optimization of entropy coding parms? */ +/* Note: if you selected 12-bit data precision, it is dangerous to turn off + * ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED. The standard Huffman tables are only good for 8-bit + * precision, so jchuff.c normally uses entropy optimization to compute + * usable tables for higher precision. If you don't want to do optimization, + * you'll have to supply different default Huffman tables. + * The exact same statements apply for progressive JPEG: the default tables + * don't work for progressive mode. (This may get fixed, however.) + */ +#define INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Input image smoothing option? */ + +/* Decoder capability options: */ + +#define D_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */ +#define D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */ +#define D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/ +#define IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling via IDCT? */ +#define SAVE_MARKERS_SUPPORTED /* jpeg_save_markers() needed? */ +#define BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Block smoothing? (Progressive only) */ +#undef UPSAMPLE_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling at upsample stage? */ +#define UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED /* Fast path for sloppy upsampling? */ +#define QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED /* 1-pass color quantization? */ +#define QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED /* 2-pass color quantization? */ + +/* more capability options later, no doubt */ + + +/* + * Ordering of RGB data in scanlines passed to or from the application. + * If your application wants to deal with data in the order B,G,R, just + * change these macros. You can also deal with formats such as R,G,B,X + * (one extra byte per pixel) by changing RGB_PIXELSIZE. Note that changing + * the offsets will also change the order in which colormap data is organized. + * RESTRICTIONS: + * 1. The sample applications cjpeg,djpeg do NOT support modified RGB formats. + * 2. The color quantizer modules will not behave desirably if RGB_PIXELSIZE + * is not 3 (they don't understand about dummy color components!). So you + * can't use color quantization if you change that value. + */ + +#define RGB_RED 0 /* Offset of Red in an RGB scanline element */ +#define RGB_GREEN 1 /* Offset of Green */ +#define RGB_BLUE 2 /* Offset of Blue */ +#define RGB_PIXELSIZE 3 /* JSAMPLEs per RGB scanline element */ + + +/* Definitions for speed-related optimizations. */ + + +/* If your compiler supports inline functions, define INLINE + * as the inline keyword; otherwise define it as empty. + */ + +#ifndef INLINE +#ifdef __GNUC__ /* for instance, GNU C knows about inline */ +#define INLINE __inline__ +#endif +#ifndef INLINE +#define INLINE /* default is to define it as empty */ +#endif +#endif + + +/* On some machines (notably 68000 series) "int" is 32 bits, but multiplying + * two 16-bit shorts is faster than multiplying two ints. Define MULTIPLIER + * as short on such a machine. MULTIPLIER must be at least 16 bits wide. + */ + +#ifndef MULTIPLIER +#define MULTIPLIER int /* type for fastest integer multiply */ +#endif + + +/* FAST_FLOAT should be either float or double, whichever is done faster + * by your compiler. (Note that this type is only used in the floating point + * DCT routines, so it only matters if you've defined DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED.) + * Typically, float is faster in ANSI C compilers, while double is faster in + * pre-ANSI compilers (because they insist on converting to double anyway). + * The code below therefore chooses float if we have ANSI-style prototypes. + */ + +#ifndef FAST_FLOAT +#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES +#define FAST_FLOAT float +#else +#define FAST_FLOAT double +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS */ diff --git a/libs/include/jpeglib.h b/libs/include/jpeglib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1327cff --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/jpeglib.h @@ -0,0 +1,1160 @@ +/* + * jpeglib.h + * + * Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane. + * Modified 2002-2011 by Guido Vollbeding. + * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file. + * + * This file defines the application interface for the JPEG library. + * Most applications using the library need only include this file, + * and perhaps jerror.h if they want to know the exact error codes. + */ + +#ifndef JPEGLIB_H +#define JPEGLIB_H + +/* + * First we include the configuration files that record how this + * installation of the JPEG library is set up. jconfig.h can be + * generated automatically for many systems. jmorecfg.h contains + * manual configuration options that most people need not worry about. + */ + +#ifndef JCONFIG_INCLUDED /* in case jinclude.h already did */ +#include "jconfig.h" /* widely used configuration options */ +#endif +#include "jmorecfg.h" /* seldom changed options */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#ifndef DONT_USE_EXTERN_C +extern "C" { +#endif +#endif + +/* Version IDs for the JPEG library. + * Might be useful for tests like "#if JPEG_LIB_VERSION >= 80". + */ + +#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION 80 /* Compatibility version 8.0 */ +#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION_MAJOR 8 +#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION_MINOR 4 + + +/* Various constants determining the sizes of things. + * All of these are specified by the JPEG standard, so don't change them + * if you want to be compatible. + */ + +#define DCTSIZE 8 /* The basic DCT block is 8x8 coefficients */ +#define DCTSIZE2 64 /* DCTSIZE squared; # of elements in a block */ +#define NUM_QUANT_TBLS 4 /* Quantization tables are numbered 0..3 */ +#define NUM_HUFF_TBLS 4 /* Huffman tables are numbered 0..3 */ +#define NUM_ARITH_TBLS 16 /* Arith-coding tables are numbered 0..15 */ +#define MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN 4 /* JPEG limit on # of components in one scan */ +#define MAX_SAMP_FACTOR 4 /* JPEG limit on sampling factors */ +/* Unfortunately, some bozo at Adobe saw no reason to be bound by the standard; + * the PostScript DCT filter can emit files with many more than 10 blocks/MCU. + * If you happen to run across such a file, you can up D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU + * to handle it. We even let you do this from the jconfig.h file. However, + * we strongly discourage changing C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; just because Adobe + * sometimes emits noncompliant files doesn't mean you should too. + */ +#define C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU 10 /* compressor's limit on blocks per MCU */ +#ifndef D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU +#define D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU 10 /* decompressor's limit on blocks per MCU */ +#endif + + +/* Data structures for images (arrays of samples and of DCT coefficients). + * On 80x86 machines, the image arrays are too big for near pointers, + * but the pointer arrays can fit in near memory. + */ + +typedef JSAMPLE FAR *JSAMPROW; /* ptr to one image row of pixel samples. */ +typedef JSAMPROW *JSAMPARRAY; /* ptr to some rows (a 2-D sample array) */ +typedef JSAMPARRAY *JSAMPIMAGE; /* a 3-D sample array: top index is color */ + +typedef JCOEF JBLOCK[DCTSIZE2]; /* one block of coefficients */ +typedef JBLOCK FAR *JBLOCKROW; /* pointer to one row of coefficient blocks */ +typedef JBLOCKROW *JBLOCKARRAY; /* a 2-D array of coefficient blocks */ +typedef JBLOCKARRAY *JBLOCKIMAGE; /* a 3-D array of coefficient blocks */ + +typedef JCOEF FAR *JCOEFPTR; /* useful in a couple of places */ + + +/* Types for JPEG compression parameters and working tables. */ + + +/* DCT coefficient quantization tables. */ + +typedef struct { + /* This array gives the coefficient quantizers in natural array order + * (not the zigzag order in which they are stored in a JPEG DQT marker). + * CAUTION: IJG versions prior to v6a kept this array in zigzag order. + */ + UINT16 quantval[DCTSIZE2]; /* quantization step for each coefficient */ + /* This field is used only during compression. It's initialized FALSE when + * the table is created, and set TRUE when it's been output to the file. + * You could suppress output of a table by setting this to TRUE. + * (See jpeg_suppress_tables for an example.) + */ + boolean sent_table; /* TRUE when table has been output */ +} JQUANT_TBL; + + +/* Huffman coding tables. */ + +typedef struct { + /* These two fields directly represent the contents of a JPEG DHT marker */ + UINT8 bits[17]; /* bits[k] = # of symbols with codes of */ + /* length k bits; bits[0] is unused */ + UINT8 huffval[256]; /* The symbols, in order of incr code length */ + /* This field is used only during compression. It's initialized FALSE when + * the table is created, and set TRUE when it's been output to the file. + * You could suppress output of a table by setting this to TRUE. + * (See jpeg_suppress_tables for an example.) + */ + boolean sent_table; /* TRUE when table has been output */ +} JHUFF_TBL; + + +/* Basic info about one component (color channel). */ + +typedef struct { + /* These values are fixed over the whole image. */ + /* For compression, they must be supplied by parameter setup; */ + /* for decompression, they are read from the SOF marker. */ + int component_id; /* identifier for this component (0..255) */ + int component_index; /* its index in SOF or cinfo->comp_info[] */ + int h_samp_factor; /* horizontal sampling factor (1..4) */ + int v_samp_factor; /* vertical sampling factor (1..4) */ + int quant_tbl_no; /* quantization table selector (0..3) */ + /* These values may vary between scans. */ + /* For compression, they must be supplied by parameter setup; */ + /* for decompression, they are read from the SOS marker. */ + /* The decompressor output side may not use these variables. */ + int dc_tbl_no; /* DC entropy table selector (0..3) */ + int ac_tbl_no; /* AC entropy table selector (0..3) */ + + /* Remaining fields should be treated as private by applications. */ + + /* These values are computed during compression or decompression startup: */ + /* Component's size in DCT blocks. + * Any dummy blocks added to complete an MCU are not counted; therefore + * these values do not depend on whether a scan is interleaved or not. + */ + JDIMENSION width_in_blocks; + JDIMENSION height_in_blocks; + /* Size of a DCT block in samples, + * reflecting any scaling we choose to apply during the DCT step. + * Values from 1 to 16 are supported. + * Note that different components may receive different DCT scalings. + */ + int DCT_h_scaled_size; + int DCT_v_scaled_size; + /* The downsampled dimensions are the component's actual, unpadded number + * of samples at the main buffer (preprocessing/compression interface); + * DCT scaling is included, so + * downsampled_width = ceil(image_width * Hi/Hmax * DCT_h_scaled_size/DCTSIZE) + * and similarly for height. + */ + JDIMENSION downsampled_width; /* actual width in samples */ + JDIMENSION downsampled_height; /* actual height in samples */ + /* This flag is used only for decompression. In cases where some of the + * components will be ignored (eg grayscale output from YCbCr image), + * we can skip most computations for the unused components. + */ + boolean component_needed; /* do we need the value of this component? */ + + /* These values are computed before starting a scan of the component. */ + /* The decompressor output side may not use these variables. */ + int MCU_width; /* number of blocks per MCU, horizontally */ + int MCU_height; /* number of blocks per MCU, vertically */ + int MCU_blocks; /* MCU_width * MCU_height */ + int MCU_sample_width; /* MCU width in samples: MCU_width * DCT_h_scaled_size */ + int last_col_width; /* # of non-dummy blocks across in last MCU */ + int last_row_height; /* # of non-dummy blocks down in last MCU */ + + /* Saved quantization table for component; NULL if none yet saved. + * See jdinput.c comments about the need for this information. + * This field is currently used only for decompression. + */ + JQUANT_TBL * quant_table; + + /* Private per-component storage for DCT or IDCT subsystem. */ + void * dct_table; +} jpeg_component_info; + + +/* The script for encoding a multiple-scan file is an array of these: */ + +typedef struct { + int comps_in_scan; /* number of components encoded in this scan */ + int component_index[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* their SOF/comp_info[] indexes */ + int Ss, Se; /* progressive JPEG spectral selection parms */ + int Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG successive approx. parms */ +} jpeg_scan_info; + +/* The decompressor can save APPn and COM markers in a list of these: */ + +typedef struct jpeg_marker_struct FAR * jpeg_saved_marker_ptr; + +struct jpeg_marker_struct { + jpeg_saved_marker_ptr next; /* next in list, or NULL */ + UINT8 marker; /* marker code: JPEG_COM, or JPEG_APP0+n */ + unsigned int original_length; /* # bytes of data in the file */ + unsigned int data_length; /* # bytes of data saved at data[] */ + JOCTET FAR * data; /* the data contained in the marker */ + /* the marker length word is not counted in data_length or original_length */ +}; + +/* Known color spaces. */ + +typedef enum { + JCS_UNKNOWN, /* error/unspecified */ + JCS_GRAYSCALE, /* monochrome */ + JCS_RGB, /* red/green/blue */ + JCS_YCbCr, /* Y/Cb/Cr (also known as YUV) */ + JCS_CMYK, /* C/M/Y/K */ + JCS_YCCK /* Y/Cb/Cr/K */ +} J_COLOR_SPACE; + +/* DCT/IDCT algorithm options. */ + +typedef enum { + JDCT_ISLOW, /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */ + JDCT_IFAST, /* faster, less accurate integer method */ + JDCT_FLOAT /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */ +} J_DCT_METHOD; + +#ifndef JDCT_DEFAULT /* may be overridden in jconfig.h */ +#define JDCT_DEFAULT JDCT_ISLOW +#endif +#ifndef JDCT_FASTEST /* may be overridden in jconfig.h */ +#define JDCT_FASTEST JDCT_IFAST +#endif + +/* Dithering options for decompression. */ + +typedef enum { + JDITHER_NONE, /* no dithering */ + JDITHER_ORDERED, /* simple ordered dither */ + JDITHER_FS /* Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion dither */ +} J_DITHER_MODE; + + +/* Common fields between JPEG compression and decompression master structs. */ + +#define jpeg_common_fields \ + struct jpeg_error_mgr * err; /* Error handler module */\ + struct jpeg_memory_mgr * mem; /* Memory manager module */\ + struct jpeg_progress_mgr * progress; /* Progress monitor, or NULL if none */\ + void * client_data; /* Available for use by application */\ + boolean is_decompressor; /* So common code can tell which is which */\ + int global_state /* For checking call sequence validity */ + +/* Routines that are to be used by both halves of the library are declared + * to receive a pointer to this structure. There are no actual instances of + * jpeg_common_struct, only of jpeg_compress_struct and jpeg_decompress_struct. + */ +struct jpeg_common_struct { + jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields common to both master struct types */ + /* Additional fields follow in an actual jpeg_compress_struct or + * jpeg_decompress_struct. All three structs must agree on these + * initial fields! (This would be a lot cleaner in C++.) + */ +}; + +typedef struct jpeg_common_struct * j_common_ptr; +typedef struct jpeg_compress_struct * j_compress_ptr; +typedef struct jpeg_decompress_struct * j_decompress_ptr; + + +/* Master record for a compression instance */ + +struct jpeg_compress_struct { + jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields shared with jpeg_decompress_struct */ + + /* Destination for compressed data */ + struct jpeg_destination_mgr * dest; + + /* Description of source image --- these fields must be filled in by + * outer application before starting compression. in_color_space must + * be correct before you can even call jpeg_set_defaults(). + */ + + JDIMENSION image_width; /* input image width */ + JDIMENSION image_height; /* input image height */ + int input_components; /* # of color components in input image */ + J_COLOR_SPACE in_color_space; /* colorspace of input image */ + + double input_gamma; /* image gamma of input image */ + + /* Compression parameters --- these fields must be set before calling + * jpeg_start_compress(). We recommend calling jpeg_set_defaults() to + * initialize everything to reasonable defaults, then changing anything + * the application specifically wants to change. That way you won't get + * burnt when new parameters are added. Also note that there are several + * helper routines to simplify changing parameters. + */ + + unsigned int scale_num, scale_denom; /* fraction by which to scale image */ + + JDIMENSION jpeg_width; /* scaled JPEG image width */ + JDIMENSION jpeg_height; /* scaled JPEG image height */ + /* Dimensions of actual JPEG image that will be written to file, + * derived from input dimensions by scaling factors above. + * These fields are computed by jpeg_start_compress(). + * You can also use jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions() to determine these values + * in advance of calling jpeg_start_compress(). + */ + + int data_precision; /* bits of precision in image data */ + + int num_components; /* # of color components in JPEG image */ + J_COLOR_SPACE jpeg_color_space; /* colorspace of JPEG image */ + + jpeg_component_info * comp_info; + /* comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOF */ + + JQUANT_TBL * quant_tbl_ptrs[NUM_QUANT_TBLS]; + int q_scale_factor[NUM_QUANT_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to coefficient quantization tables, or NULL if not defined, + * and corresponding scale factors (percentage, initialized 100). + */ + + JHUFF_TBL * dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + JHUFF_TBL * ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to Huffman coding tables, or NULL if not defined */ + + UINT8 arith_dc_L[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* L values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_dc_U[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* U values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_ac_K[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* Kx values for AC arith-coding tables */ + + int num_scans; /* # of entries in scan_info array */ + const jpeg_scan_info * scan_info; /* script for multi-scan file, or NULL */ + /* The default value of scan_info is NULL, which causes a single-scan + * sequential JPEG file to be emitted. To create a multi-scan file, + * set num_scans and scan_info to point to an array of scan definitions. + */ + + boolean raw_data_in; /* TRUE=caller supplies downsampled data */ + boolean arith_code; /* TRUE=arithmetic coding, FALSE=Huffman */ + boolean optimize_coding; /* TRUE=optimize entropy encoding parms */ + boolean CCIR601_sampling; /* TRUE=first samples are cosited */ + boolean do_fancy_downsampling; /* TRUE=apply fancy downsampling */ + int smoothing_factor; /* 1..100, or 0 for no input smoothing */ + J_DCT_METHOD dct_method; /* DCT algorithm selector */ + + /* The restart interval can be specified in absolute MCUs by setting + * restart_interval, or in MCU rows by setting restart_in_rows + * (in which case the correct restart_interval will be figured + * for each scan). + */ + unsigned int restart_interval; /* MCUs per restart, or 0 for no restart */ + int restart_in_rows; /* if > 0, MCU rows per restart interval */ + + /* Parameters controlling emission of special markers. */ + + boolean write_JFIF_header; /* should a JFIF marker be written? */ + UINT8 JFIF_major_version; /* What to write for the JFIF version number */ + UINT8 JFIF_minor_version; + /* These three values are not used by the JPEG code, merely copied */ + /* into the JFIF APP0 marker. density_unit can be 0 for unknown, */ + /* 1 for dots/inch, or 2 for dots/cm. Note that the pixel aspect */ + /* ratio is defined by X_density/Y_density even when density_unit=0. */ + UINT8 density_unit; /* JFIF code for pixel size units */ + UINT16 X_density; /* Horizontal pixel density */ + UINT16 Y_density; /* Vertical pixel density */ + boolean write_Adobe_marker; /* should an Adobe marker be written? */ + + /* State variable: index of next scanline to be written to + * jpeg_write_scanlines(). Application may use this to control its + * processing loop, e.g., "while (next_scanline < image_height)". + */ + + JDIMENSION next_scanline; /* 0 .. image_height-1 */ + + /* Remaining fields are known throughout compressor, but generally + * should not be touched by a surrounding application. + */ + + /* + * These fields are computed during compression startup + */ + boolean progressive_mode; /* TRUE if scan script uses progressive mode */ + int max_h_samp_factor; /* largest h_samp_factor */ + int max_v_samp_factor; /* largest v_samp_factor */ + + int min_DCT_h_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_h_scaled_size of any component */ + int min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_v_scaled_size of any component */ + + JDIMENSION total_iMCU_rows; /* # of iMCU rows to be input to coef ctlr */ + /* The coefficient controller receives data in units of MCU rows as defined + * for fully interleaved scans (whether the JPEG file is interleaved or not). + * There are v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE sample rows of each component in an + * "iMCU" (interleaved MCU) row. + */ + + /* + * These fields are valid during any one scan. + * They describe the components and MCUs actually appearing in the scan. + */ + int comps_in_scan; /* # of JPEG components in this scan */ + jpeg_component_info * cur_comp_info[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; + /* *cur_comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOS */ + + JDIMENSION MCUs_per_row; /* # of MCUs across the image */ + JDIMENSION MCU_rows_in_scan; /* # of MCU rows in the image */ + + int blocks_in_MCU; /* # of DCT blocks per MCU */ + int MCU_membership[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU]; + /* MCU_membership[i] is index in cur_comp_info of component owning */ + /* i'th block in an MCU */ + + int Ss, Se, Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG parameters for scan */ + + int block_size; /* the basic DCT block size: 1..16 */ + const int * natural_order; /* natural-order position array */ + int lim_Se; /* min( Se, DCTSIZE2-1 ) */ + + /* + * Links to compression subobjects (methods and private variables of modules) + */ + struct jpeg_comp_master * master; + struct jpeg_c_main_controller * main; + struct jpeg_c_prep_controller * prep; + struct jpeg_c_coef_controller * coef; + struct jpeg_marker_writer * marker; + struct jpeg_color_converter * cconvert; + struct jpeg_downsampler * downsample; + struct jpeg_forward_dct * fdct; + struct jpeg_entropy_encoder * entropy; + jpeg_scan_info * script_space; /* workspace for jpeg_simple_progression */ + int script_space_size; +}; + + +/* Master record for a decompression instance */ + +struct jpeg_decompress_struct { + jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields shared with jpeg_compress_struct */ + + /* Source of compressed data */ + struct jpeg_source_mgr * src; + + /* Basic description of image --- filled in by jpeg_read_header(). */ + /* Application may inspect these values to decide how to process image. */ + + JDIMENSION image_width; /* nominal image width (from SOF marker) */ + JDIMENSION image_height; /* nominal image height */ + int num_components; /* # of color components in JPEG image */ + J_COLOR_SPACE jpeg_color_space; /* colorspace of JPEG image */ + + /* Decompression processing parameters --- these fields must be set before + * calling jpeg_start_decompress(). Note that jpeg_read_header() initializes + * them to default values. + */ + + J_COLOR_SPACE out_color_space; /* colorspace for output */ + + unsigned int scale_num, scale_denom; /* fraction by which to scale image */ + + double output_gamma; /* image gamma wanted in output */ + + boolean buffered_image; /* TRUE=multiple output passes */ + boolean raw_data_out; /* TRUE=downsampled data wanted */ + + J_DCT_METHOD dct_method; /* IDCT algorithm selector */ + boolean do_fancy_upsampling; /* TRUE=apply fancy upsampling */ + boolean do_block_smoothing; /* TRUE=apply interblock smoothing */ + + boolean quantize_colors; /* TRUE=colormapped output wanted */ + /* the following are ignored if not quantize_colors: */ + J_DITHER_MODE dither_mode; /* type of color dithering to use */ + boolean two_pass_quantize; /* TRUE=use two-pass color quantization */ + int desired_number_of_colors; /* max # colors to use in created colormap */ + /* these are significant only in buffered-image mode: */ + boolean enable_1pass_quant; /* enable future use of 1-pass quantizer */ + boolean enable_external_quant;/* enable future use of external colormap */ + boolean enable_2pass_quant; /* enable future use of 2-pass quantizer */ + + /* Description of actual output image that will be returned to application. + * These fields are computed by jpeg_start_decompress(). + * You can also use jpeg_calc_output_dimensions() to determine these values + * in advance of calling jpeg_start_decompress(). + */ + + JDIMENSION output_width; /* scaled image width */ + JDIMENSION output_height; /* scaled image height */ + int out_color_components; /* # of color components in out_color_space */ + int output_components; /* # of color components returned */ + /* output_components is 1 (a colormap index) when quantizing colors; + * otherwise it equals out_color_components. + */ + int rec_outbuf_height; /* min recommended height of scanline buffer */ + /* If the buffer passed to jpeg_read_scanlines() is less than this many rows + * high, space and time will be wasted due to unnecessary data copying. + * Usually rec_outbuf_height will be 1 or 2, at most 4. + */ + + /* When quantizing colors, the output colormap is described by these fields. + * The application can supply a colormap by setting colormap non-NULL before + * calling jpeg_start_decompress; otherwise a colormap is created during + * jpeg_start_decompress or jpeg_start_output. + * The map has out_color_components rows and actual_number_of_colors columns. + */ + int actual_number_of_colors; /* number of entries in use */ + JSAMPARRAY colormap; /* The color map as a 2-D pixel array */ + + /* State variables: these variables indicate the progress of decompression. + * The application may examine these but must not modify them. + */ + + /* Row index of next scanline to be read from jpeg_read_scanlines(). + * Application may use this to control its processing loop, e.g., + * "while (output_scanline < output_height)". + */ + JDIMENSION output_scanline; /* 0 .. output_height-1 */ + + /* Current input scan number and number of iMCU rows completed in scan. + * These indicate the progress of the decompressor input side. + */ + int input_scan_number; /* Number of SOS markers seen so far */ + JDIMENSION input_iMCU_row; /* Number of iMCU rows completed */ + + /* The "output scan number" is the notional scan being displayed by the + * output side. The decompressor will not allow output scan/row number + * to get ahead of input scan/row, but it can fall arbitrarily far behind. + */ + int output_scan_number; /* Nominal scan number being displayed */ + JDIMENSION output_iMCU_row; /* Number of iMCU rows read */ + + /* Current progression status. coef_bits[c][i] indicates the precision + * with which component c's DCT coefficient i (in zigzag order) is known. + * It is -1 when no data has yet been received, otherwise it is the point + * transform (shift) value for the most recent scan of the coefficient + * (thus, 0 at completion of the progression). + * This pointer is NULL when reading a non-progressive file. + */ + int (*coef_bits)[DCTSIZE2]; /* -1 or current Al value for each coef */ + + /* Internal JPEG parameters --- the application usually need not look at + * these fields. Note that the decompressor output side may not use + * any parameters that can change between scans. + */ + + /* Quantization and Huffman tables are carried forward across input + * datastreams when processing abbreviated JPEG datastreams. + */ + + JQUANT_TBL * quant_tbl_ptrs[NUM_QUANT_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to coefficient quantization tables, or NULL if not defined */ + + JHUFF_TBL * dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + JHUFF_TBL * ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to Huffman coding tables, or NULL if not defined */ + + /* These parameters are never carried across datastreams, since they + * are given in SOF/SOS markers or defined to be reset by SOI. + */ + + int data_precision; /* bits of precision in image data */ + + jpeg_component_info * comp_info; + /* comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOF */ + + boolean is_baseline; /* TRUE if Baseline SOF0 encountered */ + boolean progressive_mode; /* TRUE if SOFn specifies progressive mode */ + boolean arith_code; /* TRUE=arithmetic coding, FALSE=Huffman */ + + UINT8 arith_dc_L[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* L values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_dc_U[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* U values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_ac_K[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* Kx values for AC arith-coding tables */ + + unsigned int restart_interval; /* MCUs per restart interval, or 0 for no restart */ + + /* These fields record data obtained from optional markers recognized by + * the JPEG library. + */ + boolean saw_JFIF_marker; /* TRUE iff a JFIF APP0 marker was found */ + /* Data copied from JFIF marker; only valid if saw_JFIF_marker is TRUE: */ + UINT8 JFIF_major_version; /* JFIF version number */ + UINT8 JFIF_minor_version; + UINT8 density_unit; /* JFIF code for pixel size units */ + UINT16 X_density; /* Horizontal pixel density */ + UINT16 Y_density; /* Vertical pixel density */ + boolean saw_Adobe_marker; /* TRUE iff an Adobe APP14 marker was found */ + UINT8 Adobe_transform; /* Color transform code from Adobe marker */ + + boolean CCIR601_sampling; /* TRUE=first samples are cosited */ + + /* Aside from the specific data retained from APPn markers known to the + * library, the uninterpreted contents of any or all APPn and COM markers + * can be saved in a list for examination by the application. + */ + jpeg_saved_marker_ptr marker_list; /* Head of list of saved markers */ + + /* Remaining fields are known throughout decompressor, but generally + * should not be touched by a surrounding application. + */ + + /* + * These fields are computed during decompression startup + */ + int max_h_samp_factor; /* largest h_samp_factor */ + int max_v_samp_factor; /* largest v_samp_factor */ + + int min_DCT_h_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_h_scaled_size of any component */ + int min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_v_scaled_size of any component */ + + JDIMENSION total_iMCU_rows; /* # of iMCU rows in image */ + /* The coefficient controller's input and output progress is measured in + * units of "iMCU" (interleaved MCU) rows. These are the same as MCU rows + * in fully interleaved JPEG scans, but are used whether the scan is + * interleaved or not. We define an iMCU row as v_samp_factor DCT block + * rows of each component. Therefore, the IDCT output contains + * v_samp_factor*DCT_v_scaled_size sample rows of a component per iMCU row. + */ + + JSAMPLE * sample_range_limit; /* table for fast range-limiting */ + + /* + * These fields are valid during any one scan. + * They describe the components and MCUs actually appearing in the scan. + * Note that the decompressor output side must not use these fields. + */ + int comps_in_scan; /* # of JPEG components in this scan */ + jpeg_component_info * cur_comp_info[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; + /* *cur_comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOS */ + + JDIMENSION MCUs_per_row; /* # of MCUs across the image */ + JDIMENSION MCU_rows_in_scan; /* # of MCU rows in the image */ + + int blocks_in_MCU; /* # of DCT blocks per MCU */ + int MCU_membership[D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU]; + /* MCU_membership[i] is index in cur_comp_info of component owning */ + /* i'th block in an MCU */ + + int Ss, Se, Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG parameters for scan */ + + /* These fields are derived from Se of first SOS marker. + */ + int block_size; /* the basic DCT block size: 1..16 */ + const int * natural_order; /* natural-order position array for entropy decode */ + int lim_Se; /* min( Se, DCTSIZE2-1 ) for entropy decode */ + + /* This field is shared between entropy decoder and marker parser. + * It is either zero or the code of a JPEG marker that has been + * read from the data source, but has not yet been processed. + */ + int unread_marker; + + /* + * Links to decompression subobjects (methods, private variables of modules) + */ + struct jpeg_decomp_master * master; + struct jpeg_d_main_controller * main; + struct jpeg_d_coef_controller * coef; + struct jpeg_d_post_controller * post; + struct jpeg_input_controller * inputctl; + struct jpeg_marker_reader * marker; + struct jpeg_entropy_decoder * entropy; + struct jpeg_inverse_dct * idct; + struct jpeg_upsampler * upsample; + struct jpeg_color_deconverter * cconvert; + struct jpeg_color_quantizer * cquantize; +}; + + +/* "Object" declarations for JPEG modules that may be supplied or called + * directly by the surrounding application. + * As with all objects in the JPEG library, these structs only define the + * publicly visible methods and state variables of a module. Additional + * private fields may exist after the public ones. + */ + + +/* Error handler object */ + +struct jpeg_error_mgr { + /* Error exit handler: does not return to caller */ + JMETHOD(void, error_exit, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + /* Conditionally emit a trace or warning message */ + JMETHOD(void, emit_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int msg_level)); + /* Routine that actually outputs a trace or error message */ + JMETHOD(void, output_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + /* Format a message string for the most recent JPEG error or message */ + JMETHOD(void, format_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo, char * buffer)); +#define JMSG_LENGTH_MAX 200 /* recommended size of format_message buffer */ + /* Reset error state variables at start of a new image */ + JMETHOD(void, reset_error_mgr, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + + /* The message ID code and any parameters are saved here. + * A message can have one string parameter or up to 8 int parameters. + */ + int msg_code; +#define JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX 80 + union { + int i[8]; + char s[JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX]; + } msg_parm; + + /* Standard state variables for error facility */ + + int trace_level; /* max msg_level that will be displayed */ + + /* For recoverable corrupt-data errors, we emit a warning message, + * but keep going unless emit_message chooses to abort. emit_message + * should count warnings in num_warnings. The surrounding application + * can check for bad data by seeing if num_warnings is nonzero at the + * end of processing. + */ + long num_warnings; /* number of corrupt-data warnings */ + + /* These fields point to the table(s) of error message strings. + * An application can change the table pointer to switch to a different + * message list (typically, to change the language in which errors are + * reported). Some applications may wish to add additional error codes + * that will be handled by the JPEG library error mechanism; the second + * table pointer is used for this purpose. + * + * First table includes all errors generated by JPEG library itself. + * Error code 0 is reserved for a "no such error string" message. + */ + const char * const * jpeg_message_table; /* Library errors */ + int last_jpeg_message; /* Table contains strings 0..last_jpeg_message */ + /* Second table can be added by application (see cjpeg/djpeg for example). + * It contains strings numbered first_addon_message..last_addon_message. + */ + const char * const * addon_message_table; /* Non-library errors */ + int first_addon_message; /* code for first string in addon table */ + int last_addon_message; /* code for last string in addon table */ +}; + + +/* Progress monitor object */ + +struct jpeg_progress_mgr { + JMETHOD(void, progress_monitor, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + + long pass_counter; /* work units completed in this pass */ + long pass_limit; /* total number of work units in this pass */ + int completed_passes; /* passes completed so far */ + int total_passes; /* total number of passes expected */ +}; + + +/* Data destination object for compression */ + +struct jpeg_destination_mgr { + JOCTET * next_output_byte; /* => next byte to write in buffer */ + size_t free_in_buffer; /* # of byte spaces remaining in buffer */ + + JMETHOD(void, init_destination, (j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(boolean, empty_output_buffer, (j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(void, term_destination, (j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +}; + + +/* Data source object for decompression */ + +struct jpeg_source_mgr { + const JOCTET * next_input_byte; /* => next byte to read from buffer */ + size_t bytes_in_buffer; /* # of bytes remaining in buffer */ + + JMETHOD(void, init_source, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(boolean, fill_input_buffer, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(void, skip_input_data, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, long num_bytes)); + JMETHOD(boolean, resync_to_restart, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int desired)); + JMETHOD(void, term_source, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +}; + + +/* Memory manager object. + * Allocates "small" objects (a few K total), "large" objects (tens of K), + * and "really big" objects (virtual arrays with backing store if needed). + * The memory manager does not allow individual objects to be freed; rather, + * each created object is assigned to a pool, and whole pools can be freed + * at once. This is faster and more convenient than remembering exactly what + * to free, especially where malloc()/free() are not too speedy. + * NB: alloc routines never return NULL. They exit to error_exit if not + * successful. + */ + +#define JPOOL_PERMANENT 0 /* lasts until master record is destroyed */ +#define JPOOL_IMAGE 1 /* lasts until done with image/datastream */ +#define JPOOL_NUMPOOLS 2 + +typedef struct jvirt_sarray_control * jvirt_sarray_ptr; +typedef struct jvirt_barray_control * jvirt_barray_ptr; + + +struct jpeg_memory_mgr { + /* Method pointers */ + JMETHOD(void *, alloc_small, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + size_t sizeofobject)); + JMETHOD(void FAR *, alloc_large, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + size_t sizeofobject)); + JMETHOD(JSAMPARRAY, alloc_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + JDIMENSION samplesperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows)); + JMETHOD(JBLOCKARRAY, alloc_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + JDIMENSION blocksperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows)); + JMETHOD(jvirt_sarray_ptr, request_virt_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + int pool_id, + boolean pre_zero, + JDIMENSION samplesperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows, + JDIMENSION maxaccess)); + JMETHOD(jvirt_barray_ptr, request_virt_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + int pool_id, + boolean pre_zero, + JDIMENSION blocksperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows, + JDIMENSION maxaccess)); + JMETHOD(void, realize_virt_arrays, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(JSAMPARRAY, access_virt_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + jvirt_sarray_ptr ptr, + JDIMENSION start_row, + JDIMENSION num_rows, + boolean writable)); + JMETHOD(JBLOCKARRAY, access_virt_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + jvirt_barray_ptr ptr, + JDIMENSION start_row, + JDIMENSION num_rows, + boolean writable)); + JMETHOD(void, free_pool, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id)); + JMETHOD(void, self_destruct, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + + /* Limit on memory allocation for this JPEG object. (Note that this is + * merely advisory, not a guaranteed maximum; it only affects the space + * used for virtual-array buffers.) May be changed by outer application + * after creating the JPEG object. + */ + long max_memory_to_use; + + /* Maximum allocation request accepted by alloc_large. */ + long max_alloc_chunk; +}; + + +/* Routine signature for application-supplied marker processing methods. + * Need not pass marker code since it is stored in cinfo->unread_marker. + */ +typedef JMETHOD(boolean, jpeg_marker_parser_method, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + + +/* Declarations for routines called by application. + * The JPP macro hides prototype parameters from compilers that can't cope. + * Note JPP requires double parentheses. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES +#define JPP(arglist) arglist +#else +#define JPP(arglist) () +#endif + + +/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. + * We shorten external names to be unique in the first six letters, which + * is good enough for all known systems. + * (If your compiler itself needs names to be unique in less than 15 + * characters, you are out of luck. Get a better compiler.) + */ + +#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES +#define jpeg_std_error jStdError +#define jpeg_CreateCompress jCreaCompress +#define jpeg_CreateDecompress jCreaDecompress +#define jpeg_destroy_compress jDestCompress +#define jpeg_destroy_decompress jDestDecompress +#define jpeg_stdio_dest jStdDest +#define jpeg_stdio_src jStdSrc +#define jpeg_mem_dest jMemDest +#define jpeg_mem_src jMemSrc +#define jpeg_set_defaults jSetDefaults +#define jpeg_set_colorspace jSetColorspace +#define jpeg_default_colorspace jDefColorspace +#define jpeg_set_quality jSetQuality +#define jpeg_set_linear_quality jSetLQuality +#define jpeg_default_qtables jDefQTables +#define jpeg_add_quant_table jAddQuantTable +#define jpeg_quality_scaling jQualityScaling +#define jpeg_simple_progression jSimProgress +#define jpeg_suppress_tables jSuppressTables +#define jpeg_alloc_quant_table jAlcQTable +#define jpeg_alloc_huff_table jAlcHTable +#define jpeg_start_compress jStrtCompress +#define jpeg_write_scanlines jWrtScanlines +#define jpeg_finish_compress jFinCompress +#define jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions jCjpegDimensions +#define jpeg_write_raw_data jWrtRawData +#define jpeg_write_marker jWrtMarker +#define jpeg_write_m_header jWrtMHeader +#define jpeg_write_m_byte jWrtMByte +#define jpeg_write_tables jWrtTables +#define jpeg_read_header jReadHeader +#define jpeg_start_decompress jStrtDecompress +#define jpeg_read_scanlines jReadScanlines +#define jpeg_finish_decompress jFinDecompress +#define jpeg_read_raw_data jReadRawData +#define jpeg_has_multiple_scans jHasMultScn +#define jpeg_start_output jStrtOutput +#define jpeg_finish_output jFinOutput +#define jpeg_input_complete jInComplete +#define jpeg_new_colormap jNewCMap +#define jpeg_consume_input jConsumeInput +#define jpeg_core_output_dimensions jCoreDimensions +#define jpeg_calc_output_dimensions jCalcDimensions +#define jpeg_save_markers jSaveMarkers +#define jpeg_set_marker_processor jSetMarker +#define jpeg_read_coefficients jReadCoefs +#define jpeg_write_coefficients jWrtCoefs +#define jpeg_copy_critical_parameters jCopyCrit +#define jpeg_abort_compress jAbrtCompress +#define jpeg_abort_decompress jAbrtDecompress +#define jpeg_abort jAbort +#define jpeg_destroy jDestroy +#define jpeg_resync_to_restart jResyncRestart +#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */ + + +/* Default error-management setup */ +EXTERN(struct jpeg_error_mgr *) jpeg_std_error + JPP((struct jpeg_error_mgr * err)); + +/* Initialization of JPEG compression objects. + * jpeg_create_compress() and jpeg_create_decompress() are the exported + * names that applications should call. These expand to calls on + * jpeg_CreateCompress and jpeg_CreateDecompress with additional information + * passed for version mismatch checking. + * NB: you must set up the error-manager BEFORE calling jpeg_create_xxx. + */ +#define jpeg_create_compress(cinfo) \ + jpeg_CreateCompress((cinfo), JPEG_LIB_VERSION, \ + (size_t) sizeof(struct jpeg_compress_struct)) +#define jpeg_create_decompress(cinfo) \ + jpeg_CreateDecompress((cinfo), JPEG_LIB_VERSION, \ + (size_t) sizeof(struct jpeg_decompress_struct)) +EXTERN(void) jpeg_CreateCompress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + int version, size_t structsize)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_CreateDecompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + int version, size_t structsize)); +/* Destruction of JPEG compression objects */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Standard data source and destination managers: stdio streams. */ +/* Caller is responsible for opening the file before and closing after. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_stdio_dest JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, FILE * outfile)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_stdio_src JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, FILE * infile)); + +/* Data source and destination managers: memory buffers. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_mem_dest JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + unsigned char ** outbuffer, + unsigned long * outsize)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_mem_src JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + unsigned char * inbuffer, + unsigned long insize)); + +/* Default parameter setup for compression */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_defaults JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +/* Compression parameter setup aids */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_colorspace JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + J_COLOR_SPACE colorspace)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_default_colorspace JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_quality JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int quality, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_linear_quality JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + int scale_factor, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_default_qtables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_add_quant_table JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int which_tbl, + const unsigned int *basic_table, + int scale_factor, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(int) jpeg_quality_scaling JPP((int quality)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_simple_progression JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_suppress_tables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + boolean suppress)); +EXTERN(JQUANT_TBL *) jpeg_alloc_quant_table JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(JHUFF_TBL *) jpeg_alloc_huff_table JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Main entry points for compression */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_start_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + boolean write_all_tables)); +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_write_scanlines JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPARRAY scanlines, + JDIMENSION num_lines)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_finish_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Precalculate JPEG dimensions for current compression parameters. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Replaces jpeg_write_scanlines when writing raw downsampled data. */ +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_write_raw_data JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPIMAGE data, + JDIMENSION num_lines)); + +/* Write a special marker. See libjpeg.txt concerning safe usage. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_marker + JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, + const JOCTET * dataptr, unsigned int datalen)); +/* Same, but piecemeal. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_m_header + JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, unsigned int datalen)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_m_byte + JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val)); + +/* Alternate compression function: just write an abbreviated table file */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_tables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Decompression startup: read start of JPEG datastream to see what's there */ +EXTERN(int) jpeg_read_header JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + boolean require_image)); +/* Return value is one of: */ +#define JPEG_SUSPENDED 0 /* Suspended due to lack of input data */ +#define JPEG_HEADER_OK 1 /* Found valid image datastream */ +#define JPEG_HEADER_TABLES_ONLY 2 /* Found valid table-specs-only datastream */ +/* If you pass require_image = TRUE (normal case), you need not check for + * a TABLES_ONLY return code; an abbreviated file will cause an error exit. + * JPEG_SUSPENDED is only possible if you use a data source module that can + * give a suspension return (the stdio source module doesn't). + */ + +/* Main entry points for decompression */ +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_start_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_read_scanlines JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPARRAY scanlines, + JDIMENSION max_lines)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_finish_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Replaces jpeg_read_scanlines when reading raw downsampled data. */ +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_read_raw_data JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPIMAGE data, + JDIMENSION max_lines)); + +/* Additional entry points for buffered-image mode. */ +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_has_multiple_scans JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_start_output JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + int scan_number)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_finish_output JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_input_complete JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_new_colormap JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(int) jpeg_consume_input JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +/* Return value is one of: */ +/* #define JPEG_SUSPENDED 0 Suspended due to lack of input data */ +#define JPEG_REACHED_SOS 1 /* Reached start of new scan */ +#define JPEG_REACHED_EOI 2 /* Reached end of image */ +#define JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED 3 /* Completed one iMCU row */ +#define JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED 4 /* Completed last iMCU row of a scan */ + +/* Precalculate output dimensions for current decompression parameters. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_core_output_dimensions JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_calc_output_dimensions JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Control saving of COM and APPn markers into marker_list. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_save_markers + JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int marker_code, + unsigned int length_limit)); + +/* Install a special processing method for COM or APPn markers. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_marker_processor + JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int marker_code, + jpeg_marker_parser_method routine)); + +/* Read or write raw DCT coefficients --- useful for lossless transcoding. */ +EXTERN(jvirt_barray_ptr *) jpeg_read_coefficients JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_coefficients JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_copy_critical_parameters JPP((j_decompress_ptr srcinfo, + j_compress_ptr dstinfo)); + +/* If you choose to abort compression or decompression before completing + * jpeg_finish_(de)compress, then you need to clean up to release memory, + * temporary files, etc. You can just call jpeg_destroy_(de)compress + * if you're done with the JPEG object, but if you want to clean it up and + * reuse it, call this: + */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Generic versions of jpeg_abort and jpeg_destroy that work on either + * flavor of JPEG object. These may be more convenient in some places. + */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Default restart-marker-resync procedure for use by data source modules */ +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_resync_to_restart JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + int desired)); + + +/* These marker codes are exported since applications and data source modules + * are likely to want to use them. + */ + +#define JPEG_RST0 0xD0 /* RST0 marker code */ +#define JPEG_EOI 0xD9 /* EOI marker code */ +#define JPEG_APP0 0xE0 /* APP0 marker code */ +#define JPEG_COM 0xFE /* COM marker code */ + + +/* If we have a brain-damaged compiler that emits warnings (or worse, errors) + * for structure definitions that are never filled in, keep it quiet by + * supplying dummy definitions for the various substructures. + */ + +#ifdef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN +#ifndef JPEG_INTERNALS /* will be defined in jpegint.h */ +struct jvirt_sarray_control { long dummy; }; +struct jvirt_barray_control { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_comp_master { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_c_main_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_c_prep_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_c_coef_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_marker_writer { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_color_converter { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_downsampler { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_forward_dct { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_entropy_encoder { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_decomp_master { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_d_main_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_d_coef_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_d_post_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_input_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_marker_reader { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_entropy_decoder { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_inverse_dct { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_upsampler { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_color_deconverter { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_color_quantizer { long dummy; }; +#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */ +#endif /* INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */ + + +/* + * The JPEG library modules define JPEG_INTERNALS before including this file. + * The internal structure declarations are read only when that is true. + * Applications using the library should not include jpegint.h, but may wish + * to include jerror.h. + */ + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS +#include "jpegint.h" /* fetch private declarations */ +#include "jerror.h" /* fetch error codes too */ +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#ifndef DONT_USE_EXTERN_C +} +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* JPEGLIB_H */ diff --git a/libs/include/png.h b/libs/include/png.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c37e58 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/png.h @@ -0,0 +1,2671 @@ + +/* png.h - header file for PNG reference library + * + * libpng version 1.5.12 - July 11, 2012 + * Copyright (c) 1998-2012 Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) + * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) + * + * This code is released under the libpng license (See LICENSE, below) + * + * Authors and maintainers: + * libpng versions 0.71, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996: Guy Schalnat + * libpng versions 0.89c, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997: Andreas Dilger + * libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.5.12 - July 11, 2012: Glenn + * See also "Contributing Authors", below. + * + * Note about libpng version numbers: + * + * Due to various miscommunications, unforeseen code incompatibilities + * and occasional factors outside the authors' control, version numbering + * on the library has not always been consistent and straightforward. + * The following table summarizes matters since version 0.89c, which was + * the first widely used release: + * + * source png.h png.h shared-lib + * version string int version + * ------- ------ ----- ---------- + * 0.89c "1.0 beta 3" 0.89 89 1.0.89 + * 0.90 "1.0 beta 4" 0.90 90 0.90 [should have been 2.0.90] + * 0.95 "1.0 beta 5" 0.95 95 0.95 [should have been 2.0.95] + * 0.96 "1.0 beta 6" 0.96 96 0.96 [should have been 2.0.96] + * 0.97b "1.00.97 beta 7" 1.00.97 97 1.0.1 [should have been 2.0.97] + * 0.97c 0.97 97 2.0.97 + * 0.98 0.98 98 2.0.98 + * 0.99 0.99 98 2.0.99 + * 0.99a-m 0.99 99 2.0.99 + * 1.00 1.00 100 2.1.0 [100 should be 10000] + * 1.0.0 (from here on, the 100 2.1.0 [100 should be 10000] + * 1.0.1 png.h string is 10001 2.1.0 + * 1.0.1a-e identical to the 10002 from here on, the shared library + * 1.0.2 source version) 10002 is 2.V where V is the source code + * 1.0.2a-b 10003 version, except as noted. + * 1.0.3 10003 + * 1.0.3a-d 10004 + * 1.0.4 10004 + * 1.0.4a-f 10005 + * 1.0.5 (+ 2 patches) 10005 + * 1.0.5a-d 10006 + * 1.0.5e-r 10100 (not source compatible) + * 1.0.5s-v 10006 (not binary compatible) + * 1.0.6 (+ 3 patches) 10006 (still binary incompatible) + * 1.0.6d-f 10007 (still binary incompatible) + * 1.0.6g 10007 + * 1.0.6h 10007 10.6h (testing xy.z so-numbering) + * 1.0.6i 10007 10.6i + * 1.0.6j 10007 2.1.0.6j (incompatible with 1.0.0) + * 1.0.7beta11-14 DLLNUM 10007 2.1.0.7beta11-14 (binary compatible) + * 1.0.7beta15-18 1 10007 2.1.0.7beta15-18 (binary compatible) + * 1.0.7rc1-2 1 10007 2.1.0.7rc1-2 (binary compatible) + * 1.0.7 1 10007 (still compatible) + * 1.0.8beta1-4 1 10008 2.1.0.8beta1-4 + * 1.0.8rc1 1 10008 2.1.0.8rc1 + * 1.0.8 1 10008 2.1.0.8 + * 1.0.9beta1-6 1 10009 2.1.0.9beta1-6 + * 1.0.9rc1 1 10009 2.1.0.9rc1 + * 1.0.9beta7-10 1 10009 2.1.0.9beta7-10 + * 1.0.9rc2 1 10009 2.1.0.9rc2 + * 1.0.9 1 10009 2.1.0.9 + * 1.0.10beta1 1 10010 2.1.0.10beta1 + * 1.0.10rc1 1 10010 2.1.0.10rc1 + * 1.0.10 1 10010 2.1.0.10 + * 1.0.11beta1-3 1 10011 2.1.0.11beta1-3 + * 1.0.11rc1 1 10011 2.1.0.11rc1 + * 1.0.11 1 10011 2.1.0.11 + * 1.0.12beta1-2 2 10012 2.1.0.12beta1-2 + * 1.0.12rc1 2 10012 2.1.0.12rc1 + * 1.0.12 2 10012 2.1.0.12 + * 1.1.0a-f - 10100 2.1.1.0a-f (branch abandoned) + * 1.2.0beta1-2 2 10200 2.1.2.0beta1-2 + * 1.2.0beta3-5 3 10200 3.1.2.0beta3-5 + * 1.2.0rc1 3 10200 3.1.2.0rc1 + * 1.2.0 3 10200 3.1.2.0 + * 1.2.1beta1-4 3 10201 3.1.2.1beta1-4 + * 1.2.1rc1-2 3 10201 3.1.2.1rc1-2 + * 1.2.1 3 10201 3.1.2.1 + * 1.2.2beta1-6 12 10202 12.so.0.1.2.2beta1-6 + * 1.0.13beta1 10 10013 10.so.0.1.0.13beta1 + * 1.0.13rc1 10 10013 10.so.0.1.0.13rc1 + * 1.2.2rc1 12 10202 12.so.0.1.2.2rc1 + * 1.0.13 10 10013 10.so.0.1.0.13 + * 1.2.2 12 10202 12.so.0.1.2.2 + * 1.2.3rc1-6 12 10203 12.so.0.1.2.3rc1-6 + * 1.2.3 12 10203 12.so.0.1.2.3 + * 1.2.4beta1-3 13 10204 12.so.0.1.2.4beta1-3 + * 1.0.14rc1 13 10014 10.so.0.1.0.14rc1 + * 1.2.4rc1 13 10204 12.so.0.1.2.4rc1 + * 1.0.14 10 10014 10.so.0.1.0.14 + * 1.2.4 13 10204 12.so.0.1.2.4 + * 1.2.5beta1-2 13 10205 12.so.0.1.2.5beta1-2 + * 1.0.15rc1-3 10 10015 10.so.0.1.0.15rc1-3 + * 1.2.5rc1-3 13 10205 12.so.0.1.2.5rc1-3 + * 1.0.15 10 10015 10.so.0.1.0.15 + * 1.2.5 13 10205 12.so.0.1.2.5 + * 1.2.6beta1-4 13 10206 12.so.0.1.2.6beta1-4 + * 1.0.16 10 10016 10.so.0.1.0.16 + * 1.2.6 13 10206 12.so.0.1.2.6 + * 1.2.7beta1-2 13 10207 12.so.0.1.2.7beta1-2 + * 1.0.17rc1 10 10017 12.so.0.1.0.17rc1 + * 1.2.7rc1 13 10207 12.so.0.1.2.7rc1 + * 1.0.17 10 10017 12.so.0.1.0.17 + * 1.2.7 13 10207 12.so.0.1.2.7 + * 1.2.8beta1-5 13 10208 12.so.0.1.2.8beta1-5 + * 1.0.18rc1-5 10 10018 12.so.0.1.0.18rc1-5 + * 1.2.8rc1-5 13 10208 12.so.0.1.2.8rc1-5 + * 1.0.18 10 10018 12.so.0.1.0.18 + * 1.2.8 13 10208 12.so.0.1.2.8 + * 1.2.9beta1-3 13 10209 12.so.0.1.2.9beta1-3 + * 1.2.9beta4-11 13 10209 12.so.0.9[.0] + * 1.2.9rc1 13 10209 12.so.0.9[.0] + * 1.2.9 13 10209 12.so.0.9[.0] + * 1.2.10beta1-7 13 10210 12.so.0.10[.0] + * 1.2.10rc1-2 13 10210 12.so.0.10[.0] + * 1.2.10 13 10210 12.so.0.10[.0] + * 1.4.0beta1-5 14 10400 14.so.0.0[.0] + * 1.2.11beta1-4 13 10211 12.so.0.11[.0] + * 1.4.0beta7-8 14 10400 14.so.0.0[.0] + * 1.2.11 13 10211 12.so.0.11[.0] + * 1.2.12 13 10212 12.so.0.12[.0] + * 1.4.0beta9-14 14 10400 14.so.0.0[.0] + * 1.2.13 13 10213 12.so.0.13[.0] + * 1.4.0beta15-36 14 10400 14.so.0.0[.0] + * 1.4.0beta37-87 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] + * 1.4.0rc01 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] + * 1.4.0beta88-109 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] + * 1.4.0rc02-08 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] + * 1.4.0 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] + * 1.4.1beta01-03 14 10401 14.so.14.1[.0] + * 1.4.1rc01 14 10401 14.so.14.1[.0] + * 1.4.1beta04-12 14 10401 14.so.14.1[.0] + * 1.4.1 14 10401 14.so.14.1[.0] + * 1.4.2 14 10402 14.so.14.2[.0] + * 1.4.3 14 10403 14.so.14.3[.0] + * 1.4.4 14 10404 14.so.14.4[.0] + * 1.5.0beta01-58 15 10500 15.so.15.0[.0] + * 1.5.0rc01-07 15 10500 15.so.15.0[.0] + * 1.5.0 15 10500 15.so.15.0[.0] + * 1.5.1beta01-11 15 10501 15.so.15.1[.0] + * 1.5.1rc01-02 15 10501 15.so.15.1[.0] + * 1.5.1 15 10501 15.so.15.1[.0] + * 1.5.2beta01-03 15 10502 15.so.15.2[.0] + * 1.5.2rc01-03 15 10502 15.so.15.2[.0] + * 1.5.2 15 10502 15.so.15.2[.0] + * 1.5.3beta01-10 15 10503 15.so.15.3[.0] + * 1.5.3rc01-02 15 10503 15.so.15.3[.0] + * 1.5.3beta11 15 10503 15.so.15.3[.0] + * 1.5.3 [omitted] + * 1.5.4beta01-08 15 10504 15.so.15.4[.0] + * 1.5.4rc01 15 10504 15.so.15.4[.0] + * 1.5.4 15 10504 15.so.15.4[.0] + * 1.5.5beta01-08 15 10505 15.so.15.5[.0] + * 1.5.5rc01 15 10505 15.so.15.5[.0] + * 1.5.5 15 10505 15.so.15.5[.0] + * 1.5.6beta01-07 15 10506 15.so.15.6[.0] + * 1.5.6rc01-03 15 10506 15.so.15.6[.0] + * 1.5.6 15 10506 15.so.15.6[.0] + * 1.5.7beta01-05 15 10507 15.so.15.7[.0] + * 1.5.7rc01-03 15 10507 15.so.15.7[.0] + * 1.5.7 15 10507 15.so.15.7[.0] + * 1.5.8beta01 15 10508 15.so.15.8[.0] + * 1.5.8rc01 15 10508 15.so.15.8[.0] + * 1.5.8 15 10508 15.so.15.8[.0] + * 1.5.9beta01-02 15 10509 15.so.15.9[.0] + * 1.5.9rc01 15 10509 15.so.15.9[.0] + * 1.5.9 15 10509 15.so.15.9[.0] + * 1.5.10beta01-05 15 10510 15.so.15.10[.0] + * 1.5.10 15 10510 15.so.15.10[.0] + * 1.5.11beta01 15 10511 15.so.15.11[.0] + * 1.5.11rc01-05 15 10511 15.so.15.11[.0] + * 1.5.11 15 10511 15.so.15.11[.0] + * 1.5.12 15 10512 15.so.15.12[.0] + * + * Henceforth the source version will match the shared-library major + * and minor numbers; the shared-library major version number will be + * used for changes in backward compatibility, as it is intended. The + * PNG_LIBPNG_VER macro, which is not used within libpng but is available + * for applications, is an unsigned integer of the form xyyzz corresponding + * to the source version x.y.z (leading zeros in y and z). Beta versions + * were given the previous public release number plus a letter, until + * version 1.0.6j; from then on they were given the upcoming public + * release number plus "betaNN" or "rcNN". + * + * Binary incompatibility exists only when applications make direct access + * to the info_ptr or png_ptr members through png.h, and the compiled + * application is loaded with a different version of the library. + * + * DLLNUM will change each time there are forward or backward changes + * in binary compatibility (e.g., when a new feature is added). + * + * See libpng-manual.txt or libpng.3 for more information. The PNG + * specification is available as a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO + * Specification, <http://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/ + */ + +/* + * COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE: + * + * If you modify libpng you may insert additional notices immediately following + * this sentence. + * + * This code is released under the libpng license. + * + * libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.5.12, July 11, 2012, are + * Copyright (c) 2004, 2006-2012 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are + * distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.2.5 + * with the following individual added to the list of Contributing Authors: + * + * Cosmin Truta + * + * libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000, through 1.2.5, October 3, 2002, are + * Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are + * distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.0.6 + * with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors: + * + * Simon-Pierre Cadieux + * Eric S. Raymond + * Gilles Vollant + * + * and with the following additions to the disclaimer: + * + * There is no warranty against interference with your enjoyment of the + * library or against infringement. There is no warranty that our + * efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes + * or needs. This library is provided with all faults, and the entire + * risk of satisfactory quality, performance, accuracy, and effort is with + * the user. + * + * libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.6, March 20, 2000, are + * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are + * distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.96, + * with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors: + * + * Tom Lane + * Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * Willem van Schaik + * + * libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997, are + * Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger + * Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.88, + * with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors: + * + * John Bowler + * Kevin Bracey + * Sam Bushell + * Magnus Holmgren + * Greg Roelofs + * Tom Tanner + * + * libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996, are + * Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. + * + * For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributing Authors" + * is defined as the following set of individuals: + * + * Andreas Dilger + * Dave Martindale + * Guy Eric Schalnat + * Paul Schmidt + * Tim Wegner + * + * The PNG Reference Library is supplied "AS IS". The Contributing Authors + * and Group 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed or implied, + * including, without limitation, the warranties of merchantability and of + * fitness for any purpose. The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. + * assume no liability for direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, + * or consequential damages, which may result from the use of the PNG + * Reference Library, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this + * source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, subject + * to the following restrictions: + * + * 1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented. + * + * 2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not + * be misrepresented as being the original source. + * + * 3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from + * any source or altered source distribution. + * + * The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. specifically permit, without + * fee, and encourage the use of this source code as a component to + * supporting the PNG file format in commercial products. If you use this + * source code in a product, acknowledgment is not required but would be + * appreciated. + */ + +/* + * A "png_get_copyright" function is available, for convenient use in "about" + * boxes and the like: + * + * printf("%s", png_get_copyright(NULL)); + * + * Also, the PNG logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the + * files "pngbar.png" and "pngbar.jpg (88x31) and "pngnow.png" (98x31). + */ + +/* + * Libpng is OSI Certified Open Source Software. OSI Certified is a + * certification mark of the Open Source Initiative. + */ + +/* + * The contributing authors would like to thank all those who helped + * with testing, bug fixes, and patience. This wouldn't have been + * possible without all of you. + * + * Thanks to Frank J. T. Wojcik for helping with the documentation. + */ + +/* + * Y2K compliance in libpng: + * ========================= + * + * July 11, 2012 + * + * Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make + * an official declaration. + * + * This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and + * upward through 1.5.12 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that + * earlier versions were also Y2K compliant. + * + * Libpng only has two year fields. One is a 2-byte unsigned integer + * that will hold years up to 65535. The other holds the date in text + * format, and will hold years up to 9999. + * + * The integer is + * "png_uint_16 year" in png_time_struct. + * + * The string is + * "char time_buffer[29]" in png_struct. This will be no + * longer used in libpng-1.6.0 and will be removed from libpng-1.7.0. + * + * There are seven time-related functions: + * png.c: png_convert_to_rfc_1123() in png.c + * (formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1152() in error) + * png_convert_from_struct_tm() in pngwrite.c, called in pngwrite.c + * png_convert_from_time_t() in pngwrite.c + * png_get_tIME() in pngget.c + * png_handle_tIME() in pngrutil.c, called in pngread.c + * png_set_tIME() in pngset.c + * png_write_tIME() in pngwutil.c, called in pngwrite.c + * + * All handle dates properly in a Y2K environment. The + * png_convert_from_time_t() function calls gmtime() to convert from system + * clock time, which returns (year - 1900), which we properly convert to + * the full 4-digit year. There is a possibility that applications using + * libpng are not passing 4-digit years into the png_convert_to_rfc_1123() + * function, or that they are incorrectly passing only a 2-digit year + * instead of "year - 1900" into the png_convert_from_struct_tm() function, + * but this is not under our control. The libpng documentation has always + * stated that it works with 4-digit years, and the APIs have been + * documented as such. + * + * The tIME chunk itself is also Y2K compliant. It uses a 2-byte unsigned + * integer to hold the year, and can hold years as large as 65535. + * + * zlib, upon which libpng depends, is also Y2K compliant. It contains + * no date-related code. + * + * Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * libpng maintainer + * PNG Development Group + */ + +#ifndef PNG_H +#define PNG_H + +/* This is not the place to learn how to use libpng. The file libpng-manual.txt + * describes how to use libpng, and the file example.c summarizes it + * with some code on which to build. This file is useful for looking + * at the actual function definitions and structure components. + * + * If you just need to read a PNG file and don't want to read the documentation + * skip to the end of this file and read the section entitled 'simplified API'. + */ + +/* Version information for png.h - this should match the version in png.c */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING "1.5.12" +#define PNG_HEADER_VERSION_STRING \ + " libpng version 1.5.12 - July 11, 2012\n" + +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_SONUM 15 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_DLLNUM 15 + +/* These should match the first 3 components of PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING: */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MAJOR 1 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MINOR 5 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_RELEASE 12 + +/* This should match the numeric part of the final component of + * PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, omitting any leading zero: + */ + +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_BUILD 0 + +/* Release Status */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_ALPHA 1 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BETA 2 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_RC 3 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_STABLE 4 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_RELEASE_STATUS_MASK 7 + +/* Release-Specific Flags */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PATCH 8 /* Can be OR'ed with + PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_STABLE only */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PRIVATE 16 /* Cannot be OR'ed with + PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_SPECIAL */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_SPECIAL 32 /* Cannot be OR'ed with + PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PRIVATE */ + +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_STABLE + +/* Careful here. At one time, Guy wanted to use 082, but that would be octal. + * We must not include leading zeros. + * Versions 0.7 through 1.0.0 were in the range 0 to 100 here (only + * version 1.0.0 was mis-numbered 100 instead of 10000). From + * version 1.0.1 it's xxyyzz, where x=major, y=minor, z=release + */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER 10512 /* 1.5.12 */ + +/* Library configuration: these options cannot be changed after + * the library has been built. + */ +#ifndef PNGLCONF_H + /* If pnglibconf.h is missing, you can + * copy scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to pnglibconf.h + */ +# include "pnglibconf.h" +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_VERSION_INFO_ONLY +# ifndef PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE + /* + * Standard header files (not needed for the version info or while + * building symbol table -- see scripts/pnglibconf.dfa) + */ +# ifdef PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED +# include <setjmp.h> +# endif + + /* Need the time information for converting tIME chunks, it + * defines struct tm: + */ +# ifdef PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED + /* "time.h" functions are not supported on all operating systems */ +# include <time.h> +# endif +# endif + +/* Machine specific configuration. */ +# include "pngconf.h" +#endif + +/* + * Added at libpng-1.2.8 + * + * Ref MSDN: Private as priority over Special + * VS_FF_PRIVATEBUILD File *was not* built using standard release + * procedures. If this value is given, the StringFileInfo block must + * contain a PrivateBuild string. + * + * VS_FF_SPECIALBUILD File *was* built by the original company using + * standard release procedures but is a variation of the standard + * file of the same version number. If this value is given, the + * StringFileInfo block must contain a SpecialBuild string. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD /* From pnglibconf.h */ +# define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_TYPE \ + (PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE | PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PRIVATE) +#else +# ifdef PNG_LIBPNG_SPECIALBUILD +# define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_TYPE \ + (PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE | PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_SPECIAL) +# else +# define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_TYPE (PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE) +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_VERSION_INFO_ONLY + +/* Inhibit C++ name-mangling for libpng functions but not for system calls. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* Version information for C files, stored in png.c. This had better match + * the version above. + */ +#define png_libpng_ver png_get_header_ver(NULL) + +/* This file is arranged in several sections: + * + * 1. Any configuration options that can be specified by for the application + * code when it is built. (Build time configuration is in pnglibconf.h) + * 2. Type definitions (base types are defined in pngconf.h), structure + * definitions. + * 3. Exported library functions. + * + * The library source code has additional files (principally pngpriv.h) that + * allow configuration of the library. + */ +/* Section 1: run time configuration + * See pnglibconf.h for build time configuration + * + * Run time configuration allows the application to choose between + * implementations of certain arithmetic APIs. The default is set + * at build time and recorded in pnglibconf.h, but it is safe to + * override these (and only these) settings. Note that this won't + * change what the library does, only application code, and the + * settings can (and probably should) be made on a per-file basis + * by setting the #defines before including png.h + * + * Use macros to read integers from PNG data or use the exported + * functions? + * PNG_USE_READ_MACROS: use the macros (see below) Note that + * the macros evaluate their argument multiple times. + * PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS: call the relevant library function. + * + * Use the alternative algorithm for compositing alpha samples that + * does not use division? + * PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED: use the 'no division' + * algorithm. + * PNG_NO_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV: use the 'division' algorithm. + * + * How to handle benign errors if PNG_ALLOW_BENIGN_ERRORS is + * false? + * PNG_ALLOW_BENIGN_ERRORS: map calls to the benign error + * APIs to png_warning. + * Otherwise the calls are mapped to png_error. + */ + +/* Section 2: type definitions, including structures and compile time + * constants. + * See pngconf.h for base types that vary by machine/system + */ + +/* This triggers a compiler error in png.c, if png.c and png.h + * do not agree upon the version number. + */ +typedef char* png_libpng_version_1_5_12; + +/* Three color definitions. The order of the red, green, and blue, (and the + * exact size) is not important, although the size of the fields need to + * be png_byte or png_uint_16 (as defined below). + */ +typedef struct png_color_struct +{ + png_byte red; + png_byte green; + png_byte blue; +} png_color; +typedef png_color FAR * png_colorp; +typedef PNG_CONST png_color FAR * png_const_colorp; +typedef png_color FAR * FAR * png_colorpp; + +typedef struct png_color_16_struct +{ + png_byte index; /* used for palette files */ + png_uint_16 red; /* for use in red green blue files */ + png_uint_16 green; + png_uint_16 blue; + png_uint_16 gray; /* for use in grayscale files */ +} png_color_16; +typedef png_color_16 FAR * png_color_16p; +typedef PNG_CONST png_color_16 FAR * png_const_color_16p; +typedef png_color_16 FAR * FAR * png_color_16pp; + +typedef struct png_color_8_struct +{ + png_byte red; /* for use in red green blue files */ + png_byte green; + png_byte blue; + png_byte gray; /* for use in grayscale files */ + png_byte alpha; /* for alpha channel files */ +} png_color_8; +typedef png_color_8 FAR * png_color_8p; +typedef PNG_CONST png_color_8 FAR * png_const_color_8p; +typedef png_color_8 FAR * FAR * png_color_8pp; + +/* + * The following two structures are used for the in-core representation + * of sPLT chunks. + */ +typedef struct png_sPLT_entry_struct +{ + png_uint_16 red; + png_uint_16 green; + png_uint_16 blue; + png_uint_16 alpha; + png_uint_16 frequency; +} png_sPLT_entry; +typedef png_sPLT_entry FAR * png_sPLT_entryp; +typedef PNG_CONST png_sPLT_entry FAR * png_const_sPLT_entryp; +typedef png_sPLT_entry FAR * FAR * png_sPLT_entrypp; + +/* When the depth of the sPLT palette is 8 bits, the color and alpha samples + * occupy the LSB of their respective members, and the MSB of each member + * is zero-filled. The frequency member always occupies the full 16 bits. + */ + +typedef struct png_sPLT_struct +{ + png_charp name; /* palette name */ + png_byte depth; /* depth of palette samples */ + png_sPLT_entryp entries; /* palette entries */ + png_int_32 nentries; /* number of palette entries */ +} png_sPLT_t; +typedef png_sPLT_t FAR * png_sPLT_tp; +typedef PNG_CONST png_sPLT_t FAR * png_const_sPLT_tp; +typedef png_sPLT_t FAR * FAR * png_sPLT_tpp; + +#ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +/* png_text holds the contents of a text/ztxt/itxt chunk in a PNG file, + * and whether that contents is compressed or not. The "key" field + * points to a regular zero-terminated C string. The "text" fields can be a + * regular C string, an empty string, or a NULL pointer. + * However, the structure returned by png_get_text() will always contain + * the "text" field as a regular zero-terminated C string (possibly + * empty), never a NULL pointer, so it can be safely used in printf() and + * other string-handling functions. Note that the "itxt_length", "lang", and + * "lang_key" members of the structure only exist when the library is built + * with iTXt chunk support. Prior to libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by + * default without iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt *is* supported, + * the "lang" and "lang_key" fields contain NULL pointers when the + * "compression" field contains * PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or + * PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt. Note that the "compression value" is not the + * same as what appears in the PNG tEXt/zTXt/iTXt chunk's "compression flag" + * which is always 0 or 1, or its "compression method" which is always 0. + */ +typedef struct png_text_struct +{ + int compression; /* compression value: + -1: tEXt, none + 0: zTXt, deflate + 1: iTXt, none + 2: iTXt, deflate */ + png_charp key; /* keyword, 1-79 character description of "text" */ + png_charp text; /* comment, may be an empty string (ie "") + or a NULL pointer */ + png_size_t text_length; /* length of the text string */ + png_size_t itxt_length; /* length of the itxt string */ + png_charp lang; /* language code, 0-79 characters + or a NULL pointer */ + png_charp lang_key; /* keyword translated UTF-8 string, 0 or more + chars or a NULL pointer */ +} png_text; +typedef png_text FAR * png_textp; +typedef PNG_CONST png_text FAR * png_const_textp; +typedef png_text FAR * FAR * png_textpp; +#endif + +/* Supported compression types for text in PNG files (tEXt, and zTXt). + * The values of the PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_ defines should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR -3 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR -2 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE -1 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt 0 +#define PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE 1 +#define PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt 2 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_LAST 3 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* png_time is a way to hold the time in an machine independent way. + * Two conversions are provided, both from time_t and struct tm. There + * is no portable way to convert to either of these structures, as far + * as I know. If you know of a portable way, send it to me. As a side + * note - PNG has always been Year 2000 compliant! + */ +typedef struct png_time_struct +{ + png_uint_16 year; /* full year, as in, 1995 */ + png_byte month; /* month of year, 1 - 12 */ + png_byte day; /* day of month, 1 - 31 */ + png_byte hour; /* hour of day, 0 - 23 */ + png_byte minute; /* minute of hour, 0 - 59 */ + png_byte second; /* second of minute, 0 - 60 (for leap seconds) */ +} png_time; +typedef png_time FAR * png_timep; +typedef PNG_CONST png_time FAR * png_const_timep; +typedef png_time FAR * FAR * png_timepp; + +#if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED) +/* png_unknown_chunk is a structure to hold queued chunks for which there is + * no specific support. The idea is that we can use this to queue + * up private chunks for output even though the library doesn't actually + * know about their semantics. + */ +typedef struct png_unknown_chunk_t +{ + png_byte name[5]; + png_byte *data; + png_size_t size; + + /* libpng-using applications should NOT directly modify this byte. */ + png_byte location; /* mode of operation at read time */ +} + + +png_unknown_chunk; +typedef png_unknown_chunk FAR * png_unknown_chunkp; +typedef PNG_CONST png_unknown_chunk FAR * png_const_unknown_chunkp; +typedef png_unknown_chunk FAR * FAR * png_unknown_chunkpp; +#endif + +/* Values for the unknown chunk location byte */ + +#define PNG_HAVE_IHDR 0x01 +#define PNG_HAVE_PLTE 0x02 +#define PNG_AFTER_IDAT 0x08 + +/* The complete definition of png_info has, as of libpng-1.5.0, + * been moved into a separate header file that is not accessible to + * applications. Read libpng-manual.txt or libpng.3 for more info. + */ +typedef struct png_info_def png_info; +typedef png_info FAR * png_infop; +typedef PNG_CONST png_info FAR * png_const_infop; +typedef png_info FAR * FAR * png_infopp; + +/* Maximum positive integer used in PNG is (2^31)-1 */ +#define PNG_UINT_31_MAX ((png_uint_32)0x7fffffffL) +#define PNG_UINT_32_MAX ((png_uint_32)(-1)) +#define PNG_SIZE_MAX ((png_size_t)(-1)) + +/* These are constants for fixed point values encoded in the + * PNG specification manner (x100000) + */ +#define PNG_FP_1 100000 +#define PNG_FP_HALF 50000 +#define PNG_FP_MAX ((png_fixed_point)0x7fffffffL) +#define PNG_FP_MIN (-PNG_FP_MAX) + +/* These describe the color_type field in png_info. */ +/* color type masks */ +#define PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE 1 +#define PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR 2 +#define PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA 4 + +/* color types. Note that not all combinations are legal */ +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY 0 +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR | PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE) +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR | PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA (PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) +/* aliases */ +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGBA PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GA PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA + +/* This is for compression type. PNG 1.0-1.2 only define the single type. */ +#define PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE 0 /* Deflate method 8, 32K window */ +#define PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE + +/* This is for filter type. PNG 1.0-1.2 only define the single type. */ +#define PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE 0 /* Single row per-byte filtering */ +#define PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING 64 /* Used only in MNG datastreams */ +#define PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE + +/* These are for the interlacing type. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_NONE 0 /* Non-interlaced image */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 1 /* Adam7 interlacing */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_LAST 2 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the oFFs chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL 0 /* Offset in pixels */ +#define PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER 1 /* Offset in micrometers (1/10^6 meter) */ +#define PNG_OFFSET_LAST 2 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the pCAL chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_LINEAR 0 /* Linear transformation */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_BASE_E 1 /* Exponential base e transform */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_ARBITRARY 2 /* Arbitrary base exponential transform */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_HYPERBOLIC 3 /* Hyperbolic sine transformation */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_LAST 4 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the sCAL chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_SCALE_UNKNOWN 0 /* unknown unit (image scale) */ +#define PNG_SCALE_METER 1 /* meters per pixel */ +#define PNG_SCALE_RADIAN 2 /* radians per pixel */ +#define PNG_SCALE_LAST 3 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the pHYs chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN 0 /* pixels/unknown unit (aspect ratio) */ +#define PNG_RESOLUTION_METER 1 /* pixels/meter */ +#define PNG_RESOLUTION_LAST 2 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the sRGB chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL 0 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE 1 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION 2 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE 3 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_LAST 4 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* This is for text chunks */ +#define PNG_KEYWORD_MAX_LENGTH 79 + +/* Maximum number of entries in PLTE/sPLT/tRNS arrays */ +#define PNG_MAX_PALETTE_LENGTH 256 + +/* These determine if an ancillary chunk's data has been successfully read + * from the PNG header, or if the application has filled in the corresponding + * data in the info_struct to be written into the output file. The values + * of the PNG_INFO_<chunk> defines should NOT be changed. + */ +#define PNG_INFO_gAMA 0x0001 +#define PNG_INFO_sBIT 0x0002 +#define PNG_INFO_cHRM 0x0004 +#define PNG_INFO_PLTE 0x0008 +#define PNG_INFO_tRNS 0x0010 +#define PNG_INFO_bKGD 0x0020 +#define PNG_INFO_hIST 0x0040 +#define PNG_INFO_pHYs 0x0080 +#define PNG_INFO_oFFs 0x0100 +#define PNG_INFO_tIME 0x0200 +#define PNG_INFO_pCAL 0x0400 +#define PNG_INFO_sRGB 0x0800 /* GR-P, 0.96a */ +#define PNG_INFO_iCCP 0x1000 /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_sPLT 0x2000 /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_sCAL 0x4000 /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_IDAT 0x8000 /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ + +/* This is used for the transformation routines, as some of them + * change these values for the row. It also should enable using + * the routines for other purposes. + */ +typedef struct png_row_info_struct +{ + png_uint_32 width; /* width of row */ + png_size_t rowbytes; /* number of bytes in row */ + png_byte color_type; /* color type of row */ + png_byte bit_depth; /* bit depth of row */ + png_byte channels; /* number of channels (1, 2, 3, or 4) */ + png_byte pixel_depth; /* bits per pixel (depth * channels) */ +} png_row_info; + +typedef png_row_info FAR * png_row_infop; +typedef png_row_info FAR * FAR * png_row_infopp; + +/* The complete definition of png_struct has, as of libpng-1.5.0, + * been moved into a separate header file that is not accessible to + * applications. Read libpng-manual.txt or libpng.3 for more info. + */ +typedef struct png_struct_def png_struct; +typedef PNG_CONST png_struct FAR * png_const_structp; +typedef png_struct FAR * png_structp; + +/* These are the function types for the I/O functions and for the functions + * that allow the user to override the default I/O functions with his or her + * own. The png_error_ptr type should match that of user-supplied warning + * and error functions, while the png_rw_ptr type should match that of the + * user read/write data functions. Note that the 'write' function must not + * modify the buffer it is passed. The 'read' function, on the other hand, is + * expected to return the read data in the buffer. + */ +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_error_ptr, (png_structp, png_const_charp)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_rw_ptr, (png_structp, png_bytep, png_size_t)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_flush_ptr, (png_structp)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_read_status_ptr, (png_structp, png_uint_32, + int)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_write_status_ptr, (png_structp, png_uint_32, + int)); + +#ifdef PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_progressive_info_ptr, (png_structp, png_infop)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_progressive_end_ptr, (png_structp, png_infop)); + +/* The following callback receives png_uint_32 row_number, int pass for the + * png_bytep data of the row. When transforming an interlaced image the + * row number is the row number within the sub-image of the interlace pass, so + * the value will increase to the height of the sub-image (not the full image) + * then reset to 0 for the next pass. + * + * Use PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to + * find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel + * (row,col,pass). (See below for these macros.) + */ +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_progressive_row_ptr, (png_structp, png_bytep, + png_uint_32, int)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED) +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_user_transform_ptr, (png_structp, png_row_infop, + png_bytep)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(int, *png_user_chunk_ptr, (png_structp, + png_unknown_chunkp)); +#endif +#ifdef PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_unknown_chunk_ptr, (png_structp)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED +/* This must match the function definition in <setjmp.h>, and the application + * must include this before png.h to obtain the definition of jmp_buf. The + * function is required to be PNG_NORETURN, but this is not checked. If the + * function does return the application will crash via an abort() or similar + * system level call. + * + * If you get a warning here while building the library you may need to make + * changes to ensure that pnglibconf.h records the calling convention used by + * your compiler. This may be very difficult - try using a different compiler + * to build the library! + */ +PNG_FUNCTION(void, (PNGCAPI *png_longjmp_ptr), PNGARG((jmp_buf, int)), typedef); +#endif + +/* Transform masks for the high-level interface */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY 0x0000 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 0x0001 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA 0x0002 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING 0x0004 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP 0x0008 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND 0x0010 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO 0x0020 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT 0x0040 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR 0x0080 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA 0x0100 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN 0x0200 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA 0x0400 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER 0x0800 /* write only */ +/* Added to libpng-1.2.34 */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER 0x1000 /* write only */ +/* Added to libpng-1.4.0 */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB 0x2000 /* read only */ +/* Added to libpng-1.5.4 */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 0x4000 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 0x8000 /* read only */ + +/* Flags for MNG supported features */ +#define PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE 0x01 +#define PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64 0x04 +#define PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES 0x05 + +/* NOTE: prior to 1.5 these functions had no 'API' style declaration, + * this allowed the zlib default functions to be used on Windows + * platforms. In 1.5 the zlib default malloc (which just calls malloc and + * ignores the first argument) should be completely compatible with the + * following. + */ +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(png_voidp, *png_malloc_ptr, (png_structp, + png_alloc_size_t)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_free_ptr, (png_structp, png_voidp)); + +typedef png_struct FAR * FAR * png_structpp; + +/* Section 3: exported functions + * Here are the function definitions most commonly used. This is not + * the place to find out how to use libpng. See libpng-manual.txt for the + * full explanation, see example.c for the summary. This just provides + * a simple one line description of the use of each function. + * + * The PNG_EXPORT() and PNG_EXPORTA() macros used below are defined in + * pngconf.h and in the *.dfn files in the scripts directory. + * + * PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, (args)); + * + * ordinal: ordinal that is used while building + * *.def files. The ordinal value is only + * relevant when preprocessing png.h with + * the *.dfn files for building symbol table + * entries, and are removed by pngconf.h. + * type: return type of the function + * name: function name + * args: function arguments, with types + * + * When we wish to append attributes to a function prototype we use + * the PNG_EXPORTA() macro instead. + * + * PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, (args), attributes); + * + * ordinal, type, name, and args: same as in PNG_EXPORT(). + * attributes: function attributes + */ + +/* Returns the version number of the library */ +PNG_EXPORT(1, png_uint_32, png_access_version_number, (void)); + +/* Tell lib we have already handled the first <num_bytes> magic bytes. + * Handling more than 8 bytes from the beginning of the file is an error. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(2, void, png_set_sig_bytes, (png_structp png_ptr, int num_bytes)); + +/* Check sig[start] through sig[start + num_to_check - 1] to see if it's a + * PNG file. Returns zero if the supplied bytes match the 8-byte PNG + * signature, and non-zero otherwise. Having num_to_check == 0 or + * start > 7 will always fail (ie return non-zero). + */ +PNG_EXPORT(3, int, png_sig_cmp, (png_const_bytep sig, png_size_t start, + png_size_t num_to_check)); + +/* Simple signature checking function. This is the same as calling + * png_check_sig(sig, n) := !png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, n). + */ +#define png_check_sig(sig, n) !png_sig_cmp((sig), 0, (n)) + +/* Allocate and initialize png_ptr struct for reading, and any other memory. */ +PNG_EXPORTA(4, png_structp, png_create_read_struct, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, + png_error_ptr error_fn, png_error_ptr warn_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* Allocate and initialize png_ptr struct for writing, and any other memory */ +PNG_EXPORTA(5, png_structp, png_create_write_struct, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, + png_error_ptr warn_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); + +PNG_EXPORT(6, png_size_t, png_get_compression_buffer_size, + (png_const_structp png_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(7, void, png_set_compression_buffer_size, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_size_t size)); + +/* Moved from pngconf.h in 1.4.0 and modified to ensure setjmp/longjmp + * match up. + */ +#ifdef PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED +/* This function returns the jmp_buf built in to *png_ptr. It must be + * supplied with an appropriate 'longjmp' function to use on that jmp_buf + * unless the default error function is overridden in which case NULL is + * acceptable. The size of the jmp_buf is checked against the actual size + * allocated by the library - the call will return NULL on a mismatch + * indicating an ABI mismatch. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(8, jmp_buf*, png_set_longjmp_fn, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_longjmp_ptr longjmp_fn, size_t jmp_buf_size)); +# define png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) \ + (*png_set_longjmp_fn((png_ptr), longjmp, sizeof (jmp_buf))) +#else +# define png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) \ + (LIBPNG_WAS_COMPILED_WITH__PNG_NO_SETJMP) +#endif +/* This function should be used by libpng applications in place of + * longjmp(png_ptr->jmpbuf, val). If longjmp_fn() has been set, it + * will use it; otherwise it will call PNG_ABORT(). This function was + * added in libpng-1.5.0. + */ +PNG_EXPORTA(9, void, png_longjmp, (png_structp png_ptr, int val), + PNG_NORETURN); + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Reset the compression stream */ +PNG_EXPORT(10, int, png_reset_zstream, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +/* New functions added in libpng-1.0.2 (not enabled by default until 1.2.0) */ +#ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORTA(11, png_structp, png_create_read_struct_2, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, + png_error_ptr warn_fn, + png_voidp mem_ptr, png_malloc_ptr malloc_fn, png_free_ptr free_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); +PNG_EXPORTA(12, png_structp, png_create_write_struct_2, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, + png_error_ptr warn_fn, + png_voidp mem_ptr, png_malloc_ptr malloc_fn, png_free_ptr free_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); +#endif + +/* Write the PNG file signature. */ +PNG_EXPORT(13, void, png_write_sig, (png_structp png_ptr)); + +/* Write a PNG chunk - size, type, (optional) data, CRC. */ +PNG_EXPORT(14, void, png_write_chunk, (png_structp png_ptr, png_const_bytep + chunk_name, png_const_bytep data, png_size_t length)); + +/* Write the start of a PNG chunk - length and chunk name. */ +PNG_EXPORT(15, void, png_write_chunk_start, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep chunk_name, png_uint_32 length)); + +/* Write the data of a PNG chunk started with png_write_chunk_start(). */ +PNG_EXPORT(16, void, png_write_chunk_data, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep data, png_size_t length)); + +/* Finish a chunk started with png_write_chunk_start() (includes CRC). */ +PNG_EXPORT(17, void, png_write_chunk_end, (png_structp png_ptr)); + +/* Allocate and initialize the info structure */ +PNG_EXPORTA(18, png_infop, png_create_info_struct, (png_structp png_ptr), + PNG_ALLOCATED); + +PNG_EXPORT(19, void, png_info_init_3, (png_infopp info_ptr, + png_size_t png_info_struct_size)); + +/* Writes all the PNG information before the image. */ +PNG_EXPORT(20, void, png_write_info_before_PLTE, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(21, void, png_write_info, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read the information before the actual image data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(22, void, png_read_info, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_TIME_RFC1123_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(23, png_const_charp, png_convert_to_rfc1123, + (png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_timep ptime)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED +/* Convert from a struct tm to png_time */ +PNG_EXPORT(24, void, png_convert_from_struct_tm, (png_timep ptime, + PNG_CONST struct tm FAR * ttime)); + +/* Convert from time_t to png_time. Uses gmtime() */ +PNG_EXPORT(25, void, png_convert_from_time_t, + (png_timep ptime, time_t ttime)); +#endif /* PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED +/* Expand data to 24-bit RGB, or 8-bit grayscale, with alpha if available. */ +PNG_EXPORT(26, void, png_set_expand, (png_structp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(27, void, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8, (png_structp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(28, void, png_set_palette_to_rgb, (png_structp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(29, void, png_set_tRNS_to_alpha, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED +/* Expand to 16-bit channels, forces conversion of palette to RGB and expansion + * of a tRNS chunk if present. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(221, void, png_set_expand_16, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_BGR_SUPPORTED) +/* Use blue, green, red order for pixels. */ +PNG_EXPORT(30, void, png_set_bgr, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED +/* Expand the grayscale to 24-bit RGB if necessary. */ +PNG_EXPORT(31, void, png_set_gray_to_rgb, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED +/* Reduce RGB to grayscale. */ +#define PNG_ERROR_ACTION_NONE 1 +#define PNG_ERROR_ACTION_WARN 2 +#define PNG_ERROR_ACTION_ERROR 3 +#define PNG_RGB_TO_GRAY_DEFAULT (-1)/*for red/green coefficients*/ + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(32, void, png_set_rgb_to_gray, (png_structp png_ptr, + int error_action, double red, double green)); +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(33, void, png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed, (png_structp png_ptr, + int error_action, png_fixed_point red, png_fixed_point green)); + +PNG_EXPORT(34, png_byte, png_get_rgb_to_gray_status, (png_const_structp + png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_BUILD_GRAYSCALE_PALETTE_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(35, void, png_build_grayscale_palette, (int bit_depth, + png_colorp palette)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED +/* How the alpha channel is interpreted - this affects how the color channels of + * a PNG file are returned when an alpha channel, or tRNS chunk in a palette + * file, is present. + * + * This has no effect on the way pixels are written into a PNG output + * datastream. The color samples in a PNG datastream are never premultiplied + * with the alpha samples. + * + * The default is to return data according to the PNG specification: the alpha + * channel is a linear measure of the contribution of the pixel to the + * corresponding composited pixel. The gamma encoded color channels must be + * scaled according to the contribution and to do this it is necessary to undo + * the encoding, scale the color values, perform the composition and reencode + * the values. This is the 'PNG' mode. + * + * The alternative is to 'associate' the alpha with the color information by + * storing color channel values that have been scaled by the alpha. The + * advantage is that the color channels can be resampled (the image can be + * scaled) in this form. The disadvantage is that normal practice is to store + * linear, not (gamma) encoded, values and this requires 16-bit channels for + * still images rather than the 8-bit channels that are just about sufficient if + * gamma encoding is used. In addition all non-transparent pixel values, + * including completely opaque ones, must be gamma encoded to produce the final + * image. This is the 'STANDARD', 'ASSOCIATED' or 'PREMULTIPLIED' mode (the + * latter being the two common names for associated alpha color channels.) + * + * Since it is not necessary to perform arithmetic on opaque color values so + * long as they are not to be resampled and are in the final color space it is + * possible to optimize the handling of alpha by storing the opaque pixels in + * the PNG format (adjusted for the output color space) while storing partially + * opaque pixels in the standard, linear, format. The accuracy required for + * standard alpha composition is relatively low, because the pixels are + * isolated, therefore typically the accuracy loss in storing 8-bit linear + * values is acceptable. (This is not true if the alpha channel is used to + * simulate transparency over large areas - use 16 bits or the PNG mode in + * this case!) This is the 'OPTIMIZED' mode. For this mode a pixel is + * treated as opaque only if the alpha value is equal to the maximum value. + * + * The final choice is to gamma encode the alpha channel as well. This is + * broken because, in practice, no implementation that uses this choice + * correctly undoes the encoding before handling alpha composition. Use this + * choice only if other serious errors in the software or hardware you use + * mandate it; the typical serious error is for dark halos to appear around + * opaque areas of the composited PNG image because of arithmetic overflow. + * + * The API function png_set_alpha_mode specifies which of these choices to use + * with an enumerated 'mode' value and the gamma of the required output: + */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_PNG 0 /* according to the PNG standard */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD 1 /* according to Porter/Duff */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_ASSOCIATED 1 /* as above; this is the normal practice */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED 1 /* as above */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED 2 /* 'PNG' for opaque pixels, else 'STANDARD' */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN 3 /* the alpha channel is gamma encoded */ + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(227, void, png_set_alpha_mode, (png_structp png_ptr, int mode, + double output_gamma)); +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(228, void, png_set_alpha_mode_fixed, (png_structp png_ptr, + int mode, png_fixed_point output_gamma)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED) +/* The output_gamma value is a screen gamma in libpng terminology: it expresses + * how to decode the output values, not how they are encoded. The values used + * correspond to the normal numbers used to describe the overall gamma of a + * computer display system; for example 2.2 for an sRGB conformant system. The + * values are scaled by 100000 in the _fixed version of the API (so 220000 for + * sRGB.) + * + * The inverse of the value is always used to provide a default for the PNG file + * encoding if it has no gAMA chunk and if png_set_gamma() has not been called + * to override the PNG gamma information. + * + * When the ALPHA_OPTIMIZED mode is selected the output gamma is used to encode + * opaque pixels however pixels with lower alpha values are not encoded, + * regardless of the output gamma setting. + * + * When the standard Porter Duff handling is requested with mode 1 the output + * encoding is set to be linear and the output_gamma value is only relevant + * as a default for input data that has no gamma information. The linear output + * encoding will be overridden if png_set_gamma() is called - the results may be + * highly unexpected! + * + * The following numbers are derived from the sRGB standard and the research + * behind it. sRGB is defined to be approximated by a PNG gAMA chunk value of + * 0.45455 (1/2.2) for PNG. The value implicitly includes any viewing + * correction required to take account of any differences in the color + * environment of the original scene and the intended display environment; the + * value expresses how to *decode* the image for display, not how the original + * data was *encoded*. + * + * sRGB provides a peg for the PNG standard by defining a viewing environment. + * sRGB itself, and earlier TV standards, actually use a more complex transform + * (a linear portion then a gamma 2.4 power law) than PNG can express. (PNG is + * limited to simple power laws.) By saying that an image for direct display on + * an sRGB conformant system should be stored with a gAMA chunk value of 45455 + * (11.3.3.2 and 11.3.3.5 of the ISO PNG specification) the PNG specification + * makes it possible to derive values for other display systems and + * environments. + * + * The Mac value is deduced from the sRGB based on an assumption that the actual + * extra viewing correction used in early Mac display systems was implemented as + * a power 1.45 lookup table. + * + * Any system where a programmable lookup table is used or where the behavior of + * the final display device characteristics can be changed requires system + * specific code to obtain the current characteristic. However this can be + * difficult and most PNG gamma correction only requires an approximate value. + * + * By default, if png_set_alpha_mode() is not called, libpng assumes that all + * values are unencoded, linear, values and that the output device also has a + * linear characteristic. This is only very rarely correct - it is invariably + * better to call png_set_alpha_mode() with PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB than rely on the + * default if you don't know what the right answer is! + * + * The special value PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18 indicates an older Mac system (pre Mac OS + * 10.6) which used a correction table to implement a somewhat lower gamma on an + * otherwise sRGB system. + * + * Both these values are reserved (not simple gamma values) in order to allow + * more precise correction internally in the future. + * + * NOTE: the following values can be passed to either the fixed or floating + * point APIs, but the floating point API will also accept floating point + * values. + */ +#define PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB -1 /* sRGB gamma and color space */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18 -2 /* Old Mac '1.8' gamma and color space */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_sRGB 220000 /* Television standards--matches sRGB gamma */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR PNG_FP_1 /* Linear */ +#endif + +/* The following are examples of calls to png_set_alpha_mode to achieve the + * required overall gamma correction and, where necessary, alpha + * premultiplication. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * This is the default libpng handling of the alpha channel - it is not + * pre-multiplied into the color components. In addition the call states + * that the output is for a sRGB system and causes all PNG files without gAMA + * chunks to be assumed to be encoded using sRGB. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC); + * In this case the output is assumed to be something like an sRGB conformant + * display preceeded by a power-law lookup table of power 1.45. This is how + * early Mac systems behaved. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR); + * This is the classic Jim Blinn approach and will work in academic + * environments where everything is done by the book. It has the shortcoming + * of assuming that input PNG data with no gamma information is linear - this + * is unlikely to be correct unless the PNG files where generated locally. + * Most of the time the output precision will be so low as to show + * significant banding in dark areas of the image. + * + * png_set_expand_16(pp); + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * This is a somewhat more realistic Jim Blinn inspired approach. PNG files + * are assumed to have the sRGB encoding if not marked with a gamma value and + * the output is always 16 bits per component. This permits accurate scaling + * and processing of the data. If you know that your input PNG files were + * generated locally you might need to replace PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB with the + * correct value for your system. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * If you just need to composite the PNG image onto an existing background + * and if you control the code that does this you can use the optimization + * setting. In this case you just copy completely opaque pixels to the + * output. For pixels that are not completely transparent (you just skip + * those) you do the composition math using png_composite or png_composite_16 + * below then encode the resultant 8-bit or 16-bit values to match the output + * encoding. + * + * Other cases + * If neither the PNG nor the standard linear encoding work for you because + * of the software or hardware you use then you have a big problem. The PNG + * case will probably result in halos around the image. The linear encoding + * will probably result in a washed out, too bright, image (it's actually too + * contrasty.) Try the ALPHA_OPTIMIZED mode above - this will probably + * substantially reduce the halos. Alternatively try: + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * This option will also reduce the halos, but there will be slight dark + * halos round the opaque parts of the image where the background is light. + * In the OPTIMIZED mode the halos will be light halos where the background + * is dark. Take your pick - the halos are unavoidable unless you can get + * your hardware/software fixed! (The OPTIMIZED approach is slightly + * faster.) + * + * When the default gamma of PNG files doesn't match the output gamma. + * If you have PNG files with no gamma information png_set_alpha_mode allows + * you to provide a default gamma, but it also sets the ouput gamma to the + * matching value. If you know your PNG files have a gamma that doesn't + * match the output you can take advantage of the fact that + * png_set_alpha_mode always sets the output gamma but only sets the PNG + * default if it is not already set: + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC); + * The first call sets both the default and the output gamma values, the + * second call overrides the output gamma without changing the default. This + * is easier than achieving the same effect with png_set_gamma. You must use + * PNG_ALPHA_PNG for the first call - internal checking in png_set_alpha will + * fire if more than one call to png_set_alpha_mode and png_set_background is + * made in the same read operation, however multiple calls with PNG_ALPHA_PNG + * are ignored. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_STRIP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(36, void, png_set_strip_alpha, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) +PNG_EXPORT(37, void, png_set_swap_alpha, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) +PNG_EXPORT(38, void, png_set_invert_alpha, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_FILLER_SUPPORTED) +/* Add a filler byte to 8-bit Gray or 24-bit RGB images. */ +PNG_EXPORT(39, void, png_set_filler, (png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 filler, + int flags)); +/* The values of the PNG_FILLER_ defines should NOT be changed */ +# define PNG_FILLER_BEFORE 0 +# define PNG_FILLER_AFTER 1 +/* Add an alpha byte to 8-bit Gray or 24-bit RGB images. */ +PNG_EXPORT(40, void, png_set_add_alpha, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 filler, + int flags)); +#endif /* PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED || PNG_WRITE_FILLER_SUPPORTED */ + +#if defined(PNG_READ_SWAP_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_SWAP_SUPPORTED) +/* Swap bytes in 16-bit depth files. */ +PNG_EXPORT(41, void, png_set_swap, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_PACK_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_PACK_SUPPORTED) +/* Use 1 byte per pixel in 1, 2, or 4-bit depth files. */ +PNG_EXPORT(42, void, png_set_packing, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED) +/* Swap packing order of pixels in bytes. */ +PNG_EXPORT(43, void, png_set_packswap, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_SHIFT_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_SHIFT_SUPPORTED) +/* Converts files to legal bit depths. */ +PNG_EXPORT(44, void, png_set_shift, (png_structp png_ptr, png_const_color_8p + true_bits)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED) +/* Have the code handle the interlacing. Returns the number of passes. + * MUST be called before png_read_update_info or png_start_read_image, + * otherwise it will not have the desired effect. Note that it is still + * necessary to call png_read_row or png_read_rows png_get_image_height + * times for each pass. +*/ +PNG_EXPORT(45, int, png_set_interlace_handling, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_INVERT_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_INVERT_SUPPORTED) +/* Invert monochrome files */ +PNG_EXPORT(46, void, png_set_invert_mono, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED +/* Handle alpha and tRNS by replacing with a background color. Prior to + * libpng-1.5.4 this API must not be called before the PNG file header has been + * read. Doing so will result in unexpected behavior and possible warnings or + * errors if the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk. + */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(47, void, png_set_background, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_color_16p background_color, int background_gamma_code, + int need_expand, double background_gamma)); +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(215, void, png_set_background_fixed, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_color_16p background_color, int background_gamma_code, + int need_expand, png_fixed_point background_gamma)); +#endif +#ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNKNOWN 0 +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN 1 +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE 2 +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE 3 +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +/* Scale a 16-bit depth file down to 8-bit, accurately. */ +PNG_EXPORT(229, void, png_set_scale_16, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_STRIP_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_16_TO_8 SUPPORTED /* Name prior to 1.5.4 */ +/* Strip the second byte of information from a 16-bit depth file. */ +PNG_EXPORT(48, void, png_set_strip_16, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED +/* Turn on quantizing, and reduce the palette to the number of colors + * available. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(49, void, png_set_quantize, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_colorp palette, + int num_palette, int maximum_colors, png_const_uint_16p histogram, + int full_quantize)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED +/* The threshold on gamma processing is configurable but hard-wired into the + * library. The following is the floating point variant. + */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD (PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD_FIXED*.00001) + +/* Handle gamma correction. Screen_gamma=(display_exponent). + * NOTE: this API simply sets the screen and file gamma values. It will + * therefore override the value for gamma in a PNG file if it is called after + * the file header has been read - use with care - call before reading the PNG + * file for best results! + * + * These routines accept the same gamma values as png_set_alpha_mode (described + * above). The PNG_GAMMA_ defines and PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB can be passed to either + * API (floating point or fixed.) Notice, however, that the 'file_gamma' value + * is the inverse of a 'screen gamma' value. + */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(50, void, png_set_gamma, + (png_structp png_ptr, double screen_gamma, + double override_file_gamma)); +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(208, void, png_set_gamma_fixed, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_fixed_point screen_gamma, png_fixed_point override_file_gamma)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED +/* Set how many lines between output flushes - 0 for no flushing */ +PNG_EXPORT(51, void, png_set_flush, (png_structp png_ptr, int nrows)); +/* Flush the current PNG output buffer */ +PNG_EXPORT(52, void, png_write_flush, (png_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +/* Optional update palette with requested transformations */ +PNG_EXPORT(53, void, png_start_read_image, (png_structp png_ptr)); + +/* Optional call to update the users info structure */ +PNG_EXPORT(54, void, png_read_update_info, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read one or more rows of image data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(55, void, png_read_rows, (png_structp png_ptr, png_bytepp row, + png_bytepp display_row, png_uint_32 num_rows)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read a row of data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(56, void, png_read_row, (png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep row, + png_bytep display_row)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read the whole image into memory at once. */ +PNG_EXPORT(57, void, png_read_image, (png_structp png_ptr, png_bytepp image)); +#endif + +/* Write a row of image data */ +PNG_EXPORT(58, void, png_write_row, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_const_bytep row)); + +/* Write a few rows of image data: (*row) is not written; however, the type + * is declared as writeable to maintain compatibility with previous versions + * of libpng and to allow the 'display_row' array from read_rows to be passed + * unchanged to write_rows. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(59, void, png_write_rows, (png_structp png_ptr, png_bytepp row, + png_uint_32 num_rows)); + +/* Write the image data */ +PNG_EXPORT(60, void, png_write_image, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_bytepp image)); + +/* Write the end of the PNG file. */ +PNG_EXPORT(61, void, png_write_end, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read the end of the PNG file. */ +PNG_EXPORT(62, void, png_read_end, (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr)); +#endif + +/* Free any memory associated with the png_info_struct */ +PNG_EXPORT(63, void, png_destroy_info_struct, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_infopp info_ptr_ptr)); + +/* Free any memory associated with the png_struct and the png_info_structs */ +PNG_EXPORT(64, void, png_destroy_read_struct, (png_structpp png_ptr_ptr, + png_infopp info_ptr_ptr, png_infopp end_info_ptr_ptr)); + +/* Free any memory associated with the png_struct and the png_info_structs */ +PNG_EXPORT(65, void, png_destroy_write_struct, (png_structpp png_ptr_ptr, + png_infopp info_ptr_ptr)); + +/* Set the libpng method of handling chunk CRC errors */ +PNG_EXPORT(66, void, png_set_crc_action, + (png_structp png_ptr, int crit_action, int ancil_action)); + +/* Values for png_set_crc_action() say how to handle CRC errors in + * ancillary and critical chunks, and whether to use the data contained + * therein. Note that it is impossible to "discard" data in a critical + * chunk. For versions prior to 0.90, the action was always error/quit, + * whereas in version 0.90 and later, the action for CRC errors in ancillary + * chunks is warn/discard. These values should NOT be changed. + * + * value action:critical action:ancillary + */ +#define PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 /* error/quit warn/discard data */ +#define PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 /* error/quit error/quit */ +#define PNG_CRC_WARN_DISCARD 2 /* (INVALID) warn/discard data */ +#define PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 /* warn/use data warn/use data */ +#define PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 /* quiet/use data quiet/use data */ +#define PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 /* use current value use current value */ + +/* These functions give the user control over the scan-line filtering in + * libpng and the compression methods used by zlib. These functions are + * mainly useful for testing, as the defaults should work with most users. + * Those users who are tight on memory or want faster performance at the + * expense of compression can modify them. See the compression library + * header file (zlib.h) for an explination of the compression functions. + */ + +/* Set the filtering method(s) used by libpng. Currently, the only valid + * value for "method" is 0. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(67, void, png_set_filter, + (png_structp png_ptr, int method, int filters)); + +/* Flags for png_set_filter() to say which filters to use. The flags + * are chosen so that they don't conflict with real filter types + * below, in case they are supplied instead of the #defined constants. + * These values should NOT be changed. + */ +#define PNG_NO_FILTERS 0x00 +#define PNG_FILTER_NONE 0x08 +#define PNG_FILTER_SUB 0x10 +#define PNG_FILTER_UP 0x20 +#define PNG_FILTER_AVG 0x40 +#define PNG_FILTER_PAETH 0x80 +#define PNG_ALL_FILTERS (PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB | PNG_FILTER_UP | \ + PNG_FILTER_AVG | PNG_FILTER_PAETH) + +/* Filter values (not flags) - used in pngwrite.c, pngwutil.c for now. + * These defines should NOT be changed. + */ +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE 0 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB 1 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP 2 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG 3 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH 4 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST 5 + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_WEIGHTED_FILTER_SUPPORTED /* EXPERIMENTAL */ +/* The "heuristic_method" is given by one of the PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_ + * defines, either the default (minimum-sum-of-absolute-differences), or + * the experimental method (weighted-minimum-sum-of-absolute-differences). + * + * Weights are factors >= 1.0, indicating how important it is to keep the + * filter type consistent between rows. Larger numbers mean the current + * filter is that many times as likely to be the same as the "num_weights" + * previous filters. This is cumulative for each previous row with a weight. + * There needs to be "num_weights" values in "filter_weights", or it can be + * NULL if the weights aren't being specified. Weights have no influence on + * the selection of the first row filter. Well chosen weights can (in theory) + * improve the compression for a given image. + * + * Costs are factors >= 1.0 indicating the relative decoding costs of a + * filter type. Higher costs indicate more decoding expense, and are + * therefore less likely to be selected over a filter with lower computational + * costs. There needs to be a value in "filter_costs" for each valid filter + * type (given by PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST), or it can be NULL if you aren't + * setting the costs. Costs try to improve the speed of decompression without + * unduly increasing the compressed image size. + * + * A negative weight or cost indicates the default value is to be used, and + * values in the range [0.0, 1.0) indicate the value is to remain unchanged. + * The default values for both weights and costs are currently 1.0, but may + * change if good general weighting/cost heuristics can be found. If both + * the weights and costs are set to 1.0, this degenerates the WEIGHTED method + * to the UNWEIGHTED method, but with added encoding time/computation. + */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(68, void, png_set_filter_heuristics, (png_structp png_ptr, + int heuristic_method, int num_weights, png_const_doublep filter_weights, + png_const_doublep filter_costs)); +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(209, void, png_set_filter_heuristics_fixed, + (png_structp png_ptr, + int heuristic_method, int num_weights, png_const_fixed_point_p + filter_weights, png_const_fixed_point_p filter_costs)); +#endif /* PNG_WRITE_WEIGHTED_FILTER_SUPPORTED */ + +/* Heuristic used for row filter selection. These defines should NOT be + * changed. + */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_DEFAULT 0 /* Currently "UNWEIGHTED" */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_UNWEIGHTED 1 /* Used by libpng < 0.95 */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_WEIGHTED 2 /* Experimental feature */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_LAST 3 /* Not a valid value */ + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED +/* Set the library compression level. Currently, valid values range from + * 0 - 9, corresponding directly to the zlib compression levels 0 - 9 + * (0 - no compression, 9 - "maximal" compression). Note that tests have + * shown that zlib compression levels 3-6 usually perform as well as level 9 + * for PNG images, and do considerably fewer caclulations. In the future, + * these values may not correspond directly to the zlib compression levels. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(69, void, png_set_compression_level, + (png_structp png_ptr, int level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(70, void, png_set_compression_mem_level, (png_structp png_ptr, + int mem_level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(71, void, png_set_compression_strategy, (png_structp png_ptr, + int strategy)); + +/* If PNG_WRITE_OPTIMIZE_CMF_SUPPORTED is defined, libpng will use a + * smaller value of window_bits if it can do so safely. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(72, void, png_set_compression_window_bits, (png_structp png_ptr, + int window_bits)); + +PNG_EXPORT(73, void, png_set_compression_method, (png_structp png_ptr, + int method)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_ZTXT_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED +/* Also set zlib parameters for compressing non-IDAT chunks */ +PNG_EXPORT(222, void, png_set_text_compression_level, + (png_structp png_ptr, int level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(223, void, png_set_text_compression_mem_level, (png_structp png_ptr, + int mem_level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(224, void, png_set_text_compression_strategy, (png_structp png_ptr, + int strategy)); + +/* If PNG_WRITE_OPTIMIZE_CMF_SUPPORTED is defined, libpng will use a + * smaller value of window_bits if it can do so safely. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(225, void, png_set_text_compression_window_bits, (png_structp + png_ptr, int window_bits)); + +PNG_EXPORT(226, void, png_set_text_compression_method, (png_structp png_ptr, + int method)); +#endif /* PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_ZTXT_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED */ + +/* These next functions are called for input/output, memory, and error + * handling. They are in the file pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, + * and call standard C I/O routines such as fread(), fwrite(), and + * fprintf(). These functions can be made to use other I/O routines + * at run time for those applications that need to handle I/O in a + * different manner by calling png_set_???_fn(). See libpng-manual.txt for + * more information. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +/* Initialize the input/output for the PNG file to the default functions. */ +PNG_EXPORT(74, void, png_init_io, (png_structp png_ptr, png_FILE_p fp)); +#endif + +/* Replace the (error and abort), and warning functions with user + * supplied functions. If no messages are to be printed you must still + * write and use replacement functions. The replacement error_fn should + * still do a longjmp to the last setjmp location if you are using this + * method of error handling. If error_fn or warning_fn is NULL, the + * default function will be used. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(75, void, png_set_error_fn, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp error_ptr, + png_error_ptr error_fn, png_error_ptr warning_fn)); + +/* Return the user pointer associated with the error functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(76, png_voidp, png_get_error_ptr, (png_const_structp png_ptr)); + +/* Replace the default data output functions with a user supplied one(s). + * If buffered output is not used, then output_flush_fn can be set to NULL. + * If PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED is not defined at libpng compile time + * output_flush_fn will be ignored (and thus can be NULL). + * It is probably a mistake to use NULL for output_flush_fn if + * write_data_fn is not also NULL unless you have built libpng with + * PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED undefined, because in this case libpng's + * default flush function, which uses the standard *FILE structure, will + * be used. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(77, void, png_set_write_fn, (png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp io_ptr, + png_rw_ptr write_data_fn, png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn)); + +/* Replace the default data input function with a user supplied one. */ +PNG_EXPORT(78, void, png_set_read_fn, (png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp io_ptr, + png_rw_ptr read_data_fn)); + +/* Return the user pointer associated with the I/O functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(79, png_voidp, png_get_io_ptr, (png_structp png_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(80, void, png_set_read_status_fn, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_read_status_ptr read_row_fn)); + +PNG_EXPORT(81, void, png_set_write_status_fn, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_write_status_ptr write_row_fn)); + +#ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +/* Replace the default memory allocation functions with user supplied one(s). */ +PNG_EXPORT(82, void, png_set_mem_fn, (png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp mem_ptr, + png_malloc_ptr malloc_fn, png_free_ptr free_fn)); +/* Return the user pointer associated with the memory functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(83, png_voidp, png_get_mem_ptr, (png_const_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(84, void, png_set_read_user_transform_fn, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_user_transform_ptr read_user_transform_fn)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(85, void, png_set_write_user_transform_fn, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_user_transform_ptr write_user_transform_fn)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_PTR_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(86, void, png_set_user_transform_info, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_voidp user_transform_ptr, int user_transform_depth, + int user_transform_channels)); +/* Return the user pointer associated with the user transform functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(87, png_voidp, png_get_user_transform_ptr, + (png_const_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_INFO_SUPPORTED +/* Return information about the row currently being processed. Note that these + * APIs do not fail but will return unexpected results if called outside a user + * transform callback. Also note that when transforming an interlaced image the + * row number is the row number within the sub-image of the interlace pass, so + * the value will increase to the height of the sub-image (not the full image) + * then reset to 0 for the next pass. + * + * Use PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to + * find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel + * (row,col,pass). (See below for these macros.) + */ +PNG_EXPORT(217, png_uint_32, png_get_current_row_number, (png_const_structp)); +PNG_EXPORT(218, png_byte, png_get_current_pass_number, (png_const_structp)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(88, void, png_set_read_user_chunk_fn, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_voidp user_chunk_ptr, png_user_chunk_ptr read_user_chunk_fn)); +PNG_EXPORT(89, png_voidp, png_get_user_chunk_ptr, (png_const_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Sets the function callbacks for the push reader, and a pointer to a + * user-defined structure available to the callback functions. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(90, void, png_set_progressive_read_fn, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_voidp progressive_ptr, png_progressive_info_ptr info_fn, + png_progressive_row_ptr row_fn, png_progressive_end_ptr end_fn)); + +/* Returns the user pointer associated with the push read functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(91, png_voidp, png_get_progressive_ptr, (png_const_structp png_ptr)); + +/* Function to be called when data becomes available */ +PNG_EXPORT(92, void, png_process_data, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_bytep buffer, png_size_t buffer_size)); + +/* A function which may be called *only* within png_process_data to stop the + * processing of any more data. The function returns the number of bytes + * remaining, excluding any that libpng has cached internally. A subsequent + * call to png_process_data must supply these bytes again. If the argument + * 'save' is set to true the routine will first save all the pending data and + * will always return 0. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(219, png_size_t, png_process_data_pause, (png_structp, int save)); + +/* A function which may be called *only* outside (after) a call to + * png_process_data. It returns the number of bytes of data to skip in the + * input. Normally it will return 0, but if it returns a non-zero value the + * application must skip than number of bytes of input data and pass the + * following data to the next call to png_process_data. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(220, png_uint_32, png_process_data_skip, (png_structp)); + +#ifdef PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED +/* Function that combines rows. 'new_row' is a flag that should come from + * the callback and be non-NULL if anything needs to be done; the library + * stores its own version of the new data internally and ignores the passed + * in value. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(93, void, png_progressive_combine_row, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_bytep old_row, png_const_bytep new_row)); +#endif /* PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED */ +#endif /* PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED */ + +PNG_EXPORTA(94, png_voidp, png_malloc, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_alloc_size_t size), + PNG_ALLOCATED); +/* Added at libpng version 1.4.0 */ +PNG_EXPORTA(95, png_voidp, png_calloc, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_alloc_size_t size), + PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* Added at libpng version 1.2.4 */ +PNG_EXPORTA(96, png_voidp, png_malloc_warn, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* Frees a pointer allocated by png_malloc() */ +PNG_EXPORT(97, void, png_free, (png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr)); + +/* Free data that was allocated internally */ +PNG_EXPORT(98, void, png_free_data, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, png_uint_32 free_me, int num)); + +/* Reassign responsibility for freeing existing data, whether allocated + * by libpng or by the application */ +PNG_EXPORT(99, void, png_data_freer, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, int freer, png_uint_32 mask)); + +/* Assignments for png_data_freer */ +#define PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA 1 +#define PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA 1 +#define PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA 2 +/* Flags for png_ptr->free_me and info_ptr->free_me */ +#define PNG_FREE_HIST 0x0008 +#define PNG_FREE_ICCP 0x0010 +#define PNG_FREE_SPLT 0x0020 +#define PNG_FREE_ROWS 0x0040 +#define PNG_FREE_PCAL 0x0080 +#define PNG_FREE_SCAL 0x0100 +#define PNG_FREE_UNKN 0x0200 +#define PNG_FREE_LIST 0x0400 +#define PNG_FREE_PLTE 0x1000 +#define PNG_FREE_TRNS 0x2000 +#define PNG_FREE_TEXT 0x4000 +#define PNG_FREE_ALL 0x7fff +#define PNG_FREE_MUL 0x4220 /* PNG_FREE_SPLT|PNG_FREE_TEXT|PNG_FREE_UNKN */ + +#ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORTA(100, png_voidp, png_malloc_default, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED); +PNG_EXPORT(101, void, png_free_default, (png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_ERROR_TEXT_SUPPORTED +/* Fatal error in PNG image of libpng - can't continue */ +PNG_EXPORTA(102, void, png_error, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_const_charp error_message), + PNG_NORETURN); + +/* The same, but the chunk name is prepended to the error string. */ +PNG_EXPORTA(103, void, png_chunk_error, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_charp error_message), PNG_NORETURN); + +#else +/* Fatal error in PNG image of libpng - can't continue */ +PNG_EXPORTA(104, void, png_err, (png_structp png_ptr), PNG_NORETURN); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +/* Non-fatal error in libpng. Can continue, but may have a problem. */ +PNG_EXPORT(105, void, png_warning, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); + +/* Non-fatal error in libpng, chunk name is prepended to message. */ +PNG_EXPORT(106, void, png_chunk_warning, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_BENIGN_ERRORS_SUPPORTED +/* Benign error in libpng. Can continue, but may have a problem. + * User can choose whether to handle as a fatal error or as a warning. */ +# undef png_benign_error +PNG_EXPORT(107, void, png_benign_error, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); + +/* Same, chunk name is prepended to message. */ +# undef png_chunk_benign_error +PNG_EXPORT(108, void, png_chunk_benign_error, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); + +PNG_EXPORT(109, void, png_set_benign_errors, + (png_structp png_ptr, int allowed)); +#else +# ifdef PNG_ALLOW_BENIGN_ERRORS +# define png_benign_error png_warning +# define png_chunk_benign_error png_chunk_warning +# else +# define png_benign_error png_error +# define png_chunk_benign_error png_chunk_error +# endif +#endif + +/* The png_set_<chunk> functions are for storing values in the png_info_struct. + * Similarly, the png_get_<chunk> calls are used to read values from the + * png_info_struct, either storing the parameters in the passed variables, or + * setting pointers into the png_info_struct where the data is stored. The + * png_get_<chunk> functions return a non-zero value if the data was available + * in info_ptr, or return zero and do not change any of the parameters if the + * data was not available. + * + * These functions should be used instead of directly accessing png_info + * to avoid problems with future changes in the size and internal layout of + * png_info_struct. + */ +/* Returns "flag" if chunk data is valid in info_ptr. */ +PNG_EXPORT(110, png_uint_32, png_get_valid, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + png_uint_32 flag)); + +/* Returns number of bytes needed to hold a transformed row. */ +PNG_EXPORT(111, png_size_t, png_get_rowbytes, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED +/* Returns row_pointers, which is an array of pointers to scanlines that was + * returned from png_read_png(). + */ +PNG_EXPORT(112, png_bytepp, png_get_rows, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); +/* Set row_pointers, which is an array of pointers to scanlines for use + * by png_write_png(). + */ +PNG_EXPORT(113, void, png_set_rows, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_infop info_ptr, png_bytepp row_pointers)); +#endif + +/* Returns number of color channels in image. */ +PNG_EXPORT(114, png_byte, png_get_channels, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_EASY_ACCESS_SUPPORTED +/* Returns image width in pixels. */ +PNG_EXPORT(115, png_uint_32, png_get_image_width, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image height in pixels. */ +PNG_EXPORT(116, png_uint_32, png_get_image_height, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image bit_depth. */ +PNG_EXPORT(117, png_byte, png_get_bit_depth, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image color_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(118, png_byte, png_get_color_type, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image filter_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(119, png_byte, png_get_filter_type, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image interlace_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(120, png_byte, png_get_interlace_type, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image compression_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(121, png_byte, png_get_compression_type, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image resolution in pixels per meter, from pHYs chunk data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(122, png_uint_32, png_get_pixels_per_meter, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(123, png_uint_32, png_get_x_pixels_per_meter, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(124, png_uint_32, png_get_y_pixels_per_meter, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +/* Returns pixel aspect ratio, computed from pHYs chunk data. */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(125, float, png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(210, png_fixed_point, png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio_fixed, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image x, y offset in pixels or microns, from oFFs chunk data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(126, png_int_32, png_get_x_offset_pixels, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(127, png_int_32, png_get_y_offset_pixels, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(128, png_int_32, png_get_x_offset_microns, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(129, png_int_32, png_get_y_offset_microns, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +#endif /* PNG_EASY_ACCESS_SUPPORTED */ + +/* Returns pointer to signature string read from PNG header */ +PNG_EXPORT(130, png_const_bytep, png_get_signature, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(131, png_uint_32, png_get_bKGD, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_color_16p *background)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(132, void, png_set_bKGD, (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_const_color_16p background)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(133, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr, double *white_x, double *white_y, double *red_x, + double *red_y, double *green_x, double *green_y, double *blue_x, + double *blue_y)); +PNG_FP_EXPORT(230, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM_XYZ, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr, double *red_X, double *red_Y, double *red_Z, + double *green_X, double *green_Y, double *green_Z, double *blue_X, + double *blue_Y, double *blue_Z)); +#ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED /* Otherwise not implemented */ +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(134, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM_fixed, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr, png_fixed_point *int_white_x, + png_fixed_point *int_white_y, png_fixed_point *int_red_x, + png_fixed_point *int_red_y, png_fixed_point *int_green_x, + png_fixed_point *int_green_y, png_fixed_point *int_blue_x, + png_fixed_point *int_blue_y)); +#endif +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(231, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + png_fixed_point *int_red_X, png_fixed_point *int_red_Y, + png_fixed_point *int_red_Z, png_fixed_point *int_green_X, + png_fixed_point *int_green_Y, png_fixed_point *int_green_Z, + png_fixed_point *int_blue_X, png_fixed_point *int_blue_Y, + png_fixed_point *int_blue_Z)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(135, void, png_set_cHRM, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + double white_x, double white_y, double red_x, double red_y, double green_x, + double green_y, double blue_x, double blue_y)); +PNG_FP_EXPORT(232, void, png_set_cHRM_XYZ, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_infop info_ptr, double red_X, double red_Y, double red_Z, + double green_X, double green_Y, double green_Z, double blue_X, + double blue_Y, double blue_Z)); +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(136, void, png_set_cHRM_fixed, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_infop info_ptr, png_fixed_point int_white_x, + png_fixed_point int_white_y, png_fixed_point int_red_x, + png_fixed_point int_red_y, png_fixed_point int_green_x, + png_fixed_point int_green_y, png_fixed_point int_blue_x, + png_fixed_point int_blue_y)); +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(233, void, png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_infop info_ptr, png_fixed_point int_red_X, png_fixed_point int_red_Y, + png_fixed_point int_red_Z, png_fixed_point int_green_X, + png_fixed_point int_green_Y, png_fixed_point int_green_Z, + png_fixed_point int_blue_X, png_fixed_point int_blue_Y, + png_fixed_point int_blue_Z)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(137, png_uint_32, png_get_gAMA, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + double *file_gamma)); +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(138, png_uint_32, png_get_gAMA_fixed, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + png_fixed_point *int_file_gamma)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(139, void, png_set_gAMA, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_infop info_ptr, double file_gamma)); +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(140, void, png_set_gAMA_fixed, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_infop info_ptr, png_fixed_point int_file_gamma)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_hIST_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(141, png_uint_32, png_get_hIST, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + png_uint_16p *hist)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_hIST_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(142, void, png_set_hIST, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_infop info_ptr, png_const_uint_16p hist)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(143, png_uint_32, png_get_IHDR, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_uint_32 *width, png_uint_32 *height, int *bit_depth, int *color_type, + int *interlace_method, int *compression_method, int *filter_method)); + +PNG_EXPORT(144, void, png_set_IHDR, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_uint_32 width, png_uint_32 height, int bit_depth, int color_type, + int interlace_method, int compression_method, int filter_method)); + +#ifdef PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(145, png_uint_32, png_get_oFFs, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + png_int_32 *offset_x, png_int_32 *offset_y, int *unit_type)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(146, void, png_set_oFFs, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_int_32 offset_x, png_int_32 offset_y, int unit_type)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(147, png_uint_32, png_get_pCAL, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + png_charp *purpose, png_int_32 *X0, png_int_32 *X1, int *type, + int *nparams, + png_charp *units, png_charpp *params)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(148, void, png_set_pCAL, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_infop info_ptr, + png_const_charp purpose, png_int_32 X0, png_int_32 X1, int type, + int nparams, png_const_charp units, png_charpp params)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(149, png_uint_32, png_get_pHYs, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + png_uint_32 *res_x, png_uint_32 *res_y, int *unit_type)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(150, void, png_set_pHYs, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_uint_32 res_x, png_uint_32 res_y, int unit_type)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(151, png_uint_32, png_get_PLTE, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + png_colorp *palette, int *num_palette)); + +PNG_EXPORT(152, void, png_set_PLTE, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_const_colorp palette, int num_palette)); + +#ifdef PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(153, png_uint_32, png_get_sBIT, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_color_8p *sig_bit)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(154, void, png_set_sBIT, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, png_const_color_8p sig_bit)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(155, png_uint_32, png_get_sRGB, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr, int *file_srgb_intent)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(156, void, png_set_sRGB, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, int srgb_intent)); +PNG_EXPORT(157, void, png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_infop info_ptr, int srgb_intent)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(158, png_uint_32, png_get_iCCP, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + png_charpp name, int *compression_type, png_bytepp profile, + png_uint_32 *proflen)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(159, void, png_set_iCCP, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_const_charp name, int compression_type, png_const_bytep profile, + png_uint_32 proflen)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(160, png_uint_32, png_get_sPLT, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + png_sPLT_tpp entries)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(161, void, png_set_sPLT, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_const_sPLT_tp entries, int nentries)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +/* png_get_text also returns the number of text chunks in *num_text */ +PNG_EXPORT(162, png_uint_32, png_get_text, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + png_textp *text_ptr, int *num_text)); +#endif + +/* Note while png_set_text() will accept a structure whose text, + * language, and translated keywords are NULL pointers, the structure + * returned by png_get_text will always contain regular + * zero-terminated C strings. They might be empty strings but + * they will never be NULL pointers. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(163, void, png_set_text, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_const_textp text_ptr, int num_text)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(164, png_uint_32, png_get_tIME, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, png_timep *mod_time)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(165, void, png_set_tIME, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, png_const_timep mod_time)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(166, png_uint_32, png_get_tRNS, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_bytep *trans_alpha, int *num_trans, png_color_16p *trans_color)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(167, void, png_set_tRNS, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + png_const_bytep trans_alpha, int num_trans, + png_const_color_16p trans_color)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(168, png_uint_32, png_get_sCAL, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + int *unit, double *width, double *height)); +#ifdef PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED +/* NOTE: this API is currently implemented using floating point arithmetic, + * consequently it can only be used on systems with floating point support. + * In any case the range of values supported by png_fixed_point is small and it + * is highly recommended that png_get_sCAL_s be used instead. + */ +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(214, png_uint_32, png_get_sCAL_fixed, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, int *unit, + png_fixed_point *width, + png_fixed_point *height)); +#endif +PNG_EXPORT(169, png_uint_32, png_get_sCAL_s, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr, + int *unit, png_charpp swidth, png_charpp sheight)); + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(170, void, png_set_sCAL, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + int unit, double width, double height)); +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(213, void, png_set_sCAL_fixed, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_infop info_ptr, int unit, png_fixed_point width, + png_fixed_point height)); +PNG_EXPORT(171, void, png_set_sCAL_s, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + int unit, png_const_charp swidth, png_const_charp sheight)); +#endif /* PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED */ + +#ifdef PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED +/* Provide a list of chunks and how they are to be handled, if the built-in + handling or default unknown chunk handling is not desired. Any chunks not + listed will be handled in the default manner. The IHDR and IEND chunks + must not be listed. Because this turns off the default handling for chunks + that would otherwise be recognized the behavior of libpng transformations may + well become incorrect! + keep = 0: PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT: follow default behavior + = 1: PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER: do not keep + = 2: PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE: keep only if safe-to-copy + = 3: PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS: keep even if unsafe-to-copy +*/ +PNG_EXPORT(172, void, png_set_keep_unknown_chunks, + (png_structp png_ptr, int keep, + png_const_bytep chunk_list, int num_chunks)); + +/* The handling code is returned; the result is therefore true (non-zero) if + * special handling is required, false for the default handling. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(173, int, png_handle_as_unknown, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep chunk_name)); +#endif +#ifdef PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(174, void, png_set_unknown_chunks, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_infop info_ptr, png_const_unknown_chunkp unknowns, + int num_unknowns)); +PNG_EXPORT(175, void, png_set_unknown_chunk_location, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, int chunk, int location)); +PNG_EXPORT(176, int, png_get_unknown_chunks, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr, png_unknown_chunkpp entries)); +#endif + +/* Png_free_data() will turn off the "valid" flag for anything it frees. + * If you need to turn it off for a chunk that your application has freed, + * you can use png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_CHNK); + */ +PNG_EXPORT(177, void, png_set_invalid, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, int mask)); + +#ifdef PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED +/* The "params" pointer is currently not used and is for future expansion. */ +PNG_EXPORT(178, void, png_read_png, (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + int transforms, png_voidp params)); +PNG_EXPORT(179, void, png_write_png, (png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, + int transforms, png_voidp params)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(180, png_const_charp, png_get_copyright, + (png_const_structp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(181, png_const_charp, png_get_header_ver, + (png_const_structp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(182, png_const_charp, png_get_header_version, + (png_const_structp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(183, png_const_charp, png_get_libpng_ver, + (png_const_structp png_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_MNG_FEATURES_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(184, png_uint_32, png_permit_mng_features, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 mng_features_permitted)); +#endif + +/* For use in png_set_keep_unknown, added to version 1.2.6 */ +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT 0 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER 1 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE 2 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS 3 + +/* Strip the prepended error numbers ("#nnn ") from error and warning + * messages before passing them to the error or warning handler. + */ +#ifdef PNG_ERROR_NUMBERS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(185, void, png_set_strip_error_numbers, + (png_structp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 strip_mode)); +#endif + +/* Added in libpng-1.2.6 */ +#ifdef PNG_SET_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(186, void, png_set_user_limits, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 user_width_max, png_uint_32 user_height_max)); +PNG_EXPORT(187, png_uint_32, png_get_user_width_max, + (png_const_structp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(188, png_uint_32, png_get_user_height_max, + (png_const_structp png_ptr)); +/* Added in libpng-1.4.0 */ +PNG_EXPORT(189, void, png_set_chunk_cache_max, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 user_chunk_cache_max)); +PNG_EXPORT(190, png_uint_32, png_get_chunk_cache_max, + (png_const_structp png_ptr)); +/* Added in libpng-1.4.1 */ +PNG_EXPORT(191, void, png_set_chunk_malloc_max, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t user_chunk_cache_max)); +PNG_EXPORT(192, png_alloc_size_t, png_get_chunk_malloc_max, + (png_const_structp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED) +PNG_EXPORT(193, png_uint_32, png_get_pixels_per_inch, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(194, png_uint_32, png_get_x_pixels_per_inch, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(195, png_uint_32, png_get_y_pixels_per_inch, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(196, float, png_get_x_offset_inches, + (png_const_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); +#ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED /* otherwise not implemented. */ +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(211, png_fixed_point, png_get_x_offset_inches_fixed, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); +#endif + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(197, float, png_get_y_offset_inches, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr)); +#ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED /* otherwise not implemented. */ +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(212, png_fixed_point, png_get_y_offset_inches_fixed, + (png_structp png_ptr, png_const_infop info_ptr)); +#endif + +# ifdef PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(198, png_uint_32, png_get_pHYs_dpi, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr, png_uint_32 *res_x, png_uint_32 *res_y, + int *unit_type)); +# endif /* PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED */ +#endif /* PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED */ + +/* Added in libpng-1.4.0 */ +#ifdef PNG_IO_STATE_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(199, png_uint_32, png_get_io_state, (png_structp png_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORTA(200, png_const_bytep, png_get_io_chunk_name, + (png_structp png_ptr), PNG_DEPRECATED); +PNG_EXPORT(216, png_uint_32, png_get_io_chunk_type, + (png_const_structp png_ptr)); + +/* The flags returned by png_get_io_state() are the following: */ +# define PNG_IO_NONE 0x0000 /* no I/O at this moment */ +# define PNG_IO_READING 0x0001 /* currently reading */ +# define PNG_IO_WRITING 0x0002 /* currently writing */ +# define PNG_IO_SIGNATURE 0x0010 /* currently at the file signature */ +# define PNG_IO_CHUNK_HDR 0x0020 /* currently at the chunk header */ +# define PNG_IO_CHUNK_DATA 0x0040 /* currently at the chunk data */ +# define PNG_IO_CHUNK_CRC 0x0080 /* currently at the chunk crc */ +# define PNG_IO_MASK_OP 0x000f /* current operation: reading/writing */ +# define PNG_IO_MASK_LOC 0x00f0 /* current location: sig/hdr/data/crc */ +#endif /* ?PNG_IO_STATE_SUPPORTED */ + +/* Interlace support. The following macros are always defined so that if + * libpng interlace handling is turned off the macros may be used to handle + * interlaced images within the application. + */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES 7 + +/* Two macros to return the first row and first column of the original, + * full, image which appears in a given pass. 'pass' is in the range 0 + * to 6 and the result is in the range 0 to 7. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass) (((1&~(pass))<<(3-((pass)>>1)))&7) +#define PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass) (((1& (pass))<<(3-(((pass)+1)>>1)))&7) + +/* A macro to return the offset between pixels in the output row for a pair of + * pixels in the input - effectively the inverse of the 'COL_SHIFT' macro that + * follows. Note that ROW_OFFSET is the offset from one row to the next whereas + * COL_OFFSET is from one column to the next, within a row. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_ROW_OFFSET(pass) ((pass)>2?(8>>(((pass)-1)>>1)):8) +#define PNG_PASS_COL_OFFSET(pass) (1<<((7-(pass))>>1)) + +/* Two macros to help evaluate the number of rows or columns in each + * pass. This is expressed as a shift - effectively log2 of the number or + * rows or columns in each 8x8 tile of the original image. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass) ((pass)>2?(8-(pass))>>1:3) +#define PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass) ((pass)>1?(7-(pass))>>1:3) + +/* Hence two macros to determine the number of rows or columns in a given + * pass of an image given its height or width. In fact these macros may + * return non-zero even though the sub-image is empty, because the other + * dimension may be empty for a small image. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_ROWS(height, pass) (((height)+(((1<<PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass))\ + -1)-PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass)))>>PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass)) +#define PNG_PASS_COLS(width, pass) (((width)+(((1<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass))\ + -1)-PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass)))>>PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass)) + +/* For the reader row callbacks (both progressive and sequential) it is + * necessary to find the row in the output image given a row in an interlaced + * image, so two more macros: + */ +#define PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(yIn, pass) \ + (((yIn)<<PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass))+PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass)) +#define PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(xIn, pass) \ + (((xIn)<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass))+PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass)) + +/* Two macros which return a boolean (0 or 1) saying whether the given row + * or column is in a particular pass. These use a common utility macro that + * returns a mask for a given pass - the offset 'off' selects the row or + * column version. The mask has the appropriate bit set for each column in + * the tile. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,off) ( \ + ((0x110145AF>>(((7-(off))-(pass))<<2)) & 0xF) | \ + ((0x01145AF0>>(((7-(off))-(pass))<<2)) & 0xF0)) + +#define PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass) \ + ((PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,0) >> ((y)&7)) & 1) +#define PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(x, pass) \ + ((PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,1) >> ((x)&7)) & 1) + +#ifdef PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED +/* With these routines we avoid an integer divide, which will be slower on + * most machines. However, it does take more operations than the corresponding + * divide method, so it may be slower on a few RISC systems. There are two + * shifts (by 8 or 16 bits) and an addition, versus a single integer divide. + * + * Note that the rounding factors are NOT supposed to be the same! 128 and + * 32768 are correct for the NODIV code; 127 and 32767 are correct for the + * standard method. + * + * [Optimized code by Greg Roelofs and Mark Adler...blame us for bugs. :-) ] + */ + + /* fg and bg should be in `gamma 1.0' space; alpha is the opacity */ + +# define png_composite(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + { png_uint_16 temp = (png_uint_16)((png_uint_16)(fg) \ + * (png_uint_16)(alpha) \ + + (png_uint_16)(bg)*(png_uint_16)(255 \ + - (png_uint_16)(alpha)) + 128); \ + (composite) = (png_byte)((temp + (temp >> 8)) >> 8); } + +# define png_composite_16(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + { png_uint_32 temp = (png_uint_32)((png_uint_32)(fg) \ + * (png_uint_32)(alpha) \ + + (png_uint_32)(bg)*(65535 \ + - (png_uint_32)(alpha)) + 32768); \ + (composite) = (png_uint_16)((temp + (temp >> 16)) >> 16); } + +#else /* Standard method using integer division */ + +# define png_composite(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + (composite) = (png_byte)(((png_uint_16)(fg) * (png_uint_16)(alpha) + \ + (png_uint_16)(bg) * (png_uint_16)(255 - (png_uint_16)(alpha)) + \ + 127) / 255) + +# define png_composite_16(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + (composite) = (png_uint_16)(((png_uint_32)(fg) * (png_uint_32)(alpha) + \ + (png_uint_32)(bg)*(png_uint_32)(65535 - (png_uint_32)(alpha)) + \ + 32767) / 65535) +#endif /* PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(201, png_uint_32, png_get_uint_32, (png_const_bytep buf)); +PNG_EXPORT(202, png_uint_16, png_get_uint_16, (png_const_bytep buf)); +PNG_EXPORT(203, png_int_32, png_get_int_32, (png_const_bytep buf)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(204, png_uint_32, png_get_uint_31, (png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep buf)); +/* No png_get_int_16 -- may be added if there's a real need for it. */ + +/* Place a 32-bit number into a buffer in PNG byte order (big-endian). */ +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(205, void, png_save_uint_32, (png_bytep buf, png_uint_32 i)); +#endif +#ifdef PNG_SAVE_INT_32_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(206, void, png_save_int_32, (png_bytep buf, png_int_32 i)); +#endif + +/* Place a 16-bit number into a buffer in PNG byte order. + * The parameter is declared unsigned int, not png_uint_16, + * just to avoid potential problems on pre-ANSI C compilers. + */ +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(207, void, png_save_uint_16, (png_bytep buf, unsigned int i)); +/* No png_save_int_16 -- may be added if there's a real need for it. */ +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USE_READ_MACROS +/* Inline macros to do direct reads of bytes from the input buffer. + * The png_get_int_32() routine assumes we are using two's complement + * format for negative values, which is almost certainly true. + */ +# define png_get_uint_32(buf) \ + (((png_uint_32)(*(buf)) << 24) + \ + ((png_uint_32)(*((buf) + 1)) << 16) + \ + ((png_uint_32)(*((buf) + 2)) << 8) + \ + ((png_uint_32)(*((buf) + 3)))) + + /* From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the + * function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32. + */ +# define png_get_uint_16(buf) \ + ((png_uint_16) \ + (((unsigned int)(*(buf)) << 8) + \ + ((unsigned int)(*((buf) + 1))))) + +# define png_get_int_32(buf) \ + ((png_int_32)((*(buf) & 0x80) \ + ? -((png_int_32)((png_get_uint_32(buf) ^ 0xffffffffL) + 1)) \ + : (png_int_32)png_get_uint_32(buf))) +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED) +PNG_EXPORT(234, void, png_set_check_for_invalid_index, (png_structp png_ptr, + int allowed)); +#endif + +/* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ^, in libpng.3, and project + * defs + */ + +/* The last ordinal number (this is the *last* one already used; the next + * one to use is one more than this.) Maintainer, remember to add an entry to + * scripts/symbols.def as well. + */ +#ifdef PNG_EXPORT_LAST_ORDINAL + PNG_EXPORT_LAST_ORDINAL(234); +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PNG_VERSION_INFO_ONLY */ +/* Do not put anything past this line */ +#endif /* PNG_H */ diff --git a/libs/include/pngconf.h b/libs/include/pngconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c3eb14 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/pngconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,596 @@ + +/* pngconf.h - machine configurable file for libpng + * + * libpng version 1.5.12 - July 11, 2012 + * + * Copyright (c) 1998-2012 Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) + * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) + * + * This code is released under the libpng license. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer + * and license in png.h + * + */ + +/* Any machine specific code is near the front of this file, so if you + * are configuring libpng for a machine, you may want to read the section + * starting here down to where it starts to typedef png_color, png_text, + * and png_info. + */ + +#ifndef PNGCONF_H +#define PNGCONF_H + +#ifndef PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE +/* PNG_NO_LIMITS_H may be used to turn off the use of the standard C + * definition file for machine specific limits, this may impact the + * correctness of the definitions below (see uses of INT_MAX). + */ +# ifndef PNG_NO_LIMITS_H +# include <limits.h> +# endif + +/* For the memory copy APIs (i.e. the standard definitions of these), + * because this file defines png_memcpy and so on the base APIs must + * be defined here. + */ +# ifdef BSD +# include <strings.h> +# else +# include <string.h> +# endif + +/* For png_FILE_p - this provides the standard definition of a + * FILE + */ +# ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +# include <stdio.h> +# endif +#endif + +/* This controls optimization of the reading of 16 and 32 bit values + * from PNG files. It can be set on a per-app-file basis - it + * just changes whether a macro is used when the function is called. + * The library builder sets the default; if read functions are not + * built into the library the macro implementation is forced on. + */ +#ifndef PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_USE_READ_MACROS +#endif +#if !defined(PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS) && !defined(PNG_USE_READ_MACROS) +# if PNG_DEFAULT_READ_MACROS +# define PNG_USE_READ_MACROS +# endif +#endif + +/* COMPILER SPECIFIC OPTIONS. + * + * These options are provided so that a variety of difficult compilers + * can be used. Some are fixed at build time (e.g. PNG_API_RULE + * below) but still have compiler specific implementations, others + * may be changed on a per-file basis when compiling against libpng. + */ + +/* The PNGARG macro protects us against machines that don't have function + * prototypes (ie K&R style headers). If your compiler does not handle + * function prototypes, define this macro and use the included ansi2knr. + * I've always been able to use _NO_PROTO as the indicator, but you may + * need to drag the empty declaration out in front of here, or change the + * ifdef to suit your own needs. + */ +#ifndef PNGARG + +# ifdef OF /* zlib prototype munger */ +# define PNGARG(arglist) OF(arglist) +# else + +# ifdef _NO_PROTO +# define PNGARG(arglist) () +# else +# define PNGARG(arglist) arglist +# endif /* _NO_PROTO */ + +# endif /* OF */ + +#endif /* PNGARG */ + +/* Function calling conventions. + * ============================= + * Normally it is not necessary to specify to the compiler how to call + * a function - it just does it - however on x86 systems derived from + * Microsoft and Borland C compilers ('IBM PC', 'DOS', 'Windows' systems + * and some others) there are multiple ways to call a function and the + * default can be changed on the compiler command line. For this reason + * libpng specifies the calling convention of every exported function and + * every function called via a user supplied function pointer. This is + * done in this file by defining the following macros: + * + * PNGAPI Calling convention for exported functions. + * PNGCBAPI Calling convention for user provided (callback) functions. + * PNGCAPI Calling convention used by the ANSI-C library (required + * for longjmp callbacks and sometimes used internally to + * specify the calling convention for zlib). + * + * These macros should never be overridden. If it is necessary to + * change calling convention in a private build this can be done + * by setting PNG_API_RULE (which defaults to 0) to one of the values + * below to select the correct 'API' variants. + * + * PNG_API_RULE=0 Use PNGCAPI - the 'C' calling convention - throughout. + * This is correct in every known environment. + * PNG_API_RULE=1 Use the operating system convention for PNGAPI and + * the 'C' calling convention (from PNGCAPI) for + * callbacks (PNGCBAPI). This is no longer required + * in any known environment - if it has to be used + * please post an explanation of the problem to the + * libpng mailing list. + * + * These cases only differ if the operating system does not use the C + * calling convention, at present this just means the above cases + * (x86 DOS/Windows sytems) and, even then, this does not apply to + * Cygwin running on those systems. + * + * Note that the value must be defined in pnglibconf.h so that what + * the application uses to call the library matches the conventions + * set when building the library. + */ + +/* Symbol export + * ============= + * When building a shared library it is almost always necessary to tell + * the compiler which symbols to export. The png.h macro 'PNG_EXPORT' + * is used to mark the symbols. On some systems these symbols can be + * extracted at link time and need no special processing by the compiler, + * on other systems the symbols are flagged by the compiler and just + * the declaration requires a special tag applied (unfortunately) in a + * compiler dependent way. Some systems can do either. + * + * A small number of older systems also require a symbol from a DLL to + * be flagged to the program that calls it. This is a problem because + * we do not know in the header file included by application code that + * the symbol will come from a shared library, as opposed to a statically + * linked one. For this reason the application must tell us by setting + * the magic flag PNG_USE_DLL to turn on the special processing before + * it includes png.h. + * + * Four additional macros are used to make this happen: + * + * PNG_IMPEXP The magic (if any) to cause a symbol to be exported from + * the build or imported if PNG_USE_DLL is set - compiler + * and system specific. + * + * PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) A macro that pre or appends PNG_IMPEXP to + * 'type', compiler specific. + * + * PNG_DLL_EXPORT Set to the magic to use during a libpng build to + * make a symbol exported from the DLL. Not used in the + * public header files; see pngpriv.h for how it is used + * in the libpng build. + * + * PNG_DLL_IMPORT Set to the magic to force the libpng symbols to come + * from a DLL - used to define PNG_IMPEXP when + * PNG_USE_DLL is set. + */ + +/* System specific discovery. + * ========================== + * This code is used at build time to find PNG_IMPEXP, the API settings + * and PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(), it may also set a macro to indicate the DLL + * import processing is possible. On Windows/x86 systems it also sets + * compiler-specific macros to the values required to change the calling + * conventions of the various functions. + */ +#if ( defined(_Windows) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32) ||\ + defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) ) &&\ + ( defined(_X86_) || defined(_X64_) || defined(_M_IX86) ||\ + defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_IA64) ) + /* Windows system (DOS doesn't support DLLs) running on x86/x64. Includes + * builds under Cygwin or MinGW. Also includes Watcom builds but these need + * special treatment because they are not compatible with GCC or Visual C + * because of different calling conventions. + */ +# if PNG_API_RULE == 2 + /* If this line results in an error, either because __watcall is not + * understood or because of a redefine just below you cannot use *this* + * build of the library with the compiler you are using. *This* build was + * build using Watcom and applications must also be built using Watcom! + */ +# define PNGCAPI __watcall +# endif + +# if defined(__GNUC__) || (defined (_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 800)) +# define PNGCAPI __cdecl +# if PNG_API_RULE == 1 +# define PNGAPI __stdcall +# endif +# else + /* An older compiler, or one not detected (erroneously) above, + * if necessary override on the command line to get the correct + * variants for the compiler. + */ +# ifndef PNGCAPI +# define PNGCAPI _cdecl +# endif +# if PNG_API_RULE == 1 && !defined(PNGAPI) +# define PNGAPI _stdcall +# endif +# endif /* compiler/api */ + /* NOTE: PNGCBAPI always defaults to PNGCAPI. */ + +# if defined(PNGAPI) && !defined(PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD) + ERROR: PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD must be defined if PNGAPI is changed +# endif + +# if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 800) ||\ + (defined(__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ < 0x500) + /* older Borland and MSC + * compilers used '__export' and required this to be after + * the type. + */ +# ifndef PNG_EXPORT_TYPE +# define PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) type PNG_IMPEXP +# endif +# define PNG_DLL_EXPORT __export +# else /* newer compiler */ +# define PNG_DLL_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +# ifndef PNG_DLL_IMPORT +# define PNG_DLL_IMPORT __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +# endif /* compiler */ + +#else /* !Windows/x86 */ +# if (defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__)) && defined(__OS2__) +# define PNGAPI _System +# else /* !Windows/x86 && !OS/2 */ + /* Use the defaults, or define PNG*API on the command line (but + * this will have to be done for every compile!) + */ +# endif /* other system, !OS/2 */ +#endif /* !Windows/x86 */ + +/* Now do all the defaulting . */ +#ifndef PNGCAPI +# define PNGCAPI +#endif +#ifndef PNGCBAPI +# define PNGCBAPI PNGCAPI +#endif +#ifndef PNGAPI +# define PNGAPI PNGCAPI +#endif + +/* PNG_IMPEXP may be set on the compilation system command line or (if not set) + * then in an internal header file when building the library, otherwise (when + * using the library) it is set here. + */ +#ifndef PNG_IMPEXP +# if defined(PNG_USE_DLL) && defined(PNG_DLL_IMPORT) + /* This forces use of a DLL, disallowing static linking */ +# define PNG_IMPEXP PNG_DLL_IMPORT +# endif + +# ifndef PNG_IMPEXP +# define PNG_IMPEXP +# endif +#endif + +/* In 1.5.2 the definition of PNG_FUNCTION has been changed to always treat + * 'attributes' as a storage class - the attributes go at the start of the + * function definition, and attributes are always appended regardless of the + * compiler. This considerably simplifies these macros but may cause problems + * if any compilers both need function attributes and fail to handle them as + * a storage class (this is unlikely.) + */ +#ifndef PNG_FUNCTION +# define PNG_FUNCTION(type, name, args, attributes) attributes type name args +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_EXPORT_TYPE +# define PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) PNG_IMPEXP type +#endif + + /* The ordinal value is only relevant when preprocessing png.h for symbol + * table entries, so we discard it here. See the .dfn files in the + * scripts directory. + */ +#ifndef PNG_EXPORTA + +# define PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, args, attributes)\ + PNG_FUNCTION(PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type),(PNGAPI name),PNGARG(args), \ + extern attributes) +#endif + +/* ANSI-C (C90) does not permit a macro to be invoked with an empty argument, + * so make something non-empty to satisfy the requirement: + */ +#define PNG_EMPTY /*empty list*/ + +#define PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\ + PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, args, PNG_EMPTY) + +/* Use PNG_REMOVED to comment out a removed interface. */ +#ifndef PNG_REMOVED +# define PNG_REMOVED(ordinal, type, name, args, attributes) +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_CALLBACK +# define PNG_CALLBACK(type, name, args) type (PNGCBAPI name) PNGARG(args) +#endif + +/* Support for compiler specific function attributes. These are used + * so that where compiler support is available incorrect use of API + * functions in png.h will generate compiler warnings. + * + * Added at libpng-1.2.41. + */ + +#ifndef PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS +# ifndef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED + /* Support for compiler specific function attributes. These are used + * so that where compiler support is available incorrect use of API + * functions in png.h will generate compiler warnings. Added at libpng + * version 1.2.41. + */ +# if defined(__GNUC__) +# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT +# define PNG_USE_RESULT __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_NORETURN +# define PNG_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED +# define PNG_ALLOCATED __attribute__((__malloc__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED +# define PNG_DEPRECATED __attribute__((__deprecated__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_PRIVATE +# if 0 /* Doesn't work so we use deprecated instead*/ +# define PNG_PRIVATE \ + __attribute__((warning("This function is not exported by libpng."))) +# else +# define PNG_PRIVATE \ + __attribute__((__deprecated__)) +# endif +# endif +# endif /* __GNUC__ */ + +# if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1300) +# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT +# define PNG_USE_RESULT /* not supported */ +# endif +# ifndef PNG_NORETURN +# define PNG_NORETURN __declspec(noreturn) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED +# if (_MSC_VER >= 1400) +# define PNG_ALLOCATED __declspec(restrict) +# endif +# endif +# ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED +# define PNG_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_PRIVATE +# define PNG_PRIVATE __declspec(deprecated) +# endif +# endif /* _MSC_VER */ +#endif /* PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS */ + +#ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED +# define PNG_DEPRECATED /* Use of this function is deprecated */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT +# define PNG_USE_RESULT /* The result of this function must be checked */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_NORETURN +# define PNG_NORETURN /* This function does not return */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED +# define PNG_ALLOCATED /* The result of the function is new memory */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_PRIVATE +# define PNG_PRIVATE /* This is a private libpng function */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_FP_EXPORT /* A floating point API. */ +# ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FP_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\ + PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args) +# else /* No floating point APIs */ +# define PNG_FP_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args) +# endif +#endif +#ifndef PNG_FIXED_EXPORT /* A fixed point API. */ +# ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\ + PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args) +# else /* No fixed point APIs */ +# define PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args) +# endif +#endif + +/* The following uses const char * instead of char * for error + * and warning message functions, so some compilers won't complain. + * If you do not want to use const, define PNG_NO_CONST here. + * + * This should not change how the APIs are called, so it can be done + * on a per-file basis in the application. + */ +#ifndef PNG_CONST +# ifndef PNG_NO_CONST +# define PNG_CONST const +# else +# define PNG_CONST +# endif +#endif + +/* Some typedefs to get us started. These should be safe on most of the + * common platforms. The typedefs should be at least as large as the + * numbers suggest (a png_uint_32 must be at least 32 bits long), but they + * don't have to be exactly that size. Some compilers dislike passing + * unsigned shorts as function parameters, so you may be better off using + * unsigned int for png_uint_16. + */ + +#if defined(INT_MAX) && (INT_MAX > 0x7ffffffeL) +typedef unsigned int png_uint_32; +typedef int png_int_32; +#else +typedef unsigned long png_uint_32; +typedef long png_int_32; +#endif +typedef unsigned short png_uint_16; +typedef short png_int_16; +typedef unsigned char png_byte; + +#ifdef PNG_NO_SIZE_T +typedef unsigned int png_size_t; +#else +typedef size_t png_size_t; +#endif +#define png_sizeof(x) (sizeof (x)) + +/* The following is needed for medium model support. It cannot be in the + * pngpriv.h header. Needs modification for other compilers besides + * MSC. Model independent support declares all arrays and pointers to be + * large using the far keyword. The zlib version used must also support + * model independent data. As of version zlib 1.0.4, the necessary changes + * have been made in zlib. The USE_FAR_KEYWORD define triggers other + * changes that are needed. (Tim Wegner) + */ + +/* Separate compiler dependencies (problem here is that zlib.h always + * defines FAR. (SJT) + */ +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +# if defined(__LARGE__) || defined(__HUGE__) || defined(__COMPACT__) +# define LDATA 1 +# else +# define LDATA 0 +# endif + /* GRR: why is Cygwin in here? Cygwin is not Borland C... */ +# if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__FLAT__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) +# define PNG_MAX_MALLOC_64K /* only used in build */ +# if (LDATA != 1) +# ifndef FAR +# define FAR __far +# endif +# define USE_FAR_KEYWORD +# endif /* LDATA != 1 */ + /* Possibly useful for moving data out of default segment. + * Uncomment it if you want. Could also define FARDATA as + * const if your compiler supports it. (SJT) +# define FARDATA FAR + */ +# endif /* __WIN32__, __FLAT__, __CYGWIN__ */ +#endif /* __BORLANDC__ */ + + +/* Suggest testing for specific compiler first before testing for + * FAR. The Watcom compiler defines both __MEDIUM__ and M_I86MM, + * making reliance oncertain keywords suspect. (SJT) + */ + +/* MSC Medium model */ +#ifdef FAR +# ifdef M_I86MM +# define USE_FAR_KEYWORD +# define FARDATA FAR +# include <dos.h> +# endif +#endif + +/* SJT: default case */ +#ifndef FAR +# define FAR +#endif + +/* At this point FAR is always defined */ +#ifndef FARDATA +# define FARDATA +#endif + +/* Typedef for floating-point numbers that are converted + * to fixed-point with a multiple of 100,000, e.g., gamma + */ +typedef png_int_32 png_fixed_point; + +/* Add typedefs for pointers */ +typedef void FAR * png_voidp; +typedef PNG_CONST void FAR * png_const_voidp; +typedef png_byte FAR * png_bytep; +typedef PNG_CONST png_byte FAR * png_const_bytep; +typedef png_uint_32 FAR * png_uint_32p; +typedef PNG_CONST png_uint_32 FAR * png_const_uint_32p; +typedef png_int_32 FAR * png_int_32p; +typedef PNG_CONST png_int_32 FAR * png_const_int_32p; +typedef png_uint_16 FAR * png_uint_16p; +typedef PNG_CONST png_uint_16 FAR * png_const_uint_16p; +typedef png_int_16 FAR * png_int_16p; +typedef PNG_CONST png_int_16 FAR * png_const_int_16p; +typedef char FAR * png_charp; +typedef PNG_CONST char FAR * png_const_charp; +typedef png_fixed_point FAR * png_fixed_point_p; +typedef PNG_CONST png_fixed_point FAR * png_const_fixed_point_p; +typedef png_size_t FAR * png_size_tp; +typedef PNG_CONST png_size_t FAR * png_const_size_tp; + +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +typedef FILE * png_FILE_p; +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +typedef double FAR * png_doublep; +typedef PNG_CONST double FAR * png_const_doublep; +#endif + +/* Pointers to pointers; i.e. arrays */ +typedef png_byte FAR * FAR * png_bytepp; +typedef png_uint_32 FAR * FAR * png_uint_32pp; +typedef png_int_32 FAR * FAR * png_int_32pp; +typedef png_uint_16 FAR * FAR * png_uint_16pp; +typedef png_int_16 FAR * FAR * png_int_16pp; +typedef PNG_CONST char FAR * FAR * png_const_charpp; +typedef char FAR * FAR * png_charpp; +typedef png_fixed_point FAR * FAR * png_fixed_point_pp; +#ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +typedef double FAR * FAR * png_doublepp; +#endif + +/* Pointers to pointers to pointers; i.e., pointer to array */ +typedef char FAR * FAR * FAR * png_charppp; + +/* png_alloc_size_t is guaranteed to be no smaller than png_size_t, + * and no smaller than png_uint_32. Casts from png_size_t or png_uint_32 + * to png_alloc_size_t are not necessary; in fact, it is recommended + * not to use them at all so that the compiler can complain when something + * turns out to be problematic. + * Casts in the other direction (from png_alloc_size_t to png_size_t or + * png_uint_32) should be explicitly applied; however, we do not expect + * to encounter practical situations that require such conversions. + */ +#if defined(__TURBOC__) && !defined(__FLAT__) + typedef unsigned long png_alloc_size_t; +#else +# if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(MAXSEG_64K) + typedef unsigned long png_alloc_size_t; +# else + /* This is an attempt to detect an old Windows system where (int) is + * actually 16 bits, in that case png_malloc must have an argument with a + * bigger size to accomodate the requirements of the library. + */ +# if (defined(_Windows) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(_WINDOWS_)) && \ + (!defined(INT_MAX) || INT_MAX <= 0x7ffffffeL) + typedef DWORD png_alloc_size_t; +# else + typedef png_size_t png_alloc_size_t; +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#endif /* PNGCONF_H */ diff --git a/libs/include/pngu.h b/libs/include/pngu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24ab272 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/pngu.h @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +/******************************************************************************************** + +PNGU Version : 0.2a + +Coder : frontier + +More info : http://frontier-dev.net + +********************************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __PNGU__ +#define __PNGU__ + +// Return codes +#define PNGU_OK 0 +#define PNGU_ODD_WIDTH 1 +#define PNGU_ODD_STRIDE 2 +#define PNGU_INVALID_WIDTH_OR_HEIGHT 3 +#define PNGU_FILE_IS_NOT_PNG 4 +#define PNGU_UNSUPPORTED_COLOR_TYPE 5 +#define PNGU_NO_FILE_SELECTED 6 +#define PNGU_CANT_OPEN_FILE 7 +#define PNGU_CANT_READ_FILE 8 +#define PNGU_LIB_ERROR 9 + +// Color types +#define PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY 1 +#define PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA 2 +#define PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE 3 +#define PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_RGB 4 +#define PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA 5 +#define PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_UNKNOWN 6 + + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +// Types +typedef unsigned char PNGU_u8; +typedef unsigned short PNGU_u16; +typedef unsigned int PNGU_u32; +typedef unsigned long long PNGU_u64; + +typedef struct +{ + PNGU_u8 r; + PNGU_u8 g; + PNGU_u8 b; +} PNGUCOLOR; + +typedef struct +{ + PNGU_u32 imgWidth; // In pixels + PNGU_u32 imgHeight; // In pixels + PNGU_u32 imgBitDepth; // In bitx + PNGU_u32 imgColorType; // PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_* + PNGU_u32 validBckgrnd; // Non zero if there is a background color + PNGUCOLOR bckgrnd; // Backgroun color + PNGU_u32 numTrans; // Number of transparent colors + PNGUCOLOR *trans; // Transparent colors +} PNGUPROP; + +// Image context, always initialize with SelectImageFrom* and free with ReleaseImageContext +struct _IMGCTX; +typedef struct _IMGCTX *IMGCTX; + + +/**************************************************************************** +* Pixel conversion * +****************************************************************************/ + +// Macro to convert RGB8 values to RGB565 +#define PNGU_RGB8_TO_RGB565(r,g,b) ( ((((PNGU_u16) r) & 0xF8U) << 8) | ((((PNGU_u16) g) & 0xFCU) << 3) | (((PNGU_u16) b) >> 3) ) + +// Macro to convert RGBA8 values to RGB5A3 +#define PNGU_RGB8_TO_RGB5A3(r,g,b,a) (PNGU_u16) (((a & 0xE0U) == 0xE0U) ? \ + (0x8000U | ((((PNGU_u16) r) & 0xF8U) << 7) | ((((PNGU_u16) g) & 0xF8U) << 2) | (((PNGU_u16) b) >> 3)) : \ + (((((PNGU_u16) a) & 0xE0U) << 7) | ((((PNGU_u16) r) & 0xF0U) << 4) | (((PNGU_u16) g) & 0xF0U) | ((((PNGU_u16) b) & 0xF0U) >> 4))) + +// Function to convert two RGB8 values to YCbYCr +PNGU_u32 PNGU_RGB8_TO_YCbYCr (PNGU_u8 r1, PNGU_u8 g1, PNGU_u8 b1, PNGU_u8 r2, PNGU_u8 g2, PNGU_u8 b2); + +// Function to convert an YCbYCr to two RGB8 values. +void PNGU_YCbYCr_TO_RGB8 (PNGU_u32 ycbycr, PNGU_u8 *r1, PNGU_u8 *g1, PNGU_u8 *b1, PNGU_u8 *r2, PNGU_u8 *g2, PNGU_u8 *b2); + + +/**************************************************************************** +* Image context handling * +****************************************************************************/ + +// Selects a PNG file, previosly loaded into a buffer, and creates an image context for subsequent procesing. +IMGCTX PNGU_SelectImageFromBuffer (const void *buffer); + +// Selects a PNG file, from any devoptab device, and creates an image context for subsequent procesing. +IMGCTX PNGU_SelectImageFromDevice (const char *filename); + +// Frees resources associated with an image context. Always call this function when you no longer need the IMGCTX. +void PNGU_ReleaseImageContext (IMGCTX ctx); + + +/**************************************************************************** +* Miscelaneous * +****************************************************************************/ + +// Retrieves info from selected PNG file, including image dimensions, color format, background and transparency colors. +int PNGU_GetImageProperties (IMGCTX ctx, PNGUPROP *fileproperties); + + +/**************************************************************************** +* Image conversion * +****************************************************************************/ + +// Expands selected image into an YCbYCr buffer. You need to specify context, image dimensions, +// destination address and stride in pixels (stride = buffer width - image width). +int PNGU_DecodeToYCbYCr (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u32 stride); + +// Macro for decoding an image inside a buffer at given coordinates. +#define PNGU_DECODE_TO_COORDS_YCbYCr(ctx,coordX,coordY,imgWidth,imgHeight,bufferWidth,bufferHeight,buffer) \ + \ + PNGU_DecodeToYCbYCr (ctx, imgWidth, imgHeight, ((void *) buffer) + (coordY) * (bufferWidth) * 2 + \ + (coordX) * 2, (bufferWidth) - (imgWidth)) + +// Expands selected image into a linear RGB565 buffer. You need to specify context, image dimensions, +// destination address and stride in pixels (stride = buffer width - image width). +int PNGU_DecodeToRGB565 (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u32 stride); + +// Macro for decoding an image inside a buffer at given coordinates. +#define PNGU_DECODE_TO_COORDS_RGB565(ctx,coordX,coordY,imgWidth,imgHeight,bufferWidth,bufferHeight,buffer) \ + \ + PNGU_DecodeToRGB565 (ctx, imgWidth, imgHeight, ((void *) buffer) + (coordY) * (bufferWidth) * 2 + \ + (coordX) * 2, (bufferWidth) - (imgWidth)) + +// Expands selected image into a linear RGBA8 buffer. You need to specify context, image dimensions, +// destination address, stride in pixels and default alpha value, which is used if the source image +// doesn't have an alpha channel. +int PNGU_DecodeToRGBA8 (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u32 stride, PNGU_u8 default_alpha); + +// Macro for decoding an image inside a buffer at given coordinates. +#define PNGU_DECODE_TO_COORDS_RGBA8(ctx,coordX,coordY,imgWidth,imgHeight,default_alpha,bufferWidth,bufferHeight,buffer) \ + \ + PNGU_DecodeToRGBA8 (ctx, imgWidth, imgHeight, ((void *) buffer) + (coordY) * (bufferWidth) * 2 + \ + (coordX) * 2, (bufferWidth) - (imgWidth), default_alpha) + +// Expands selected image into a 4x4 tiled RGB565 buffer. You need to specify context, image dimensions +// and destination address. +int PNGU_DecodeTo4x4RGB565 (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer); + +// Expands selected image into a 4x4 tiled RGB5A3 buffer. You need to specify context, image dimensions, +// destination address and default alpha value, which is used if the source image doesn't have an alpha channel. +int PNGU_DecodeTo4x4RGB5A3 (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u8 default_alpha); + +// Expands selected image into a 4x4 tiled RGBA8 buffer. You need to specify context, image dimensions, +// destination address. +PNGU_u8 * PNGU_DecodeTo4x4RGBA8 (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, int * dstWidth, int * dstHeight, PNGU_u8 *dstPtr); + +// Encodes an YCbYCr image in PNG format and stores it in the selected device or memory buffer. You need to +// specify context, image dimensions, destination address and stride in pixels (stride = buffer width - image width). +int PNGU_EncodeFromYCbYCr (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u32 stride); + +int PNGU_EncodeFromRGB (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u32 stride); +int PNGU_EncodeFromGXTexture (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u32 stride); +int PNGU_EncodeFromEFB (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, PNGU_u32 stride); + +// Macro for encoding an image stored into an YCbYCr buffer at given coordinates. +#define PNGU_ENCODE_TO_COORDS_YCbYCr(ctx,coordX,coordY,imgWidth,imgHeight,bufferWidth,bufferHeight,buffer) \ + \ + PNGU_EncodeFromYCbYCr (ctx, imgWidth, imgHeight, ((void *) buffer) + (coordY) * (bufferWidth) * 2 + \ + (coordX) * 2, (bufferWidth) - (imgWidth)) + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/libs/include/runtimeiospatch/runtimeiospatch.h b/libs/include/runtimeiospatch/runtimeiospatch.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..167b4ca --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/runtimeiospatch/runtimeiospatch.h @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0. + +// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details. + +// Copyright (C) 2010 Joseph Jordan <joe.ftpii@psychlaw.com.au> +// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 damysteryman +// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Christopher Bratusek <nano@tuxfamily.org> +// Copyright (C) 2013 DarkMatterCore +// Copyright (C) 2014 megazig + +#ifndef __RUNTIMEIOSPATCH_H__ +#define __RUNTIMEIOSPATCH_H__ + +/** + * Version information for Libruntimeiospatch. + */ +#define LIB_RUNTIMEIOSPATCH_VERSION "1.5.2" + +//============================================================================== +// HW_RVL header +//============================================================================== +#if defined(HW_RVL) /* defined(HW_RVL) */ + +/** + *Returns true when HW_AHBPROT access can be applied + */ +#define AHBPROT_DISABLED (*(vu32*)0xcd800064 == 0xFFFFFFFF) + +//============================================================================== +// Error code definitions: +//============================================================================== +#define ERROR_AHBPROT -5 +#define ERROR_PATCH -7 + +//============================================================================== +// C++ header +//============================================================================== +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +/* __cplusplus */ + +//============================================================================== +// Extra standard declarations +//============================================================================== +typedef signed int s32; +//============================================================================== + +//============================================================================== +// Patchsets: +//============================================================================== +/* +Wii: + * DI Readlimit + * ISFS Permissions + * ES SetUID + * ES SetIdentify + * Hash Check (aka Trucha) + * New Hash Check (aka New Trucha) + +Sciifii: + * MEM2 Prot + * ES OpenTitleContent 1 & 2 + * ES ReadContent Prot + * ES CloseContent + * ES TitleVersionCheck + * ES TitleDeleteCheck + +vWii: + * Kill Anti-SystemTitle-Install 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5 +*/ + + +//============================================================================== +// Functions: +//============================================================================== + +/** + * This function can be used to keep HW_AHBPROT access when going to reload IOS + * @param verbose Flag determing whether or not to print messages on-screen + * @example + * if(AHBPROT_DISABLED) { + * s32 ret; + * ret = IosPatch_AHBPROT(false); + * if (ret) { + * IOS_ReloadIOS(36); + * } else { + * printf("IosPatch_AHBPROT failed."); + * } + * } + * @return Signed 32bit integer representing code + * > 0 : Success - return equals to number of applied patches + * ERROR_AHBPROT : Error - No HW_AHBPROT access + */ +s32 IosPatch_AHBPROT(bool verbose); + + +/** + * This function applies patches on current IOS + * @see Patchsets + * @param wii Flag determing whether or not to apply Wii patches. + * @param sciifii Flag determing whether or not to apply extra Sciifii patches. + * @param vwii Flag determing whether or not to apply extra vWii patches. + * @param verbose Flag determing whether or not to print messages on-screen. + * @example if(AHBPROT_DISABLED) IosPatch_FULL(true, false, false, false); + * @return Signed 32bit integer representing code + * > 0 : Success - return equals to number of applied patches + * ERROR_AHBPROT : Error - No HW_AHBPROT access + * ERROR_PATCH : Error - Patching HW_AHBPROT access failed + */ +s32 IosPatch_RUNTIME(bool wii, bool sciifii, bool vwii, bool verbose); + + +/** + * This function combines IosPatch_AHBPROT + IOS_ReloadIOS + IosPatch_RUNTIME + * @see Patchsets + * @param wii Flag determing whether or not to apply Wii patches. + * @param sciifii Flag determing whether or not to apply extra Sciifii patches. + * @param vwii Flag determing whether or not to apply extra vWii patches. + * @param verbose Flag determing whether or not to print messages on-screen. + * @param IOS Which IOS to reload into. + * @example if(AHBPROT_DISABLED) IosPatch_FULL(true, false, false, false, 58); + * @return Signed 32bit integer representing code + * > 0 : Success - return equals to number of applied patches + * ERROR_AHBPROT : Error - No HW_AHBPROT access + * ERROR_PATCH : Error - Patching HW_AHBPROT access failed + */ +s32 IosPatch_FULL(bool wii, bool sciifii, bool vwii, bool verbose, int IOS); + +//============================================================================== +// C++ footer +//============================================================================== +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +//============================================================================== +// HW_RVL footer +//============================================================================== +#endif /* defined(HW_RVL) */ + +#endif diff --git a/libs/include/zconf.h b/libs/include/zconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..996fff2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/zconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,511 @@ +/* zconf.h -- configuration of the zlib compression library + * Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h + */ + +/* @(#) $Id$ */ + +#ifndef ZCONF_H +#define ZCONF_H + +/* + * If you *really* need a unique prefix for all types and library functions, + * compile with -DZ_PREFIX. The "standard" zlib should be compiled without it. + * Even better than compiling with -DZ_PREFIX would be to use configure to set + * this permanently in zconf.h using "./configure --zprefix". + */ +#ifdef Z_PREFIX /* may be set to #if 1 by ./configure */ +# define Z_PREFIX_SET + +/* all linked symbols */ +# define _dist_code z__dist_code +# define _length_code z__length_code +# define _tr_align z__tr_align +# define _tr_flush_bits z__tr_flush_bits +# define _tr_flush_block z__tr_flush_block +# define _tr_init z__tr_init +# define _tr_stored_block z__tr_stored_block +# define _tr_tally z__tr_tally +# define adler32 z_adler32 +# define adler32_combine z_adler32_combine +# define adler32_combine64 z_adler32_combine64 +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# define compress z_compress +# define compress2 z_compress2 +# define compressBound z_compressBound +# endif +# define crc32 z_crc32 +# define crc32_combine z_crc32_combine +# define crc32_combine64 z_crc32_combine64 +# define deflate z_deflate +# define deflateBound z_deflateBound +# define deflateCopy z_deflateCopy +# define deflateEnd z_deflateEnd +# define deflateInit2_ z_deflateInit2_ +# define deflateInit_ z_deflateInit_ +# define deflateParams z_deflateParams +# define deflatePending z_deflatePending +# define deflatePrime z_deflatePrime +# define deflateReset z_deflateReset +# define deflateResetKeep z_deflateResetKeep +# define deflateSetDictionary z_deflateSetDictionary +# define deflateSetHeader z_deflateSetHeader +# define deflateTune z_deflateTune +# define deflate_copyright z_deflate_copyright +# define get_crc_table z_get_crc_table +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# define gz_error z_gz_error +# define gz_intmax z_gz_intmax +# define gz_strwinerror z_gz_strwinerror +# define gzbuffer z_gzbuffer +# define gzclearerr z_gzclearerr +# define gzclose z_gzclose +# define gzclose_r z_gzclose_r +# define gzclose_w z_gzclose_w +# define gzdirect z_gzdirect +# define gzdopen z_gzdopen +# define gzeof z_gzeof +# define gzerror z_gzerror +# define gzflush z_gzflush +# define gzgetc z_gzgetc +# define gzgetc_ z_gzgetc_ +# define gzgets z_gzgets +# define gzoffset z_gzoffset +# define gzoffset64 z_gzoffset64 +# define gzopen z_gzopen +# define gzopen64 z_gzopen64 +# ifdef _WIN32 +# define gzopen_w z_gzopen_w +# endif +# define gzprintf z_gzprintf +# define gzvprintf z_gzvprintf +# define gzputc z_gzputc +# define gzputs z_gzputs +# define gzread z_gzread +# define gzrewind z_gzrewind +# define gzseek z_gzseek +# define gzseek64 z_gzseek64 +# define gzsetparams z_gzsetparams +# define gztell z_gztell +# define gztell64 z_gztell64 +# define gzungetc z_gzungetc +# define gzwrite z_gzwrite +# endif +# define inflate z_inflate +# define inflateBack z_inflateBack +# define inflateBackEnd z_inflateBackEnd +# define inflateBackInit_ z_inflateBackInit_ +# define inflateCopy z_inflateCopy +# define inflateEnd z_inflateEnd +# define inflateGetHeader z_inflateGetHeader +# define inflateInit2_ z_inflateInit2_ +# define inflateInit_ z_inflateInit_ +# define inflateMark z_inflateMark +# define inflatePrime z_inflatePrime +# define inflateReset z_inflateReset +# define inflateReset2 z_inflateReset2 +# define inflateSetDictionary z_inflateSetDictionary +# define inflateGetDictionary z_inflateGetDictionary +# define inflateSync z_inflateSync +# define inflateSyncPoint z_inflateSyncPoint +# define inflateUndermine z_inflateUndermine +# define inflateResetKeep z_inflateResetKeep +# define inflate_copyright z_inflate_copyright +# define inflate_fast z_inflate_fast +# define inflate_table z_inflate_table +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# define uncompress z_uncompress +# endif +# define zError z_zError +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# define zcalloc z_zcalloc +# define zcfree z_zcfree +# endif +# define zlibCompileFlags z_zlibCompileFlags +# define zlibVersion z_zlibVersion + +/* all zlib typedefs in zlib.h and zconf.h */ +# define Byte z_Byte +# define Bytef z_Bytef +# define alloc_func z_alloc_func +# define charf z_charf +# define free_func z_free_func +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# define gzFile z_gzFile +# endif +# define gz_header z_gz_header +# define gz_headerp z_gz_headerp +# define in_func z_in_func +# define intf z_intf +# define out_func z_out_func +# define uInt z_uInt +# define uIntf z_uIntf +# define uLong z_uLong +# define uLongf z_uLongf +# define voidp z_voidp +# define voidpc z_voidpc +# define voidpf z_voidpf + +/* all zlib structs in zlib.h and zconf.h */ +# define gz_header_s z_gz_header_s +# define internal_state z_internal_state + +#endif + +#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(MSDOS) +# define MSDOS +#endif +#if (defined(OS_2) || defined(__OS2__)) && !defined(OS2) +# define OS2 +#endif +#if defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(WINDOWS) +# define WINDOWS +#endif +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) || defined(__WIN32__) +# ifndef WIN32 +# define WIN32 +# endif +#endif +#if (defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2) || defined(WINDOWS)) && !defined(WIN32) +# if !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__FLAT__) && !defined(__386__) +# ifndef SYS16BIT +# define SYS16BIT +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* + * Compile with -DMAXSEG_64K if the alloc function cannot allocate more + * than 64k bytes at a time (needed on systems with 16-bit int). + */ +#ifdef SYS16BIT +# define MAXSEG_64K +#endif +#ifdef MSDOS +# define UNALIGNED_OK +#endif + +#ifdef __STDC_VERSION__ +# ifndef STDC +# define STDC +# endif +# if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L +# ifndef STDC99 +# define STDC99 +# endif +# endif +#endif +#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)) +# define STDC +#endif +#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)) +# define STDC +#endif +#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(MSDOS) || defined(WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32)) +# define STDC +#endif +#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(OS2) || defined(__HOS_AIX__)) +# define STDC +#endif + +#if defined(__OS400__) && !defined(STDC) /* iSeries (formerly AS/400). */ +# define STDC +#endif + +#ifndef STDC +# ifndef const /* cannot use !defined(STDC) && !defined(const) on Mac */ +# define const /* note: need a more gentle solution here */ +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(ZLIB_CONST) && !defined(z_const) +# define z_const const +#else +# define z_const +#endif + +/* Some Mac compilers merge all .h files incorrectly: */ +#if defined(__MWERKS__)||defined(applec)||defined(THINK_C)||defined(__SC__) +# define NO_DUMMY_DECL +#endif + +/* Maximum value for memLevel in deflateInit2 */ +#ifndef MAX_MEM_LEVEL +# ifdef MAXSEG_64K +# define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 8 +# else +# define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 9 +# endif +#endif + +/* Maximum value for windowBits in deflateInit2 and inflateInit2. + * WARNING: reducing MAX_WBITS makes minigzip unable to extract .gz files + * created by gzip. (Files created by minigzip can still be extracted by + * gzip.) + */ +#ifndef MAX_WBITS +# define MAX_WBITS 15 /* 32K LZ77 window */ +#endif + +/* The memory requirements for deflate are (in bytes): + (1 << (windowBits+2)) + (1 << (memLevel+9)) + that is: 128K for windowBits=15 + 128K for memLevel = 8 (default values) + plus a few kilobytes for small objects. For example, if you want to reduce + the default memory requirements from 256K to 128K, compile with + make CFLAGS="-O -DMAX_WBITS=14 -DMAX_MEM_LEVEL=7" + Of course this will generally degrade compression (there's no free lunch). + + The memory requirements for inflate are (in bytes) 1 << windowBits + that is, 32K for windowBits=15 (default value) plus a few kilobytes + for small objects. +*/ + + /* Type declarations */ + +#ifndef OF /* function prototypes */ +# ifdef STDC +# define OF(args) args +# else +# define OF(args) () +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef Z_ARG /* function prototypes for stdarg */ +# if defined(STDC) || defined(Z_HAVE_STDARG_H) +# define Z_ARG(args) args +# else +# define Z_ARG(args) () +# endif +#endif + +/* The following definitions for FAR are needed only for MSDOS mixed + * model programming (small or medium model with some far allocations). + * This was tested only with MSC; for other MSDOS compilers you may have + * to define NO_MEMCPY in zutil.h. If you don't need the mixed model, + * just define FAR to be empty. + */ +#ifdef SYS16BIT +# if defined(M_I86SM) || defined(M_I86MM) + /* MSC small or medium model */ +# define SMALL_MEDIUM +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# define FAR _far +# else +# define FAR far +# endif +# endif +# if (defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__)) + /* Turbo C small or medium model */ +# define SMALL_MEDIUM +# ifdef __BORLANDC__ +# define FAR _far +# else +# define FAR far +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32) + /* If building or using zlib as a DLL, define ZLIB_DLL. + * This is not mandatory, but it offers a little performance increase. + */ +# ifdef ZLIB_DLL +# if defined(WIN32) && (!defined(__BORLANDC__) || (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x500)) +# ifdef ZLIB_INTERNAL +# define ZEXTERN extern __declspec(dllexport) +# else +# define ZEXTERN extern __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +# endif +# endif /* ZLIB_DLL */ + /* If building or using zlib with the WINAPI/WINAPIV calling convention, + * define ZLIB_WINAPI. + * Caution: the standard ZLIB1.DLL is NOT compiled using ZLIB_WINAPI. + */ +# ifdef ZLIB_WINAPI +# ifdef FAR +# undef FAR +# endif +# include <windows.h> + /* No need for _export, use ZLIB.DEF instead. */ + /* For complete Windows compatibility, use WINAPI, not __stdcall. */ +# define ZEXPORT WINAPI +# ifdef WIN32 +# define ZEXPORTVA WINAPIV +# else +# define ZEXPORTVA FAR CDECL +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#if defined (__BEOS__) +# ifdef ZLIB_DLL +# ifdef ZLIB_INTERNAL +# define ZEXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +# define ZEXPORTVA __declspec(dllexport) +# else +# define ZEXPORT __declspec(dllimport) +# define ZEXPORTVA __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef ZEXTERN +# define ZEXTERN extern +#endif +#ifndef ZEXPORT +# define ZEXPORT +#endif +#ifndef ZEXPORTVA +# define ZEXPORTVA +#endif + +#ifndef FAR +# define FAR +#endif + +#if !defined(__MACTYPES__) +typedef unsigned char Byte; /* 8 bits */ +#endif +typedef unsigned int uInt; /* 16 bits or more */ +typedef unsigned long uLong; /* 32 bits or more */ + +#ifdef SMALL_MEDIUM + /* Borland C/C++ and some old MSC versions ignore FAR inside typedef */ +# define Bytef Byte FAR +#else + typedef Byte FAR Bytef; +#endif +typedef char FAR charf; +typedef int FAR intf; +typedef uInt FAR uIntf; +typedef uLong FAR uLongf; + +#ifdef STDC + typedef void const *voidpc; + typedef void FAR *voidpf; + typedef void *voidp; +#else + typedef Byte const *voidpc; + typedef Byte FAR *voidpf; + typedef Byte *voidp; +#endif + +#if !defined(Z_U4) && !defined(Z_SOLO) && defined(STDC) +# include <limits.h> +# if (UINT_MAX == 0xffffffffUL) +# define Z_U4 unsigned +# elif (ULONG_MAX == 0xffffffffUL) +# define Z_U4 unsigned long +# elif (USHRT_MAX == 0xffffffffUL) +# define Z_U4 unsigned short +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef Z_U4 + typedef Z_U4 z_crc_t; +#else + typedef unsigned long z_crc_t; +#endif + +#if 1 /* was set to #if 1 by ./configure */ +# define Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H +#endif + +#if 1 /* was set to #if 1 by ./configure */ +# define Z_HAVE_STDARG_H +#endif + +#ifdef STDC +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# include <sys/types.h> /* for off_t */ +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(STDC) || defined(Z_HAVE_STDARG_H) +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# include <stdarg.h> /* for va_list */ +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# include <stddef.h> /* for wchar_t */ +# endif +#endif + +/* a little trick to accommodate both "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE" and + * "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1" as requesting 64-bit operations, (even + * though the former does not conform to the LFS document), but considering + * both "#undef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE" and "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 0" as + * equivalently requesting no 64-bit operations + */ +#if defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE) && -_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE - -1 == 1 +# undef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE +#endif + +#if defined(__WATCOMC__) && !defined(Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# define Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H +#endif +#ifndef Z_SOLO +# if defined(Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H) || defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE) +# include <unistd.h> /* for SEEK_*, off_t, and _LFS64_LARGEFILE */ +# ifdef VMS +# include <unixio.h> /* for off_t */ +# endif +# ifndef z_off_t +# define z_off_t off_t +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(_LFS64_LARGEFILE) && _LFS64_LARGEFILE-0 +# define Z_LFS64 +#endif + +#if defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE) && defined(Z_LFS64) +# define Z_LARGE64 +#endif + +#if defined(_FILE_OFFSET_BITS) && _FILE_OFFSET_BITS-0 == 64 && defined(Z_LFS64) +# define Z_WANT64 +#endif + +#if !defined(SEEK_SET) && !defined(Z_SOLO) +# define SEEK_SET 0 /* Seek from beginning of file. */ +# define SEEK_CUR 1 /* Seek from current position. */ +# define SEEK_END 2 /* Set file pointer to EOF plus "offset" */ +#endif + +#ifndef z_off_t +# define z_off_t long +#endif + +#if !defined(_WIN32) && defined(Z_LARGE64) +# define z_off64_t off64_t +#else +# if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(Z_SOLO) +# define z_off64_t __int64 +# else +# define z_off64_t z_off_t +# endif +#endif + +/* MVS linker does not support external names larger than 8 bytes */ +#if defined(__MVS__) + #pragma map(deflateInit_,"DEIN") + #pragma map(deflateInit2_,"DEIN2") + #pragma map(deflateEnd,"DEEND") + #pragma map(deflateBound,"DEBND") + #pragma map(inflateInit_,"ININ") + #pragma map(inflateInit2_,"ININ2") + #pragma map(inflateEnd,"INEND") + #pragma map(inflateSync,"INSY") + #pragma map(inflateSetDictionary,"INSEDI") + #pragma map(compressBound,"CMBND") + #pragma map(inflate_table,"INTABL") + #pragma map(inflate_fast,"INFA") + #pragma map(inflate_copyright,"INCOPY") +#endif + +#endif /* ZCONF_H */ diff --git a/libs/include/zlib.h b/libs/include/zlib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e0c767 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/include/zlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,1768 @@ +/* zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library + version 1.2.8, April 28th, 2013 + + Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler + + This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied + warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages + arising from the use of this software. + + Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, + including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it + freely, subject to the following restrictions: + + 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not + claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software + in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be + appreciated but is not required. + 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be + misrepresented as being the original software. + 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution. + + Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler + jloup@gzip.org madler@alumni.caltech.edu + + + The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request for + Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1950 + (zlib format), rfc1951 (deflate format) and rfc1952 (gzip format). +*/ + +#ifndef ZLIB_H +#define ZLIB_H + +#include "zconf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define ZLIB_VERSION "1.2.8" +#define ZLIB_VERNUM 0x1280 +#define ZLIB_VER_MAJOR 1 +#define ZLIB_VER_MINOR 2 +#define ZLIB_VER_REVISION 8 +#define ZLIB_VER_SUBREVISION 0 + +/* + The 'zlib' compression library provides in-memory compression and + decompression functions, including integrity checks of the uncompressed data. + This version of the library supports only one compression method (deflation) + but other algorithms will be added later and will have the same stream + interface. + + Compression can be done in a single step if the buffers are large enough, + or can be done by repeated calls of the compression function. In the latter + case, the application must provide more input and/or consume the output + (providing more output space) before each call. + + The compressed data format used by default by the in-memory functions is + the zlib format, which is a zlib wrapper documented in RFC 1950, wrapped + around a deflate stream, which is itself documented in RFC 1951. + + The library also supports reading and writing files in gzip (.gz) format + with an interface similar to that of stdio using the functions that start + with "gz". The gzip format is different from the zlib format. gzip is a + gzip wrapper, documented in RFC 1952, wrapped around a deflate stream. + + This library can optionally read and write gzip streams in memory as well. + + The zlib format was designed to be compact and fast for use in memory + and on communications channels. The gzip format was designed for single- + file compression on file systems, has a larger header than zlib to maintain + directory information, and uses a different, slower check method than zlib. + + The library does not install any signal handler. The decoder checks + the consistency of the compressed data, so the library should never crash + even in case of corrupted input. +*/ + +typedef voidpf (*alloc_func) OF((voidpf opaque, uInt items, uInt size)); +typedef void (*free_func) OF((voidpf opaque, voidpf address)); + +struct internal_state; + +typedef struct z_stream_s { + z_const Bytef *next_in; /* next input byte */ + uInt avail_in; /* number of bytes available at next_in */ + uLong total_in; /* total number of input bytes read so far */ + + Bytef *next_out; /* next output byte should be put there */ + uInt avail_out; /* remaining free space at next_out */ + uLong total_out; /* total number of bytes output so far */ + + z_const char *msg; /* last error message, NULL if no error */ + struct internal_state FAR *state; /* not visible by applications */ + + alloc_func zalloc; /* used to allocate the internal state */ + free_func zfree; /* used to free the internal state */ + voidpf opaque; /* private data object passed to zalloc and zfree */ + + int data_type; /* best guess about the data type: binary or text */ + uLong adler; /* adler32 value of the uncompressed data */ + uLong reserved; /* reserved for future use */ +} z_stream; + +typedef z_stream FAR *z_streamp; + +/* + gzip header information passed to and from zlib routines. See RFC 1952 + for more details on the meanings of these fields. +*/ +typedef struct gz_header_s { + int text; /* true if compressed data believed to be text */ + uLong time; /* modification time */ + int xflags; /* extra flags (not used when writing a gzip file) */ + int os; /* operating system */ + Bytef *extra; /* pointer to extra field or Z_NULL if none */ + uInt extra_len; /* extra field length (valid if extra != Z_NULL) */ + uInt extra_max; /* space at extra (only when reading header) */ + Bytef *name; /* pointer to zero-terminated file name or Z_NULL */ + uInt name_max; /* space at name (only when reading header) */ + Bytef *comment; /* pointer to zero-terminated comment or Z_NULL */ + uInt comm_max; /* space at comment (only when reading header) */ + int hcrc; /* true if there was or will be a header crc */ + int done; /* true when done reading gzip header (not used + when writing a gzip file) */ +} gz_header; + +typedef gz_header FAR *gz_headerp; + +/* + The application must update next_in and avail_in when avail_in has dropped + to zero. It must update next_out and avail_out when avail_out has dropped + to zero. The application must initialize zalloc, zfree and opaque before + calling the init function. All other fields are set by the compression + library and must not be updated by the application. + + The opaque value provided by the application will be passed as the first + parameter for calls of zalloc and zfree. This can be useful for custom + memory management. The compression library attaches no meaning to the + opaque value. + + zalloc must return Z_NULL if there is not enough memory for the object. + If zlib is used in a multi-threaded application, zalloc and zfree must be + thread safe. + + On 16-bit systems, the functions zalloc and zfree must be able to allocate + exactly 65536 bytes, but will not be required to allocate more than this if + the symbol MAXSEG_64K is defined (see zconf.h). WARNING: On MSDOS, pointers + returned by zalloc for objects of exactly 65536 bytes *must* have their + offset normalized to zero. The default allocation function provided by this + library ensures this (see zutil.c). To reduce memory requirements and avoid + any allocation of 64K objects, at the expense of compression ratio, compile + the library with -DMAX_WBITS=14 (see zconf.h). + + The fields total_in and total_out can be used for statistics or progress + reports. After compression, total_in holds the total size of the + uncompressed data and may be saved for use in the decompressor (particularly + if the decompressor wants to decompress everything in a single step). +*/ + + /* constants */ + +#define Z_NO_FLUSH 0 +#define Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH 1 +#define Z_SYNC_FLUSH 2 +#define Z_FULL_FLUSH 3 +#define Z_FINISH 4 +#define Z_BLOCK 5 +#define Z_TREES 6 +/* Allowed flush values; see deflate() and inflate() below for details */ + +#define Z_OK 0 +#define Z_STREAM_END 1 +#define Z_NEED_DICT 2 +#define Z_ERRNO (-1) +#define Z_STREAM_ERROR (-2) +#define Z_DATA_ERROR (-3) +#define Z_MEM_ERROR (-4) +#define Z_BUF_ERROR (-5) +#define Z_VERSION_ERROR (-6) +/* Return codes for the compression/decompression functions. Negative values + * are errors, positive values are used for special but normal events. + */ + +#define Z_NO_COMPRESSION 0 +#define Z_BEST_SPEED 1 +#define Z_BEST_COMPRESSION 9 +#define Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (-1) +/* compression levels */ + +#define Z_FILTERED 1 +#define Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY 2 +#define Z_RLE 3 +#define Z_FIXED 4 +#define Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY 0 +/* compression strategy; see deflateInit2() below for details */ + +#define Z_BINARY 0 +#define Z_TEXT 1 +#define Z_ASCII Z_TEXT /* for compatibility with 1.2.2 and earlier */ +#define Z_UNKNOWN 2 +/* Possible values of the data_type field (though see inflate()) */ + +#define Z_DEFLATED 8 +/* The deflate compression method (the only one supported in this version) */ + +#define Z_NULL 0 /* for initializing zalloc, zfree, opaque */ + +#define zlib_version zlibVersion() +/* for compatibility with versions < 1.0.2 */ + + + /* basic functions */ + +ZEXTERN const char * ZEXPORT zlibVersion OF((void)); +/* The application can compare zlibVersion and ZLIB_VERSION for consistency. + If the first character differs, the library code actually used is not + compatible with the zlib.h header file used by the application. This check + is automatically made by deflateInit and inflateInit. + */ + +/* +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit OF((z_streamp strm, int level)); + + Initializes the internal stream state for compression. The fields + zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by the caller. If + zalloc and zfree are set to Z_NULL, deflateInit updates them to use default + allocation functions. + + The compression level must be Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION, or between 0 and 9: + 1 gives best speed, 9 gives best compression, 0 gives no compression at all + (the input data is simply copied a block at a time). Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION + requests a default compromise between speed and compression (currently + equivalent to level 6). + + deflateInit returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough + memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if level is not a valid compression level, or + Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version (zlib_version) is incompatible + with the version assumed by the caller (ZLIB_VERSION). msg is set to null + if there is no error message. deflateInit does not perform any compression: + this will be done by deflate(). +*/ + + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflate OF((z_streamp strm, int flush)); +/* + deflate compresses as much data as possible, and stops when the input + buffer becomes empty or the output buffer becomes full. It may introduce + some output latency (reading input without producing any output) except when + forced to flush. + + The detailed semantics are as follows. deflate performs one or both of the + following actions: + + - Compress more input starting at next_in and update next_in and avail_in + accordingly. If not all input can be processed (because there is not + enough room in the output buffer), next_in and avail_in are updated and + processing will resume at this point for the next call of deflate(). + + - Provide more output starting at next_out and update next_out and avail_out + accordingly. This action is forced if the parameter flush is non zero. + Forcing flush frequently degrades the compression ratio, so this parameter + should be set only when necessary (in interactive applications). Some + output may be provided even if flush is not set. + + Before the call of deflate(), the application should ensure that at least + one of the actions is possible, by providing more input and/or consuming more + output, and updating avail_in or avail_out accordingly; avail_out should + never be zero before the call. The application can consume the compressed + output when it wants, for example when the output buffer is full (avail_out + == 0), or after each call of deflate(). If deflate returns Z_OK and with + zero avail_out, it must be called again after making room in the output + buffer because there might be more output pending. + + Normally the parameter flush is set to Z_NO_FLUSH, which allows deflate to + decide how much data to accumulate before producing output, in order to + maximize compression. + + If the parameter flush is set to Z_SYNC_FLUSH, all pending output is + flushed to the output buffer and the output is aligned on a byte boundary, so + that the decompressor can get all input data available so far. (In + particular avail_in is zero after the call if enough output space has been + provided before the call.) Flushing may degrade compression for some + compression algorithms and so it should be used only when necessary. This + completes the current deflate block and follows it with an empty stored block + that is three bits plus filler bits to the next byte, followed by four bytes + (00 00 ff ff). + + If flush is set to Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH, all pending output is flushed to the + output buffer, but the output is not aligned to a byte boundary. All of the + input data so far will be available to the decompressor, as for Z_SYNC_FLUSH. + This completes the current deflate block and follows it with an empty fixed + codes block that is 10 bits long. This assures that enough bytes are output + in order for the decompressor to finish the block before the empty fixed code + block. + + If flush is set to Z_BLOCK, a deflate block is completed and emitted, as + for Z_SYNC_FLUSH, but the output is not aligned on a byte boundary, and up to + seven bits of the current block are held to be written as the next byte after + the next deflate block is completed. In this case, the decompressor may not + be provided enough bits at this point in order to complete decompression of + the data provided so far to the compressor. It may need to wait for the next + block to be emitted. This is for advanced applications that need to control + the emission of deflate blocks. + + If flush is set to Z_FULL_FLUSH, all output is flushed as with + Z_SYNC_FLUSH, and the compression state is reset so that decompression can + restart from this point if previous compressed data has been damaged or if + random access is desired. Using Z_FULL_FLUSH too often can seriously degrade + compression. + + If deflate returns with avail_out == 0, this function must be called again + with the same value of the flush parameter and more output space (updated + avail_out), until the flush is complete (deflate returns with non-zero + avail_out). In the case of a Z_FULL_FLUSH or Z_SYNC_FLUSH, make sure that + avail_out is greater than six to avoid repeated flush markers due to + avail_out == 0 on return. + + If the parameter flush is set to Z_FINISH, pending input is processed, + pending output is flushed and deflate returns with Z_STREAM_END if there was + enough output space; if deflate returns with Z_OK, this function must be + called again with Z_FINISH and more output space (updated avail_out) but no + more input data, until it returns with Z_STREAM_END or an error. After + deflate has returned Z_STREAM_END, the only possible operations on the stream + are deflateReset or deflateEnd. + + Z_FINISH can be used immediately after deflateInit if all the compression + is to be done in a single step. In this case, avail_out must be at least the + value returned by deflateBound (see below). Then deflate is guaranteed to + return Z_STREAM_END. If not enough output space is provided, deflate will + not return Z_STREAM_END, and it must be called again as described above. + + deflate() sets strm->adler to the adler32 checksum of all input read + so far (that is, total_in bytes). + + deflate() may update strm->data_type if it can make a good guess about + the input data type (Z_BINARY or Z_TEXT). In doubt, the data is considered + binary. This field is only for information purposes and does not affect the + compression algorithm in any manner. + + deflate() returns Z_OK if some progress has been made (more input + processed or more output produced), Z_STREAM_END if all input has been + consumed and all output has been produced (only when flush is set to + Z_FINISH), Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream state was inconsistent (for example + if next_in or next_out was Z_NULL), Z_BUF_ERROR if no progress is possible + (for example avail_in or avail_out was zero). Note that Z_BUF_ERROR is not + fatal, and deflate() can be called again with more input and more output + space to continue compressing. +*/ + + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateEnd OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + All dynamically allocated data structures for this stream are freed. + This function discards any unprocessed input and does not flush any pending + output. + + deflateEnd returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the + stream state was inconsistent, Z_DATA_ERROR if the stream was freed + prematurely (some input or output was discarded). In the error case, msg + may be set but then points to a static string (which must not be + deallocated). +*/ + + +/* +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit OF((z_streamp strm)); + + Initializes the internal stream state for decompression. The fields + next_in, avail_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by + the caller. If next_in is not Z_NULL and avail_in is large enough (the + exact value depends on the compression method), inflateInit determines the + compression method from the zlib header and allocates all data structures + accordingly; otherwise the allocation will be deferred to the first call of + inflate. If zalloc and zfree are set to Z_NULL, inflateInit updates them to + use default allocation functions. + + inflateInit returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough + memory, Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version is incompatible with the + version assumed by the caller, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the parameters are + invalid, such as a null pointer to the structure. msg is set to null if + there is no error message. inflateInit does not perform any decompression + apart from possibly reading the zlib header if present: actual decompression + will be done by inflate(). (So next_in and avail_in may be modified, but + next_out and avail_out are unused and unchanged.) The current implementation + of inflateInit() does not process any header information -- that is deferred + until inflate() is called. +*/ + + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflate OF((z_streamp strm, int flush)); +/* + inflate decompresses as much data as possible, and stops when the input + buffer becomes empty or the output buffer becomes full. It may introduce + some output latency (reading input without producing any output) except when + forced to flush. + + The detailed semantics are as follows. inflate performs one or both of the + following actions: + + - Decompress more input starting at next_in and update next_in and avail_in + accordingly. If not all input can be processed (because there is not + enough room in the output buffer), next_in is updated and processing will + resume at this point for the next call of inflate(). + + - Provide more output starting at next_out and update next_out and avail_out + accordingly. inflate() provides as much output as possible, until there is + no more input data or no more space in the output buffer (see below about + the flush parameter). + + Before the call of inflate(), the application should ensure that at least + one of the actions is possible, by providing more input and/or consuming more + output, and updating the next_* and avail_* values accordingly. The + application can consume the uncompressed output when it wants, for example + when the output buffer is full (avail_out == 0), or after each call of + inflate(). If inflate returns Z_OK and with zero avail_out, it must be + called again after making room in the output buffer because there might be + more output pending. + + The flush parameter of inflate() can be Z_NO_FLUSH, Z_SYNC_FLUSH, Z_FINISH, + Z_BLOCK, or Z_TREES. Z_SYNC_FLUSH requests that inflate() flush as much + output as possible to the output buffer. Z_BLOCK requests that inflate() + stop if and when it gets to the next deflate block boundary. When decoding + the zlib or gzip format, this will cause inflate() to return immediately + after the header and before the first block. When doing a raw inflate, + inflate() will go ahead and process the first block, and will return when it + gets to the end of that block, or when it runs out of data. + + The Z_BLOCK option assists in appending to or combining deflate streams. + Also to assist in this, on return inflate() will set strm->data_type to the + number of unused bits in the last byte taken from strm->next_in, plus 64 if + inflate() is currently decoding the last block in the deflate stream, plus + 128 if inflate() returned immediately after decoding an end-of-block code or + decoding the complete header up to just before the first byte of the deflate + stream. The end-of-block will not be indicated until all of the uncompressed + data from that block has been written to strm->next_out. The number of + unused bits may in general be greater than seven, except when bit 7 of + data_type is set, in which case the number of unused bits will be less than + eight. data_type is set as noted here every time inflate() returns for all + flush options, and so can be used to determine the amount of currently + consumed input in bits. + + The Z_TREES option behaves as Z_BLOCK does, but it also returns when the + end of each deflate block header is reached, before any actual data in that + block is decoded. This allows the caller to determine the length of the + deflate block header for later use in random access within a deflate block. + 256 is added to the value of strm->data_type when inflate() returns + immediately after reaching the end of the deflate block header. + + inflate() should normally be called until it returns Z_STREAM_END or an + error. However if all decompression is to be performed in a single step (a + single call of inflate), the parameter flush should be set to Z_FINISH. In + this case all pending input is processed and all pending output is flushed; + avail_out must be large enough to hold all of the uncompressed data for the + operation to complete. (The size of the uncompressed data may have been + saved by the compressor for this purpose.) The use of Z_FINISH is not + required to perform an inflation in one step. However it may be used to + inform inflate that a faster approach can be used for the single inflate() + call. Z_FINISH also informs inflate to not maintain a sliding window if the + stream completes, which reduces inflate's memory footprint. If the stream + does not complete, either because not all of the stream is provided or not + enough output space is provided, then a sliding window will be allocated and + inflate() can be called again to continue the operation as if Z_NO_FLUSH had + been used. + + In this implementation, inflate() always flushes as much output as + possible to the output buffer, and always uses the faster approach on the + first call. So the effects of the flush parameter in this implementation are + on the return value of inflate() as noted below, when inflate() returns early + when Z_BLOCK or Z_TREES is used, and when inflate() avoids the allocation of + memory for a sliding window when Z_FINISH is used. + + If a preset dictionary is needed after this call (see inflateSetDictionary + below), inflate sets strm->adler to the Adler-32 checksum of the dictionary + chosen by the compressor and returns Z_NEED_DICT; otherwise it sets + strm->adler to the Adler-32 checksum of all output produced so far (that is, + total_out bytes) and returns Z_OK, Z_STREAM_END or an error code as described + below. At the end of the stream, inflate() checks that its computed adler32 + checksum is equal to that saved by the compressor and returns Z_STREAM_END + only if the checksum is correct. + + inflate() can decompress and check either zlib-wrapped or gzip-wrapped + deflate data. The header type is detected automatically, if requested when + initializing with inflateInit2(). Any information contained in the gzip + header is not retained, so applications that need that information should + instead use raw inflate, see inflateInit2() below, or inflateBack() and + perform their own processing of the gzip header and trailer. When processing + gzip-wrapped deflate data, strm->adler32 is set to the CRC-32 of the output + producted so far. The CRC-32 is checked against the gzip trailer. + + inflate() returns Z_OK if some progress has been made (more input processed + or more output produced), Z_STREAM_END if the end of the compressed data has + been reached and all uncompressed output has been produced, Z_NEED_DICT if a + preset dictionary is needed at this point, Z_DATA_ERROR if the input data was + corrupted (input stream not conforming to the zlib format or incorrect check + value), Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream structure was inconsistent (for example + next_in or next_out was Z_NULL), Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough memory, + Z_BUF_ERROR if no progress is possible or if there was not enough room in the + output buffer when Z_FINISH is used. Note that Z_BUF_ERROR is not fatal, and + inflate() can be called again with more input and more output space to + continue decompressing. If Z_DATA_ERROR is returned, the application may + then call inflateSync() to look for a good compression block if a partial + recovery of the data is desired. +*/ + + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateEnd OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + All dynamically allocated data structures for this stream are freed. + This function discards any unprocessed input and does not flush any pending + output. + + inflateEnd returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream state + was inconsistent. In the error case, msg may be set but then points to a + static string (which must not be deallocated). +*/ + + + /* Advanced functions */ + +/* + The following functions are needed only in some special applications. +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit2 OF((z_streamp strm, + int level, + int method, + int windowBits, + int memLevel, + int strategy)); + + This is another version of deflateInit with more compression options. The + fields next_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by the + caller. + + The method parameter is the compression method. It must be Z_DEFLATED in + this version of the library. + + The windowBits parameter is the base two logarithm of the window size + (the size of the history buffer). It should be in the range 8..15 for this + version of the library. Larger values of this parameter result in better + compression at the expense of memory usage. The default value is 15 if + deflateInit is used instead. + + windowBits can also be -8..-15 for raw deflate. In this case, -windowBits + determines the window size. deflate() will then generate raw deflate data + with no zlib header or trailer, and will not compute an adler32 check value. + + windowBits can also be greater than 15 for optional gzip encoding. Add + 16 to windowBits to write a simple gzip header and trailer around the + compressed data instead of a zlib wrapper. The gzip header will have no + file name, no extra data, no comment, no modification time (set to zero), no + header crc, and the operating system will be set to 255 (unknown). If a + gzip stream is being written, strm->adler is a crc32 instead of an adler32. + + The memLevel parameter specifies how much memory should be allocated + for the internal compression state. memLevel=1 uses minimum memory but is + slow and reduces compression ratio; memLevel=9 uses maximum memory for + optimal speed. The default value is 8. See zconf.h for total memory usage + as a function of windowBits and memLevel. + + The strategy parameter is used to tune the compression algorithm. Use the + value Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY for normal data, Z_FILTERED for data produced by a + filter (or predictor), Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY to force Huffman encoding only (no + string match), or Z_RLE to limit match distances to one (run-length + encoding). Filtered data consists mostly of small values with a somewhat + random distribution. In this case, the compression algorithm is tuned to + compress them better. The effect of Z_FILTERED is to force more Huffman + coding and less string matching; it is somewhat intermediate between + Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY and Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY. Z_RLE is designed to be almost as + fast as Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY, but give better compression for PNG image data. The + strategy parameter only affects the compression ratio but not the + correctness of the compressed output even if it is not set appropriately. + Z_FIXED prevents the use of dynamic Huffman codes, allowing for a simpler + decoder for special applications. + + deflateInit2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough + memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if any parameter is invalid (such as an invalid + method), or Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version (zlib_version) is + incompatible with the version assumed by the caller (ZLIB_VERSION). msg is + set to null if there is no error message. deflateInit2 does not perform any + compression: this will be done by deflate(). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateSetDictionary OF((z_streamp strm, + const Bytef *dictionary, + uInt dictLength)); +/* + Initializes the compression dictionary from the given byte sequence + without producing any compressed output. When using the zlib format, this + function must be called immediately after deflateInit, deflateInit2 or + deflateReset, and before any call of deflate. When doing raw deflate, this + function must be called either before any call of deflate, or immediately + after the completion of a deflate block, i.e. after all input has been + consumed and all output has been delivered when using any of the flush + options Z_BLOCK, Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH, Z_SYNC_FLUSH, or Z_FULL_FLUSH. The + compressor and decompressor must use exactly the same dictionary (see + inflateSetDictionary). + + The dictionary should consist of strings (byte sequences) that are likely + to be encountered later in the data to be compressed, with the most commonly + used strings preferably put towards the end of the dictionary. Using a + dictionary is most useful when the data to be compressed is short and can be + predicted with good accuracy; the data can then be compressed better than + with the default empty dictionary. + + Depending on the size of the compression data structures selected by + deflateInit or deflateInit2, a part of the dictionary may in effect be + discarded, for example if the dictionary is larger than the window size + provided in deflateInit or deflateInit2. Thus the strings most likely to be + useful should be put at the end of the dictionary, not at the front. In + addition, the current implementation of deflate will use at most the window + size minus 262 bytes of the provided dictionary. + + Upon return of this function, strm->adler is set to the adler32 value + of the dictionary; the decompressor may later use this value to determine + which dictionary has been used by the compressor. (The adler32 value + applies to the whole dictionary even if only a subset of the dictionary is + actually used by the compressor.) If a raw deflate was requested, then the + adler32 value is not computed and strm->adler is not set. + + deflateSetDictionary returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if a + parameter is invalid (e.g. dictionary being Z_NULL) or the stream state is + inconsistent (for example if deflate has already been called for this stream + or if not at a block boundary for raw deflate). deflateSetDictionary does + not perform any compression: this will be done by deflate(). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateCopy OF((z_streamp dest, + z_streamp source)); +/* + Sets the destination stream as a complete copy of the source stream. + + This function can be useful when several compression strategies will be + tried, for example when there are several ways of pre-processing the input + data with a filter. The streams that will be discarded should then be freed + by calling deflateEnd. Note that deflateCopy duplicates the internal + compression state which can be quite large, so this strategy is slow and can + consume lots of memory. + + deflateCopy returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not + enough memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source stream state was inconsistent + (such as zalloc being Z_NULL). msg is left unchanged in both source and + destination. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateReset OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + This function is equivalent to deflateEnd followed by deflateInit, + but does not free and reallocate all the internal compression state. The + stream will keep the same compression level and any other attributes that + may have been set by deflateInit2. + + deflateReset returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being Z_NULL). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateParams OF((z_streamp strm, + int level, + int strategy)); +/* + Dynamically update the compression level and compression strategy. The + interpretation of level and strategy is as in deflateInit2. This can be + used to switch between compression and straight copy of the input data, or + to switch to a different kind of input data requiring a different strategy. + If the compression level is changed, the input available so far is + compressed with the old level (and may be flushed); the new level will take + effect only at the next call of deflate(). + + Before the call of deflateParams, the stream state must be set as for + a call of deflate(), since the currently available input may have to be + compressed and flushed. In particular, strm->avail_out must be non-zero. + + deflateParams returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent or if a parameter was invalid, Z_BUF_ERROR if + strm->avail_out was zero. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateTune OF((z_streamp strm, + int good_length, + int max_lazy, + int nice_length, + int max_chain)); +/* + Fine tune deflate's internal compression parameters. This should only be + used by someone who understands the algorithm used by zlib's deflate for + searching for the best matching string, and even then only by the most + fanatic optimizer trying to squeeze out the last compressed bit for their + specific input data. Read the deflate.c source code for the meaning of the + max_lazy, good_length, nice_length, and max_chain parameters. + + deflateTune() can be called after deflateInit() or deflateInit2(), and + returns Z_OK on success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR for an invalid deflate stream. + */ + +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT deflateBound OF((z_streamp strm, + uLong sourceLen)); +/* + deflateBound() returns an upper bound on the compressed size after + deflation of sourceLen bytes. It must be called after deflateInit() or + deflateInit2(), and after deflateSetHeader(), if used. This would be used + to allocate an output buffer for deflation in a single pass, and so would be + called before deflate(). If that first deflate() call is provided the + sourceLen input bytes, an output buffer allocated to the size returned by + deflateBound(), and the flush value Z_FINISH, then deflate() is guaranteed + to return Z_STREAM_END. Note that it is possible for the compressed size to + be larger than the value returned by deflateBound() if flush options other + than Z_FINISH or Z_NO_FLUSH are used. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflatePending OF((z_streamp strm, + unsigned *pending, + int *bits)); +/* + deflatePending() returns the number of bytes and bits of output that have + been generated, but not yet provided in the available output. The bytes not + provided would be due to the available output space having being consumed. + The number of bits of output not provided are between 0 and 7, where they + await more bits to join them in order to fill out a full byte. If pending + or bits are Z_NULL, then those values are not set. + + deflatePending returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent. + */ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflatePrime OF((z_streamp strm, + int bits, + int value)); +/* + deflatePrime() inserts bits in the deflate output stream. The intent + is that this function is used to start off the deflate output with the bits + leftover from a previous deflate stream when appending to it. As such, this + function can only be used for raw deflate, and must be used before the first + deflate() call after a deflateInit2() or deflateReset(). bits must be less + than or equal to 16, and that many of the least significant bits of value + will be inserted in the output. + + deflatePrime returns Z_OK if success, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough + room in the internal buffer to insert the bits, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the + source stream state was inconsistent. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateSetHeader OF((z_streamp strm, + gz_headerp head)); +/* + deflateSetHeader() provides gzip header information for when a gzip + stream is requested by deflateInit2(). deflateSetHeader() may be called + after deflateInit2() or deflateReset() and before the first call of + deflate(). The text, time, os, extra field, name, and comment information + in the provided gz_header structure are written to the gzip header (xflag is + ignored -- the extra flags are set according to the compression level). The + caller must assure that, if not Z_NULL, name and comment are terminated with + a zero byte, and that if extra is not Z_NULL, that extra_len bytes are + available there. If hcrc is true, a gzip header crc is included. Note that + the current versions of the command-line version of gzip (up through version + 1.3.x) do not support header crc's, and will report that it is a "multi-part + gzip file" and give up. + + If deflateSetHeader is not used, the default gzip header has text false, + the time set to zero, and os set to 255, with no extra, name, or comment + fields. The gzip header is returned to the default state by deflateReset(). + + deflateSetHeader returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent. +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit2 OF((z_streamp strm, + int windowBits)); + + This is another version of inflateInit with an extra parameter. The + fields next_in, avail_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized + before by the caller. + + The windowBits parameter is the base two logarithm of the maximum window + size (the size of the history buffer). It should be in the range 8..15 for + this version of the library. The default value is 15 if inflateInit is used + instead. windowBits must be greater than or equal to the windowBits value + provided to deflateInit2() while compressing, or it must be equal to 15 if + deflateInit2() was not used. If a compressed stream with a larger window + size is given as input, inflate() will return with the error code + Z_DATA_ERROR instead of trying to allocate a larger window. + + windowBits can also be zero to request that inflate use the window size in + the zlib header of the compressed stream. + + windowBits can also be -8..-15 for raw inflate. In this case, -windowBits + determines the window size. inflate() will then process raw deflate data, + not looking for a zlib or gzip header, not generating a check value, and not + looking for any check values for comparison at the end of the stream. This + is for use with other formats that use the deflate compressed data format + such as zip. Those formats provide their own check values. If a custom + format is developed using the raw deflate format for compressed data, it is + recommended that a check value such as an adler32 or a crc32 be applied to + the uncompressed data as is done in the zlib, gzip, and zip formats. For + most applications, the zlib format should be used as is. Note that comments + above on the use in deflateInit2() applies to the magnitude of windowBits. + + windowBits can also be greater than 15 for optional gzip decoding. Add + 32 to windowBits to enable zlib and gzip decoding with automatic header + detection, or add 16 to decode only the gzip format (the zlib format will + return a Z_DATA_ERROR). If a gzip stream is being decoded, strm->adler is a + crc32 instead of an adler32. + + inflateInit2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough + memory, Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version is incompatible with the + version assumed by the caller, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the parameters are + invalid, such as a null pointer to the structure. msg is set to null if + there is no error message. inflateInit2 does not perform any decompression + apart from possibly reading the zlib header if present: actual decompression + will be done by inflate(). (So next_in and avail_in may be modified, but + next_out and avail_out are unused and unchanged.) The current implementation + of inflateInit2() does not process any header information -- that is + deferred until inflate() is called. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateSetDictionary OF((z_streamp strm, + const Bytef *dictionary, + uInt dictLength)); +/* + Initializes the decompression dictionary from the given uncompressed byte + sequence. This function must be called immediately after a call of inflate, + if that call returned Z_NEED_DICT. The dictionary chosen by the compressor + can be determined from the adler32 value returned by that call of inflate. + The compressor and decompressor must use exactly the same dictionary (see + deflateSetDictionary). For raw inflate, this function can be called at any + time to set the dictionary. If the provided dictionary is smaller than the + window and there is already data in the window, then the provided dictionary + will amend what's there. The application must insure that the dictionary + that was used for compression is provided. + + inflateSetDictionary returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if a + parameter is invalid (e.g. dictionary being Z_NULL) or the stream state is + inconsistent, Z_DATA_ERROR if the given dictionary doesn't match the + expected one (incorrect adler32 value). inflateSetDictionary does not + perform any decompression: this will be done by subsequent calls of + inflate(). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateGetDictionary OF((z_streamp strm, + Bytef *dictionary, + uInt *dictLength)); +/* + Returns the sliding dictionary being maintained by inflate. dictLength is + set to the number of bytes in the dictionary, and that many bytes are copied + to dictionary. dictionary must have enough space, where 32768 bytes is + always enough. If inflateGetDictionary() is called with dictionary equal to + Z_NULL, then only the dictionary length is returned, and nothing is copied. + Similary, if dictLength is Z_NULL, then it is not set. + + inflateGetDictionary returns Z_OK on success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the + stream state is inconsistent. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateSync OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + Skips invalid compressed data until a possible full flush point (see above + for the description of deflate with Z_FULL_FLUSH) can be found, or until all + available input is skipped. No output is provided. + + inflateSync searches for a 00 00 FF FF pattern in the compressed data. + All full flush points have this pattern, but not all occurrences of this + pattern are full flush points. + + inflateSync returns Z_OK if a possible full flush point has been found, + Z_BUF_ERROR if no more input was provided, Z_DATA_ERROR if no flush point + has been found, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream structure was inconsistent. + In the success case, the application may save the current current value of + total_in which indicates where valid compressed data was found. In the + error case, the application may repeatedly call inflateSync, providing more + input each time, until success or end of the input data. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateCopy OF((z_streamp dest, + z_streamp source)); +/* + Sets the destination stream as a complete copy of the source stream. + + This function can be useful when randomly accessing a large stream. The + first pass through the stream can periodically record the inflate state, + allowing restarting inflate at those points when randomly accessing the + stream. + + inflateCopy returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not + enough memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source stream state was inconsistent + (such as zalloc being Z_NULL). msg is left unchanged in both source and + destination. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateReset OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + This function is equivalent to inflateEnd followed by inflateInit, + but does not free and reallocate all the internal decompression state. The + stream will keep attributes that may have been set by inflateInit2. + + inflateReset returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being Z_NULL). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateReset2 OF((z_streamp strm, + int windowBits)); +/* + This function is the same as inflateReset, but it also permits changing + the wrap and window size requests. The windowBits parameter is interpreted + the same as it is for inflateInit2. + + inflateReset2 returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being Z_NULL), or if + the windowBits parameter is invalid. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflatePrime OF((z_streamp strm, + int bits, + int value)); +/* + This function inserts bits in the inflate input stream. The intent is + that this function is used to start inflating at a bit position in the + middle of a byte. The provided bits will be used before any bytes are used + from next_in. This function should only be used with raw inflate, and + should be used before the first inflate() call after inflateInit2() or + inflateReset(). bits must be less than or equal to 16, and that many of the + least significant bits of value will be inserted in the input. + + If bits is negative, then the input stream bit buffer is emptied. Then + inflatePrime() can be called again to put bits in the buffer. This is used + to clear out bits leftover after feeding inflate a block description prior + to feeding inflate codes. + + inflatePrime returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent. +*/ + +ZEXTERN long ZEXPORT inflateMark OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + This function returns two values, one in the lower 16 bits of the return + value, and the other in the remaining upper bits, obtained by shifting the + return value down 16 bits. If the upper value is -1 and the lower value is + zero, then inflate() is currently decoding information outside of a block. + If the upper value is -1 and the lower value is non-zero, then inflate is in + the middle of a stored block, with the lower value equaling the number of + bytes from the input remaining to copy. If the upper value is not -1, then + it is the number of bits back from the current bit position in the input of + the code (literal or length/distance pair) currently being processed. In + that case the lower value is the number of bytes already emitted for that + code. + + A code is being processed if inflate is waiting for more input to complete + decoding of the code, or if it has completed decoding but is waiting for + more output space to write the literal or match data. + + inflateMark() is used to mark locations in the input data for random + access, which may be at bit positions, and to note those cases where the + output of a code may span boundaries of random access blocks. The current + location in the input stream can be determined from avail_in and data_type + as noted in the description for the Z_BLOCK flush parameter for inflate. + + inflateMark returns the value noted above or -1 << 16 if the provided + source stream state was inconsistent. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateGetHeader OF((z_streamp strm, + gz_headerp head)); +/* + inflateGetHeader() requests that gzip header information be stored in the + provided gz_header structure. inflateGetHeader() may be called after + inflateInit2() or inflateReset(), and before the first call of inflate(). + As inflate() processes the gzip stream, head->done is zero until the header + is completed, at which time head->done is set to one. If a zlib stream is + being decoded, then head->done is set to -1 to indicate that there will be + no gzip header information forthcoming. Note that Z_BLOCK or Z_TREES can be + used to force inflate() to return immediately after header processing is + complete and before any actual data is decompressed. + + The text, time, xflags, and os fields are filled in with the gzip header + contents. hcrc is set to true if there is a header CRC. (The header CRC + was valid if done is set to one.) If extra is not Z_NULL, then extra_max + contains the maximum number of bytes to write to extra. Once done is true, + extra_len contains the actual extra field length, and extra contains the + extra field, or that field truncated if extra_max is less than extra_len. + If name is not Z_NULL, then up to name_max characters are written there, + terminated with a zero unless the length is greater than name_max. If + comment is not Z_NULL, then up to comm_max characters are written there, + terminated with a zero unless the length is greater than comm_max. When any + of extra, name, or comment are not Z_NULL and the respective field is not + present in the header, then that field is set to Z_NULL to signal its + absence. This allows the use of deflateSetHeader() with the returned + structure to duplicate the header. However if those fields are set to + allocated memory, then the application will need to save those pointers + elsewhere so that they can be eventually freed. + + If inflateGetHeader is not used, then the header information is simply + discarded. The header is always checked for validity, including the header + CRC if present. inflateReset() will reset the process to discard the header + information. The application would need to call inflateGetHeader() again to + retrieve the header from the next gzip stream. + + inflateGetHeader returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent. +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateBackInit OF((z_streamp strm, int windowBits, + unsigned char FAR *window)); + + Initialize the internal stream state for decompression using inflateBack() + calls. The fields zalloc, zfree and opaque in strm must be initialized + before the call. If zalloc and zfree are Z_NULL, then the default library- + derived memory allocation routines are used. windowBits is the base two + logarithm of the window size, in the range 8..15. window is a caller + supplied buffer of that size. Except for special applications where it is + assured that deflate was used with small window sizes, windowBits must be 15 + and a 32K byte window must be supplied to be able to decompress general + deflate streams. + + See inflateBack() for the usage of these routines. + + inflateBackInit will return Z_OK on success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if any of + the parameters are invalid, Z_MEM_ERROR if the internal state could not be + allocated, or Z_VERSION_ERROR if the version of the library does not match + the version of the header file. +*/ + +typedef unsigned (*in_func) OF((void FAR *, + z_const unsigned char FAR * FAR *)); +typedef int (*out_func) OF((void FAR *, unsigned char FAR *, unsigned)); + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateBack OF((z_streamp strm, + in_func in, void FAR *in_desc, + out_func out, void FAR *out_desc)); +/* + inflateBack() does a raw inflate with a single call using a call-back + interface for input and output. This is potentially more efficient than + inflate() for file i/o applications, in that it avoids copying between the + output and the sliding window by simply making the window itself the output + buffer. inflate() can be faster on modern CPUs when used with large + buffers. inflateBack() trusts the application to not change the output + buffer passed by the output function, at least until inflateBack() returns. + + inflateBackInit() must be called first to allocate the internal state + and to initialize the state with the user-provided window buffer. + inflateBack() may then be used multiple times to inflate a complete, raw + deflate stream with each call. inflateBackEnd() is then called to free the + allocated state. + + A raw deflate stream is one with no zlib or gzip header or trailer. + This routine would normally be used in a utility that reads zip or gzip + files and writes out uncompressed files. The utility would decode the + header and process the trailer on its own, hence this routine expects only + the raw deflate stream to decompress. This is different from the normal + behavior of inflate(), which expects either a zlib or gzip header and + trailer around the deflate stream. + + inflateBack() uses two subroutines supplied by the caller that are then + called by inflateBack() for input and output. inflateBack() calls those + routines until it reads a complete deflate stream and writes out all of the + uncompressed data, or until it encounters an error. The function's + parameters and return types are defined above in the in_func and out_func + typedefs. inflateBack() will call in(in_desc, &buf) which should return the + number of bytes of provided input, and a pointer to that input in buf. If + there is no input available, in() must return zero--buf is ignored in that + case--and inflateBack() will return a buffer error. inflateBack() will call + out(out_desc, buf, len) to write the uncompressed data buf[0..len-1]. out() + should return zero on success, or non-zero on failure. If out() returns + non-zero, inflateBack() will return with an error. Neither in() nor out() + are permitted to change the contents of the window provided to + inflateBackInit(), which is also the buffer that out() uses to write from. + The length written by out() will be at most the window size. Any non-zero + amount of input may be provided by in(). + + For convenience, inflateBack() can be provided input on the first call by + setting strm->next_in and strm->avail_in. If that input is exhausted, then + in() will be called. Therefore strm->next_in must be initialized before + calling inflateBack(). If strm->next_in is Z_NULL, then in() will be called + immediately for input. If strm->next_in is not Z_NULL, then strm->avail_in + must also be initialized, and then if strm->avail_in is not zero, input will + initially be taken from strm->next_in[0 .. strm->avail_in - 1]. + + The in_desc and out_desc parameters of inflateBack() is passed as the + first parameter of in() and out() respectively when they are called. These + descriptors can be optionally used to pass any information that the caller- + supplied in() and out() functions need to do their job. + + On return, inflateBack() will set strm->next_in and strm->avail_in to + pass back any unused input that was provided by the last in() call. The + return values of inflateBack() can be Z_STREAM_END on success, Z_BUF_ERROR + if in() or out() returned an error, Z_DATA_ERROR if there was a format error + in the deflate stream (in which case strm->msg is set to indicate the nature + of the error), or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream was not properly initialized. + In the case of Z_BUF_ERROR, an input or output error can be distinguished + using strm->next_in which will be Z_NULL only if in() returned an error. If + strm->next_in is not Z_NULL, then the Z_BUF_ERROR was due to out() returning + non-zero. (in() will always be called before out(), so strm->next_in is + assured to be defined if out() returns non-zero.) Note that inflateBack() + cannot return Z_OK. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateBackEnd OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + All memory allocated by inflateBackInit() is freed. + + inflateBackEnd() returns Z_OK on success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream + state was inconsistent. +*/ + +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT zlibCompileFlags OF((void)); +/* Return flags indicating compile-time options. + + Type sizes, two bits each, 00 = 16 bits, 01 = 32, 10 = 64, 11 = other: + 1.0: size of uInt + 3.2: size of uLong + 5.4: size of voidpf (pointer) + 7.6: size of z_off_t + + Compiler, assembler, and debug options: + 8: DEBUG + 9: ASMV or ASMINF -- use ASM code + 10: ZLIB_WINAPI -- exported functions use the WINAPI calling convention + 11: 0 (reserved) + + One-time table building (smaller code, but not thread-safe if true): + 12: BUILDFIXED -- build static block decoding tables when needed + 13: DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE -- build CRC calculation tables when needed + 14,15: 0 (reserved) + + Library content (indicates missing functionality): + 16: NO_GZCOMPRESS -- gz* functions cannot compress (to avoid linking + deflate code when not needed) + 17: NO_GZIP -- deflate can't write gzip streams, and inflate can't detect + and decode gzip streams (to avoid linking crc code) + 18-19: 0 (reserved) + + Operation variations (changes in library functionality): + 20: PKZIP_BUG_WORKAROUND -- slightly more permissive inflate + 21: FASTEST -- deflate algorithm with only one, lowest compression level + 22,23: 0 (reserved) + + The sprintf variant used by gzprintf (zero is best): + 24: 0 = vs*, 1 = s* -- 1 means limited to 20 arguments after the format + 25: 0 = *nprintf, 1 = *printf -- 1 means gzprintf() not secure! + 26: 0 = returns value, 1 = void -- 1 means inferred string length returned + + Remainder: + 27-31: 0 (reserved) + */ + +#ifndef Z_SOLO + + /* utility functions */ + +/* + The following utility functions are implemented on top of the basic + stream-oriented functions. To simplify the interface, some default options + are assumed (compression level and memory usage, standard memory allocation + functions). The source code of these utility functions can be modified if + you need special options. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT compress OF((Bytef *dest, uLongf *destLen, + const Bytef *source, uLong sourceLen)); +/* + Compresses the source buffer into the destination buffer. sourceLen is + the byte length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total size + of the destination buffer, which must be at least the value returned by + compressBound(sourceLen). Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the + compressed buffer. + + compress returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not + enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output + buffer. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT compress2 OF((Bytef *dest, uLongf *destLen, + const Bytef *source, uLong sourceLen, + int level)); +/* + Compresses the source buffer into the destination buffer. The level + parameter has the same meaning as in deflateInit. sourceLen is the byte + length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total size of the + destination buffer, which must be at least the value returned by + compressBound(sourceLen). Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the + compressed buffer. + + compress2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough + memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output buffer, + Z_STREAM_ERROR if the level parameter is invalid. +*/ + +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT compressBound OF((uLong sourceLen)); +/* + compressBound() returns an upper bound on the compressed size after + compress() or compress2() on sourceLen bytes. It would be used before a + compress() or compress2() call to allocate the destination buffer. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT uncompress OF((Bytef *dest, uLongf *destLen, + const Bytef *source, uLong sourceLen)); +/* + Decompresses the source buffer into the destination buffer. sourceLen is + the byte length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total size + of the destination buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire + uncompressed data. (The size of the uncompressed data must have been saved + previously by the compressor and transmitted to the decompressor by some + mechanism outside the scope of this compression library.) Upon exit, destLen + is the actual size of the uncompressed buffer. + + uncompress returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not + enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output + buffer, or Z_DATA_ERROR if the input data was corrupted or incomplete. In + the case where there is not enough room, uncompress() will fill the output + buffer with the uncompressed data up to that point. +*/ + + /* gzip file access functions */ + +/* + This library supports reading and writing files in gzip (.gz) format with + an interface similar to that of stdio, using the functions that start with + "gz". The gzip format is different from the zlib format. gzip is a gzip + wrapper, documented in RFC 1952, wrapped around a deflate stream. +*/ + +typedef struct gzFile_s *gzFile; /* semi-opaque gzip file descriptor */ + +/* +ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen OF((const char *path, const char *mode)); + + Opens a gzip (.gz) file for reading or writing. The mode parameter is as + in fopen ("rb" or "wb") but can also include a compression level ("wb9") or + a strategy: 'f' for filtered data as in "wb6f", 'h' for Huffman-only + compression as in "wb1h", 'R' for run-length encoding as in "wb1R", or 'F' + for fixed code compression as in "wb9F". (See the description of + deflateInit2 for more information about the strategy parameter.) 'T' will + request transparent writing or appending with no compression and not using + the gzip format. + + "a" can be used instead of "w" to request that the gzip stream that will + be written be appended to the file. "+" will result in an error, since + reading and writing to the same gzip file is not supported. The addition of + "x" when writing will create the file exclusively, which fails if the file + already exists. On systems that support it, the addition of "e" when + reading or writing will set the flag to close the file on an execve() call. + + These functions, as well as gzip, will read and decode a sequence of gzip + streams in a file. The append function of gzopen() can be used to create + such a file. (Also see gzflush() for another way to do this.) When + appending, gzopen does not test whether the file begins with a gzip stream, + nor does it look for the end of the gzip streams to begin appending. gzopen + will simply append a gzip stream to the existing file. + + gzopen can be used to read a file which is not in gzip format; in this + case gzread will directly read from the file without decompression. When + reading, this will be detected automatically by looking for the magic two- + byte gzip header. + + gzopen returns NULL if the file could not be opened, if there was + insufficient memory to allocate the gzFile state, or if an invalid mode was + specified (an 'r', 'w', or 'a' was not provided, or '+' was provided). + errno can be checked to determine if the reason gzopen failed was that the + file could not be opened. +*/ + +ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzdopen OF((int fd, const char *mode)); +/* + gzdopen associates a gzFile with the file descriptor fd. File descriptors + are obtained from calls like open, dup, creat, pipe or fileno (if the file + has been previously opened with fopen). The mode parameter is as in gzopen. + + The next call of gzclose on the returned gzFile will also close the file + descriptor fd, just like fclose(fdopen(fd, mode)) closes the file descriptor + fd. If you want to keep fd open, use fd = dup(fd_keep); gz = gzdopen(fd, + mode);. The duplicated descriptor should be saved to avoid a leak, since + gzdopen does not close fd if it fails. If you are using fileno() to get the + file descriptor from a FILE *, then you will have to use dup() to avoid + double-close()ing the file descriptor. Both gzclose() and fclose() will + close the associated file descriptor, so they need to have different file + descriptors. + + gzdopen returns NULL if there was insufficient memory to allocate the + gzFile state, if an invalid mode was specified (an 'r', 'w', or 'a' was not + provided, or '+' was provided), or if fd is -1. The file descriptor is not + used until the next gz* read, write, seek, or close operation, so gzdopen + will not detect if fd is invalid (unless fd is -1). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzbuffer OF((gzFile file, unsigned size)); +/* + Set the internal buffer size used by this library's functions. The + default buffer size is 8192 bytes. This function must be called after + gzopen() or gzdopen(), and before any other calls that read or write the + file. The buffer memory allocation is always deferred to the first read or + write. Two buffers are allocated, either both of the specified size when + writing, or one of the specified size and the other twice that size when + reading. A larger buffer size of, for example, 64K or 128K bytes will + noticeably increase the speed of decompression (reading). + + The new buffer size also affects the maximum length for gzprintf(). + + gzbuffer() returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure, such as being called + too late. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzsetparams OF((gzFile file, int level, int strategy)); +/* + Dynamically update the compression level or strategy. See the description + of deflateInit2 for the meaning of these parameters. + + gzsetparams returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the file was not + opened for writing. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzread OF((gzFile file, voidp buf, unsigned len)); +/* + Reads the given number of uncompressed bytes from the compressed file. If + the input file is not in gzip format, gzread copies the given number of + bytes into the buffer directly from the file. + + After reaching the end of a gzip stream in the input, gzread will continue + to read, looking for another gzip stream. Any number of gzip streams may be + concatenated in the input file, and will all be decompressed by gzread(). + If something other than a gzip stream is encountered after a gzip stream, + that remaining trailing garbage is ignored (and no error is returned). + + gzread can be used to read a gzip file that is being concurrently written. + Upon reaching the end of the input, gzread will return with the available + data. If the error code returned by gzerror is Z_OK or Z_BUF_ERROR, then + gzclearerr can be used to clear the end of file indicator in order to permit + gzread to be tried again. Z_OK indicates that a gzip stream was completed + on the last gzread. Z_BUF_ERROR indicates that the input file ended in the + middle of a gzip stream. Note that gzread does not return -1 in the event + of an incomplete gzip stream. This error is deferred until gzclose(), which + will return Z_BUF_ERROR if the last gzread ended in the middle of a gzip + stream. Alternatively, gzerror can be used before gzclose to detect this + case. + + gzread returns the number of uncompressed bytes actually read, less than + len for end of file, or -1 for error. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzwrite OF((gzFile file, + voidpc buf, unsigned len)); +/* + Writes the given number of uncompressed bytes into the compressed file. + gzwrite returns the number of uncompressed bytes written or 0 in case of + error. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORTVA gzprintf Z_ARG((gzFile file, const char *format, ...)); +/* + Converts, formats, and writes the arguments to the compressed file under + control of the format string, as in fprintf. gzprintf returns the number of + uncompressed bytes actually written, or 0 in case of error. The number of + uncompressed bytes written is limited to 8191, or one less than the buffer + size given to gzbuffer(). The caller should assure that this limit is not + exceeded. If it is exceeded, then gzprintf() will return an error (0) with + nothing written. In this case, there may also be a buffer overflow with + unpredictable consequences, which is possible only if zlib was compiled with + the insecure functions sprintf() or vsprintf() because the secure snprintf() + or vsnprintf() functions were not available. This can be determined using + zlibCompileFlags(). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzputs OF((gzFile file, const char *s)); +/* + Writes the given null-terminated string to the compressed file, excluding + the terminating null character. + + gzputs returns the number of characters written, or -1 in case of error. +*/ + +ZEXTERN char * ZEXPORT gzgets OF((gzFile file, char *buf, int len)); +/* + Reads bytes from the compressed file until len-1 characters are read, or a + newline character is read and transferred to buf, or an end-of-file + condition is encountered. If any characters are read or if len == 1, the + string is terminated with a null character. If no characters are read due + to an end-of-file or len < 1, then the buffer is left untouched. + + gzgets returns buf which is a null-terminated string, or it returns NULL + for end-of-file or in case of error. If there was an error, the contents at + buf are indeterminate. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzputc OF((gzFile file, int c)); +/* + Writes c, converted to an unsigned char, into the compressed file. gzputc + returns the value that was written, or -1 in case of error. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzgetc OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Reads one byte from the compressed file. gzgetc returns this byte or -1 + in case of end of file or error. This is implemented as a macro for speed. + As such, it does not do all of the checking the other functions do. I.e. + it does not check to see if file is NULL, nor whether the structure file + points to has been clobbered or not. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzungetc OF((int c, gzFile file)); +/* + Push one character back onto the stream to be read as the first character + on the next read. At least one character of push-back is allowed. + gzungetc() returns the character pushed, or -1 on failure. gzungetc() will + fail if c is -1, and may fail if a character has been pushed but not read + yet. If gzungetc is used immediately after gzopen or gzdopen, at least the + output buffer size of pushed characters is allowed. (See gzbuffer above.) + The pushed character will be discarded if the stream is repositioned with + gzseek() or gzrewind(). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzflush OF((gzFile file, int flush)); +/* + Flushes all pending output into the compressed file. The parameter flush + is as in the deflate() function. The return value is the zlib error number + (see function gzerror below). gzflush is only permitted when writing. + + If the flush parameter is Z_FINISH, the remaining data is written and the + gzip stream is completed in the output. If gzwrite() is called again, a new + gzip stream will be started in the output. gzread() is able to read such + concatented gzip streams. + + gzflush should be called only when strictly necessary because it will + degrade compression if called too often. +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzseek OF((gzFile file, + z_off_t offset, int whence)); + + Sets the starting position for the next gzread or gzwrite on the given + compressed file. The offset represents a number of bytes in the + uncompressed data stream. The whence parameter is defined as in lseek(2); + the value SEEK_END is not supported. + + If the file is opened for reading, this function is emulated but can be + extremely slow. If the file is opened for writing, only forward seeks are + supported; gzseek then compresses a sequence of zeroes up to the new + starting position. + + gzseek returns the resulting offset location as measured in bytes from + the beginning of the uncompressed stream, or -1 in case of error, in + particular if the file is opened for writing and the new starting position + would be before the current position. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzrewind OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Rewinds the given file. This function is supported only for reading. + + gzrewind(file) is equivalent to (int)gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_SET) +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gztell OF((gzFile file)); + + Returns the starting position for the next gzread or gzwrite on the given + compressed file. This position represents a number of bytes in the + uncompressed data stream, and is zero when starting, even if appending or + reading a gzip stream from the middle of a file using gzdopen(). + + gztell(file) is equivalent to gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_CUR) +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzoffset OF((gzFile file)); + + Returns the current offset in the file being read or written. This offset + includes the count of bytes that precede the gzip stream, for example when + appending or when using gzdopen() for reading. When reading, the offset + does not include as yet unused buffered input. This information can be used + for a progress indicator. On error, gzoffset() returns -1. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzeof OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Returns true (1) if the end-of-file indicator has been set while reading, + false (0) otherwise. Note that the end-of-file indicator is set only if the + read tried to go past the end of the input, but came up short. Therefore, + just like feof(), gzeof() may return false even if there is no more data to + read, in the event that the last read request was for the exact number of + bytes remaining in the input file. This will happen if the input file size + is an exact multiple of the buffer size. + + If gzeof() returns true, then the read functions will return no more data, + unless the end-of-file indicator is reset by gzclearerr() and the input file + has grown since the previous end of file was detected. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzdirect OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Returns true (1) if file is being copied directly while reading, or false + (0) if file is a gzip stream being decompressed. + + If the input file is empty, gzdirect() will return true, since the input + does not contain a gzip stream. + + If gzdirect() is used immediately after gzopen() or gzdopen() it will + cause buffers to be allocated to allow reading the file to determine if it + is a gzip file. Therefore if gzbuffer() is used, it should be called before + gzdirect(). + + When writing, gzdirect() returns true (1) if transparent writing was + requested ("wT" for the gzopen() mode), or false (0) otherwise. (Note: + gzdirect() is not needed when writing. Transparent writing must be + explicitly requested, so the application already knows the answer. When + linking statically, using gzdirect() will include all of the zlib code for + gzip file reading and decompression, which may not be desired.) +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzclose OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Flushes all pending output if necessary, closes the compressed file and + deallocates the (de)compression state. Note that once file is closed, you + cannot call gzerror with file, since its structures have been deallocated. + gzclose must not be called more than once on the same file, just as free + must not be called more than once on the same allocation. + + gzclose will return Z_STREAM_ERROR if file is not valid, Z_ERRNO on a + file operation error, Z_MEM_ERROR if out of memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if the + last read ended in the middle of a gzip stream, or Z_OK on success. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzclose_r OF((gzFile file)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzclose_w OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Same as gzclose(), but gzclose_r() is only for use when reading, and + gzclose_w() is only for use when writing or appending. The advantage to + using these instead of gzclose() is that they avoid linking in zlib + compression or decompression code that is not used when only reading or only + writing respectively. If gzclose() is used, then both compression and + decompression code will be included the application when linking to a static + zlib library. +*/ + +ZEXTERN const char * ZEXPORT gzerror OF((gzFile file, int *errnum)); +/* + Returns the error message for the last error which occurred on the given + compressed file. errnum is set to zlib error number. If an error occurred + in the file system and not in the compression library, errnum is set to + Z_ERRNO and the application may consult errno to get the exact error code. + + The application must not modify the returned string. Future calls to + this function may invalidate the previously returned string. If file is + closed, then the string previously returned by gzerror will no longer be + available. + + gzerror() should be used to distinguish errors from end-of-file for those + functions above that do not distinguish those cases in their return values. +*/ + +ZEXTERN void ZEXPORT gzclearerr OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Clears the error and end-of-file flags for file. This is analogous to the + clearerr() function in stdio. This is useful for continuing to read a gzip + file that is being written concurrently. +*/ + +#endif /* !Z_SOLO */ + + /* checksum functions */ + +/* + These functions are not related to compression but are exported + anyway because they might be useful in applications using the compression + library. +*/ + +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32 OF((uLong adler, const Bytef *buf, uInt len)); +/* + Update a running Adler-32 checksum with the bytes buf[0..len-1] and + return the updated checksum. If buf is Z_NULL, this function returns the + required initial value for the checksum. + + An Adler-32 checksum is almost as reliable as a CRC32 but can be computed + much faster. + + Usage example: + + uLong adler = adler32(0L, Z_NULL, 0); + + while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) { + adler = adler32(adler, buffer, length); + } + if (adler != original_adler) error(); +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine OF((uLong adler1, uLong adler2, + z_off_t len2)); + + Combine two Adler-32 checksums into one. For two sequences of bytes, seq1 + and seq2 with lengths len1 and len2, Adler-32 checksums were calculated for + each, adler1 and adler2. adler32_combine() returns the Adler-32 checksum of + seq1 and seq2 concatenated, requiring only adler1, adler2, and len2. Note + that the z_off_t type (like off_t) is a signed integer. If len2 is + negative, the result has no meaning or utility. +*/ + +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32 OF((uLong crc, const Bytef *buf, uInt len)); +/* + Update a running CRC-32 with the bytes buf[0..len-1] and return the + updated CRC-32. If buf is Z_NULL, this function returns the required + initial value for the crc. Pre- and post-conditioning (one's complement) is + performed within this function so it shouldn't be done by the application. + + Usage example: + + uLong crc = crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0); + + while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) { + crc = crc32(crc, buffer, length); + } + if (crc != original_crc) error(); +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine OF((uLong crc1, uLong crc2, z_off_t len2)); + + Combine two CRC-32 check values into one. For two sequences of bytes, + seq1 and seq2 with lengths len1 and len2, CRC-32 check values were + calculated for each, crc1 and crc2. crc32_combine() returns the CRC-32 + check value of seq1 and seq2 concatenated, requiring only crc1, crc2, and + len2. +*/ + + + /* various hacks, don't look :) */ + +/* deflateInit and inflateInit are macros to allow checking the zlib version + * and the compiler's view of z_stream: + */ +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit_ OF((z_streamp strm, int level, + const char *version, int stream_size)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit_ OF((z_streamp strm, + const char *version, int stream_size)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit2_ OF((z_streamp strm, int level, int method, + int windowBits, int memLevel, + int strategy, const char *version, + int stream_size)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit2_ OF((z_streamp strm, int windowBits, + const char *version, int stream_size)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateBackInit_ OF((z_streamp strm, int windowBits, + unsigned char FAR *window, + const char *version, + int stream_size)); +#define deflateInit(strm, level) \ + deflateInit_((strm), (level), ZLIB_VERSION, (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +#define inflateInit(strm) \ + inflateInit_((strm), ZLIB_VERSION, (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +#define deflateInit2(strm, level, method, windowBits, memLevel, strategy) \ + deflateInit2_((strm),(level),(method),(windowBits),(memLevel),\ + (strategy), ZLIB_VERSION, (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +#define inflateInit2(strm, windowBits) \ + inflateInit2_((strm), (windowBits), ZLIB_VERSION, \ + (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +#define inflateBackInit(strm, windowBits, window) \ + inflateBackInit_((strm), (windowBits), (window), \ + ZLIB_VERSION, (int)sizeof(z_stream)) + +#ifndef Z_SOLO + +/* gzgetc() macro and its supporting function and exposed data structure. Note + * that the real internal state is much larger than the exposed structure. + * This abbreviated structure exposes just enough for the gzgetc() macro. The + * user should not mess with these exposed elements, since their names or + * behavior could change in the future, perhaps even capriciously. They can + * only be used by the gzgetc() macro. You have been warned. + */ +struct gzFile_s { + unsigned have; + unsigned char *next; + z_off64_t pos; +}; +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzgetc_ OF((gzFile file)); /* backward compatibility */ +#ifdef Z_PREFIX_SET +# undef z_gzgetc +# define z_gzgetc(g) \ + ((g)->have ? ((g)->have--, (g)->pos++, *((g)->next)++) : gzgetc(g)) +#else +# define gzgetc(g) \ + ((g)->have ? ((g)->have--, (g)->pos++, *((g)->next)++) : gzgetc(g)) +#endif + +/* provide 64-bit offset functions if _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE defined, and/or + * change the regular functions to 64 bits if _FILE_OFFSET_BITS is 64 (if + * both are true, the application gets the *64 functions, and the regular + * functions are changed to 64 bits) -- in case these are set on systems + * without large file support, _LFS64_LARGEFILE must also be true + */ +#ifdef Z_LARGE64 + ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen64 OF((const char *, const char *)); + ZEXTERN z_off64_t ZEXPORT gzseek64 OF((gzFile, z_off64_t, int)); + ZEXTERN z_off64_t ZEXPORT gztell64 OF((gzFile)); + ZEXTERN z_off64_t ZEXPORT gzoffset64 OF((gzFile)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine64 OF((uLong, uLong, z_off64_t)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine64 OF((uLong, uLong, z_off64_t)); +#endif + +#if !defined(ZLIB_INTERNAL) && defined(Z_WANT64) +# ifdef Z_PREFIX_SET +# define z_gzopen z_gzopen64 +# define z_gzseek z_gzseek64 +# define z_gztell z_gztell64 +# define z_gzoffset z_gzoffset64 +# define z_adler32_combine z_adler32_combine64 +# define z_crc32_combine z_crc32_combine64 +# else +# define gzopen gzopen64 +# define gzseek gzseek64 +# define gztell gztell64 +# define gzoffset gzoffset64 +# define adler32_combine adler32_combine64 +# define crc32_combine crc32_combine64 +# endif +# ifndef Z_LARGE64 + ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen64 OF((const char *, const char *)); + ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzseek64 OF((gzFile, z_off_t, int)); + ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gztell64 OF((gzFile)); + ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzoffset64 OF((gzFile)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine64 OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine64 OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t)); +# endif +#else + ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen OF((const char *, const char *)); + ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzseek OF((gzFile, z_off_t, int)); + ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gztell OF((gzFile)); + ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzoffset OF((gzFile)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t)); +#endif + +#else /* Z_SOLO */ + + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t)); + +#endif /* !Z_SOLO */ + +/* hack for buggy compilers */ +#if !defined(ZUTIL_H) && !defined(NO_DUMMY_DECL) + struct internal_state {int dummy;}; +#endif + +/* undocumented functions */ +ZEXTERN const char * ZEXPORT zError OF((int)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateSyncPoint OF((z_streamp)); +ZEXTERN const z_crc_t FAR * ZEXPORT get_crc_table OF((void)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateUndermine OF((z_streamp, int)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateResetKeep OF((z_streamp)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateResetKeep OF((z_streamp)); +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(Z_SOLO) +ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen_w OF((const wchar_t *path, + const char *mode)); +#endif +#if defined(STDC) || defined(Z_HAVE_STDARG_H) +# ifndef Z_SOLO +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORTVA gzvprintf Z_ARG((gzFile file, + const char *format, + va_list va)); +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* ZLIB_H */ diff --git a/source/languages.c b/source/languages.c index eed6530..fc9141b 100644 --- a/source/languages.c +++ b/source/languages.c @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ int initLanguages(struct tm today) TXT_vBoot2 = "Boot2 v%u"; TXT_NrOfTitles = "Es wurden %d Titel gefunden."; TXT_NrOfIOS = "Es wurden %d IOS gefunden, von denen %d funktionslos (Stub) sind."; - TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck %s von JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, und Nano"; + TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck HDE %s von JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, und Nano"; TXT_AppIOS = "...laeuft auf dem %sIOS%d (rev %d)."; ERR_AllocateMemory = "Speicher fuer %d Titel konnte nicht zugewiesen werden."; ERR_OpenFile = "Zugriff auf die Speicherdatei des Berichts fehlgeschlagen!"; @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ int initLanguages(struct tm today) TXT_vBoot2 = "Boot2 v%u"; TXT_NrOfTitles = "%d titres trouves."; TXT_NrOfIOS = "%d IOS trouves sur cette console. %d sont des stubs."; - TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck %s par JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, et Nano"; + TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck HDE %s par JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, et Nano"; TXT_AppIOS = "...tourne sous l'%sIOS%d (rev %d)."; ERR_AllocateMemory = "Imposible d'allouer la memoire pour %d titres."; ERR_OpenFile = "Impossible d'ouvrir le fichier."; @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ int initLanguages(struct tm today) TXT_vBoot2 = "Boot2 v%u"; TXT_NrOfTitles = "Trovati %d giochi."; TXT_NrOfIOS = "Trovati %d IOS in questa console. %d di questi sono stub."; - TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck %s by JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, and Nano"; + TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck HDE %s by JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, and Nano"; TXT_AppIOS = "...appoggiato all'%sIOS%d (v. %d)."; ERR_AllocateMemory = "Impossibile allocare la memoria per %d giochi."; ERR_OpenFile = "Impossibile aprire il file!"; @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ int initLanguages(struct tm today) TXT_vBoot2 = "Boot2 v%u"; TXT_NrOfTitles = "Encontrados %d titulos."; TXT_NrOfIOS = "Se encontraron %d IOS en esta consola. %d de ellos son stubs."; - TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck %s por JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, y Nano"; + TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck HDE %s por JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, y Nano"; TXT_AppIOS = "...corre en %sIOS%d (rev %d)."; ERR_AllocateMemory = "Imposible asignar memoria para %d titulos."; ERR_OpenFile = "Imposible abrir el archivo!"; @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ int initLanguages(struct tm today) TXT_vBoot2 = "Boot2 v%u"; TXT_NrOfTitles = "Found %d titles."; TXT_NrOfIOS = "Found %d IOS on this console. %d of them are stub."; - TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck %s by JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, and Nano"; + TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck HDE %s by JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, and Nano"; TXT_AppIOS = "...runs on %sIOS%d (rev %d)."; ERR_AllocateMemory = "Unable to allocate the memory for %d titles."; ERR_OpenFile = "Unable to open the file!"; diff --git a/source/sys.c b/source/sys.c index 8e857aa..68435f8 100644 --- a/source/sys.c +++ b/source/sys.c @@ -325,9 +325,10 @@ inline s32 RemoveBogusTMD(void) } -inline bool CheckIOSType(u32 start_address) { +inline bool CheckIOSType(void) { if (AHB_ACCESS == false) return false; - const char WL_String[] = {0x57, 0x4C, 0x3A, 0x20, 0x30, 0x32, 0x2F, 0x30, 0x32, 0x2F, 0x31, 0x32}; + u32 start_address = IOS_TOP; + const char WL_String[] = {0x57, 0x4C, 0x3A, 0x20, 0x30, 0x32, 0x2F, 0x30, 0x32, 0x2F, 0x31, 0x32}; // "WL: 02/02/12" u32 i; for(i = start_address; i < 0x94000000 - sizeof(WL_String); i++) { if (memcmp((char*)i, WL_String, sizeof(WL_String)) == 0) return true; diff --git a/source/sysCheck.c b/source/sysCheck.c index 08aceb7..9767857 100644 --- a/source/sysCheck.c +++ b/source/sysCheck.c @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) printLoading(MSG_GetConsoleRegion); UpdateTime(); SystemInfo.systemRegion = CONF_GetRegion(); - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); SystemInfo.shopcode = 0; if (!CONF_GetShopCode(&SystemInfo.shopcode)) { @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) printLoading(MSG_GetSysMenuVer); UpdateTime(); SystemInfo.sysMenuVer = GetSysMenuVersion(); - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); sysMenu systemmenu; @@ -180,27 +180,27 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) SystemInfo.sysNinVersion = GetSysMenuNintendoVersion(SystemInfo.sysMenuVer); SystemInfo.sysMenuRegion = GetSysMenuRegion(SystemInfo.sysMenuVer); - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); // Get the running IOS version and revision printLoading(MSG_GetRunningIOS); UpdateTime(); - u32 runningIOS = IOS_GetVersion(); - u32 runningIOSRevision = IOS_GetRevision(); + SystemInfo.runningIOS = IOS_GetVersion(); + SystemInfo.runningIOSRevision = IOS_GetRevision(); - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); // Get the console ID printLoading(MSG_GetConsoleID); UpdateTime(); SystemInfo.deviceID = GetDeviceID(); - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); // Get the boot2 version printLoading(MSG_GetBoot2); UpdateTime(); SystemInfo.boot2version = GetBoot2Version(); - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); // Get number of titles printLoading(MSG_GetNrOfTitles); @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) deinitGUI(); exit(1); } - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); // Get list of titles printLoading(MSG_GetTitleList); @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) arguments.skipIOScnt--; } - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); // Sort IOS titles printLoading(MSG_SortTitles); @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) for (j = 0;j < base_number;j++) { // Check hashes - if (memcmp((void *)hash, (u32 *)&iosHash[j].hashes, sizeof(sha1)) == 0) + if (memcmp((void*)hash, (u32*)&iosHash[j].hashes, sizeof(sha1)) == 0) { if (ios[i].titleID != iosHash[j].base) ios[i].baseIOS = iosHash[j].base; @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) SystemInfo.countTitles = nbTitles; nbTitles = SystemInfo.countIOS; - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); // Get the certificates from the NAND printLoading(MSG_GetCertificates); @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) deinitGUI(); exit(1); } - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); //Select an IOS to test WPAD_Init(); PAD_Init(); @@ -562,15 +562,17 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) printSuccess(MSG_NoUpdate); sleep(5); starttime = time(NULL); + printSelectIOS(MSG_SelectIOS, MSG_Buffer); } else if (ret >= 0) { printSuccess(MSG_UpdateSuccess); - sleep(10); + sleep(5); deinitGUI(); exit(0); } else if (ret < 0) { printError(MSG_UpdateFail); sleep(5); starttime = time(NULL); + printSelectIOS(MSG_SelectIOS, MSG_Buffer); } } @@ -624,7 +626,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) // Test IOS type gprintf("// Test IOS type\n"); logfile("// Test IOS type\r\n"); - if(SystemInfo.deviceType == CONSOLE_WII_U) ios[i].infovIOS = CheckIOSType(IOS_TOP); + if(SystemInfo.deviceType == CONSOLE_WII_U) ios[i].infovIOS = CheckIOSType(); // Test fake signature gprintf("// Test fake signature\n"); @@ -687,16 +689,16 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) // Reload the running IOS - sprintf(MSG_Buffer, MSG_ReloadIOS, runningIOS, runningIOSRevision); + /*sprintf(MSG_Buffer, MSG_ReloadIOS, SystemInfo.runningIOS, SystemInfo.runningIOSRevision); printLoading(MSG_Buffer); - IosPatch_FULL(false, false, false, false, runningIOS); + IosPatch_FULL(false, false, false, false, SystemInfo.runningIOS); if (SystemInfo.deviceType == CONSOLE_WII_U) { - IosPatch_FULL(false, false, false, false, runningIOS); - ios[runningIOS].infovIOS = CheckIOSType(IOS_TOP); + IosPatch_FULL(false, false, false, false, SystemInfo.runningIOS); + ios[SystemInfo.runningIOS].infovIOS = CheckIOSType(); } else { IOS_ReloadIOS(ios[i].titleID); } - CheckTime(current_time, 500); + CheckTime(500);*/ //--Generate Report-- UpdateTime(); @@ -712,7 +714,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) // Display Title sprintf(ReportBuffer[APP_TITLE], TXT_AppTitle, TXT_AppVersion); - sprintf(ReportBuffer[APP_IOS], TXT_AppIOS, ios[runningIOS].infovIOS ? "v" : "", runningIOS, runningIOSRevision); + sprintf(ReportBuffer[APP_IOS], TXT_AppIOS, ios[SystemInfo.runningIOS].infovIOS ? "v" : "", SystemInfo.runningIOS, SystemInfo.runningIOSRevision); SystemInfo.validregion = SystemInfo.systemRegion >= CONF_REGION_JP && SystemInfo.systemRegion <= CONF_REGION_CN; // Display the console region @@ -892,7 +894,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) if (homebrew.hbf > HBF_NONE) sprintf(ReportBuffer[HBF], TXT_HBF, homebrew.hbfversion); - sprintf(ReportBuffer[HOLLYWOOD], TXT_Hollywood, *HOLLYWOOD_VERSION); + sprintf(ReportBuffer[HOLLYWOOD], TXT_Hollywood, HOLLYWOOD_VERSION); sprintf(ReportBuffer[CONSOLE_ID], TXT_ConsoleID, SystemInfo.deviceID); sprintf(ReportBuffer[CONSOLE_TYPE], TXT_ConsoleType, SystemInfo.deviceType ? "vWii" : "Wii"); sprintf(ReportBuffer[COUNTRY], TXT_ShopCountry, (strlen(SystemInfo.country)) ? SystemInfo.country : TXT_Unknown, SystemInfo.shopcode); @@ -968,13 +970,13 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) int NumLines = lineOffset+1; sprintf(ReportBuffer[NumLines], TXT_ReportDate); - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); // Mount the SD Card UpdateTime(); printLoading(MSG_MountSD); MountSD(); - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); // Initialise the FAT file system UpdateTime(); @@ -988,7 +990,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) } else { //chdir("/"); // Create the report - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); FILE *file = fopen(REPORT, "w"); if(!file) @@ -1006,7 +1008,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) fclose(file); printEndSuccess(MSG_ReportSuccess); - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); } // Create hash log @@ -1027,7 +1029,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) fclose(file); UpdateTime(); printEndSuccess(MSG_ReportSuccess); - CheckTime(current_time, 600); + CheckTime(); } }